Cocker's DECIMAL ARITHMETIC: Wherein is showed the Nature and Use of Decimal Fractions, in the usual Rules of Arithmetic, and in the Mensuration of Planes and Solids. Together with Tables of Interest, and Rebate for the valuation of Leases and Annuities, Present, or in Reversion, and Rules for Calculating of those Tables. Whereunto is added. His Artificial Arithmetic, showing the Genesis or Fabric of the Logarithmes, and their Use in the Extraction of Roots, the Solving of Questions in Anatocisme, and in other Arithmetical Rules in a Method not usually practised. ALSO His Algebraical Arithmetic, containing the Doctrine of Composing and Resolving an Equation; with all other Rules requisite for the understanding of that mysterious Art, according to the Method used by Mr. john Kersey in his Incomparable Treatise of ALGEBRA.  
Composed by EDWARD COCKER, late Practitioner in the Arts of Writing, Arithmetic, and Engraving.  
Perused, Corrected, and Published By JOHN HAWKINS, Writing-Master at St. Georges-Church in Southwark.  

Cum tua non edas cur haec mea Zoïle Carpis,  
Carpere vel noli nostra, vel ede tua.  
〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.   
LONDON, Printed by I Richardson, for Tho. Passenger, at the Three Bibles on London-Bridge, and Tho. Lacie, at the Golden-Lyon in Southwark. M DC LXXXV.   

To the Right Worshipful Sir PETER DANIEL, Kt. AND PETER RICH, Esq Aldermen of the CITY OF LONDON. THOMAS LEE, Esq AND JAMES READING, Esq Justices of the Peace for the COUNTY of SURRY. JOHN HAWKINS Humbly Dedicateth this Treatise of ARITHMETIC.   

TO THE READER.  
Courteous Reader,  
IN the year of our Lord, 1677, I published Mr. Cocker's Vulgar Arithmetic; and therein gave an account of the speedy publication of his Decimal, Logarithmical, and Algebraical Arithmetic; but other extraordinary occurrences intervening, occasioned its not seeing the light before this time:  
By the Vulgar part, the Ingenious Learner may be qualified with so much of that most necessary Art of Arithmetic as is sufficient for the management of business in the greatest concerns of Trade and Commerce; And for those Ingenious Souls, whose active fancies lead them to a further scrutiny into the study of the Arts Mathematical was this Treatise composed, which will fairly lead them by the hand, without any other Guide or Company, into the Contemplation of those most sublime speculations, an inheritance entailed only upon the ingenious, and industrious sons of Art.  
The Method throughout the whole is plain, perspicuous, and clear, and I hope will prove satisfactory to those who shall seriously apply themselves to the Rules, Precepts, and Examples therein contained  
The use of Decimals (in the solution of Questiors Arithmetical, and such Geometrical as are necessary in the mensuration of the most usual planes and solids) is as plainly laid down as the Author or myself could possibly contrive it, and particularly in all the varieties of Interest both Simple and Compound, with Tables, and Rules for the Calculation thereof, according to the Method of several Famous Authors (who have bestowed much pains in the management thereof,) and especially of that most famous, and no lesle laborious Mathematician of our Age and Nation, Mr. john Kersey, whose memory deserves highly to be honoured by all the Professors of this Science.  
The Genesis or Fabric of the Logarithmes, and their use in Arithmetic is laid down after a different but more intelligible manner than hitherto hath been used by other Authors, and I hope the studious Reader will receive that satisfaction therein which our Author earnestly aimed at, or himself can expect.  
And as for the Algebraical part I think there is nothing therein expressed that is superfluous, nor any thing omitted that could be thought necessary to tender it plain, perspicuous, and clear; so that what other Authors treating upon this subject have left intricate, and difficult to be understood is here made obvious (by clear demonstration) to the meanest Capacity; Therefore Courteous Reader, if thou intendest to be a proficient in the Mathematics, begin cheerfully, proceed gradually, and with resolution; and the ●…nd will crown thy endeavours with success; and be not so sloathfully studious as at every difficulty thou meetest withal to cry out Ne plus ultra, for pains and diligence will overcome the greatest difficulty: To conclude, That thou mayest so read as to understand, and so understand, as to become a proficient is the hearty desire of him who wisheth thy welfare and the progress of Arts.  
From my School at St. George's Church in Southwark, Octob. 27, 1684. JOHN HAWKINS.   

Anixo guo Anamfiggino Jorammi Lehkeg Lòfoxrofèholrii T●…rpiemgig In Xonifafu Disohèmiemgi Puwinasigfèho.  
GIH,  
IT you Lèpeag fo zegfod gone ot youh glahe rouhèg in lehugims free toppodims fèheafige you dipp frem ze fire zeffeh azpe fo juws rod I rave glemf nime, amw it ny laimeg freheim nay ze Lhotifazpe fo fire luzpixk I rave ny digr, zuf it mof, if ig mof a soow frims mod imweew I woe gay go.  
Oxfoz. 30. 1684. Thon Pomwom GIH, I an Youh runzpe gehvams Jorm Radking.   

The Advice of a Friend of the Authors to such as are desirous to attain to the perfection of this most useful ART, etc.  

YOu that peruse this curious work, observe,  
That he not meanly does of men deserve,  
Whose studious labour brought it to an end,  
And as his Masterpiece did it commend  
To those who are desirous to employ  
Their time the best of curious Arts t' enjoy;  
An Art by which man's fortune's often raised,  
An Art by all that Trade or Traffic praised:  
An Art, or an Acquirement, who so wants  
His business, (if important,) quickly faints;  
'Tis what's so useful, that not to be known,  
Would ruin each man's occupation:  
Therefore let those who feign would rise embrace  
This, and preferment they have in the chase.  
Long since it was invented for our good,  
Yet till late days, not rightly understood;  
And not till now to its perfection brought,  
Though many ways with tedious trouble sought.  
In these choice pages all is to be found  
That does concern the Subject: these do bound  
The largest field of true Arithmetic,  
No numbers wanting that Mankind would seek  
The curious Artist with a searching eye,  
Although turned Critic, here no faults can spy,  
Or if there any be, they are so small,  
That nearly they resemble none at all;  
For all that have perused it, have confessed  
That of this kind, this much exceeds the rest.   
I. A. Teacher of the Mathematics.   

In Commendation of his Friend Mr. JOHN HAWKINS, upon the Publication of this Treatise.  

THE Learned Chemist can't more truly say  
He can the unseen powers of Herbs display;  
Or by dissolving their External face  
Bring Subtle Spirits, Sulphurs', Salts, in place;  
Exalt their intern Energy; sublime  
From Putrefactive Nunc, Eternal Time:  
Than you by ALGEBRA and Numbers prove  
Th' Aequations true, of all the Orbs above.  
You by subtracting add, and do divide  
The self same way by which you multiplied.  
From Numbers small you mighty Powers make,  
And from the same the Quintessence you take.  
By Infinites, you finite Numbers bind,  
By things unknown, you unknown things do found.  
Proportions you found out, and as Exact,  
As Chemists you Aequations do Extract.  
Thus you the Powers of Numbers do unfold,  
And like them, change base Metals into Gold.  
The spring's unseen; for no man fully knows  
From whence the sacred source of Number flows.  
But my poor Mite you need not, nor my praise,  
To you my lines can't lasting Trophies raise.  
Nor need your Numbers my unlearned defene,  
Numerick Truth in its abstracted sense,  
Derives its spring from an Eternal Fount,  
Without beginning, endless in Account.  
The Universal World it does comprise,  
It not beginning had, nor ever dies.  
All things i'th' sphere of Sacred Numbers stand,  
The most Immense, and the minutest sand.  
Heaven, Earth, the Seas, their furniture submit,   

And●… heir numerous offspring flows with it:  
It measures place and time; in shades of night  
It sees no darkness, but Illustrious light.  
Both Life and Death to it the same appear,  
And Subjects are within its mighty Sphere.  
Thus my affections (friend) make me intrude,  
Though with unpolished lines, and numbers rude,  
On such a Theme, Who could forbear to sing?  
To Sacred Fire, who should not Incense bring?  
Inspired by thy Great ART, my sublime Muse  
Th' eternal Truth of Numbers shall diffuse:  
Whii'st I applaud the object of thy Pen,  
The unknown depths of Algebra and Men.  
Here fix thy Pillars; in this ART aspire  
To light Our Tapers with Celestial fire.  
In the same Zeal proceed: thy numbers f●…  
With speaking Symbols to the meanest Wit.   
13th Octob. 1684. Yours, and Truth's Servant William Salmon. Med. Profess.   

To the Ingenious Author of these Decimals, and Algebra, the Famous Arithmetician; and his Singular good Friend by choice, EDWARD COCKER.  

WIth admiration struck I here should pause,  
Not daring trust my muse in your applause,  
Whose fame already has so loud been sung  
By the Divinest of the Sacred Throng:  
Did not your Rich, and Matchless Art inspire  
My drowsy soul with a poetic fire;  
For who in silence can remain, that views  
A Subject worthy such as can infuse  
A moving Rapture of the first degree  
Into a Breast, before from Phoebus' free:  
So great a Masterpiece as this, mankind  
In all their tedious search could never found.  
Arithmeticks here to perfection brought,  
Here's to be found what never yet was taught:  
The curious work so to the Life is drawn,  
That all besides are like the Morning's dawn;  
Compared to Days clear face when Sol sits high  
In his Meridian Throne in vain some try  
To reach your arts perfections, but the more  
Their genius flags when to your heights they'd soar;  
And at the best their labours do appear  
But foils to make your diamonds shine more clear.  
This Book of yours bears record of your fame,  
And to all ages will transfer your Name.  
For why, your boundless Wit, and curious Pen  
Do style you right the miracle of Men.   
R. N. Philo-Math.   

In memory of the deceased Author, Mr. EDWARD COCKER: And in praise of this (Posthumal) and His Former Works.  

WHO e'er (of old) to th' Common good applied  
Their minds or means, but they were Deified?  
And chief those, who new Inventions found;  
Bacchus for Wine: Ceres who Tilled the Ground:  
Whose Fames and Memories will ever last  
Till the late Evening of the World be past.   

Now this our Author by his fluent Pen  
In all Fair-Writing did exceed most Men:  
And though in Knotting, Gething did do well,  
Cocker in That, did Gething far excel:  
And not with Pen alone, on Paper He  
Can Writ and Knot, but with the Graver too  
On Copper plates He did all Men outdo.   

What curious Copy-Books and Sculptures are  
Extant in Print of His, which may compare  
With any in the World, and no one Hand  
Had Pen and Graver both at such Command.   

But leaving now his Writing, take a view  
Of his Arithmetic, whose Books are Two:  
The one of Plain (or Vulgar Numbers) made  
Fit for Young Scholars, and for Men of Trade.   

This other's in Three parts, more General;  
Of Artificial Numbers, DECIMAL,  
The second's Number's LOGARITHMICAL:  
The third by Symbols ALGEBRAICAL:  
All Fraught with Questions Enigmatical,  
Of all Arithmeticks the GENERAL.   

Consider now what Pains the Author took,  
And Praise Him as Thou benefits by His Book.  
But since the Author's dead, I'll not defer  
To praise and thank th' ingenious Editor.   
W. Leybourn.   

Ad amicum suum dilectissimum dominum Joannem Hawkins de opere hoc mirâ cum eruditione, tum industriâ Correcto & Reviso.  

〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉.  
Si meruit Laurum, qui Lauro scribere digna  
Novit, & ad sophiam pandere callet iter.  
Quid meruit qui non tantum novit, sed & ipse;  
Praestitit ingenio, vix facienda, suo?  
Laurea conveniunt non tantùm serta capillis,  
Aurea sed potiùs, docte, corona tuis.  
Aurum vos illi divites concedite, Laurum  
Dent alii, nemo se meruisse neget.  
Quod si nec Lauri nostro tribuetis honorem  
Autori, planè quem meruisse liquet,  
Auri nec summam dabitis quam quisque fatetur  
Ingenii meritum non minùs esse sui.  
Non Maecenates eritis, non esse patronos  
Posse putat, quorum tam sit avara manus,  
Sed potius (veniam petimus, dabimusque vicissim)  
Nominat ingratos vos (scio cur) asinos.   
joannes Robinson.   


A Catalogue of the Chapters contained in the Decimal Part.   Chap. Pag. NOtation of Decimals. 1 1 Reduction of Decimals. 2 〈◊〉 Addition of Decimals. 3 1●… Subtraction of Decimals. 4 18 Multiplication of Decimals. 5 20 Division of Decimals. 6 25 The Rule of Three in Decimals. 7. 39 The further use of Decimals in the Mensuration of superficies and Solids. 8 44 The Extraction of the Square Root. 9 7●… The Extraction of the Cube Root. 10 89 The use of the Square and Cube Root in solving some Questions Arithmetical and Geometrical. 11 116 Concerning Simple Interest. 12 129 Of Compound Interest. 13 150  

A Catalogue of the Chapters contained in the Logarithmical Part.   Chap. Pag. OF Artificial Arithmetic. 1 205 Of the nature of Logarithmes. 2 207 Of the Genesis or Fabric of the Logarithmes. 3 212 Of the use of the Table of Logarithmes, and to multiplly thereby. 4 219 Division by the Logarithmes. 5 222 To raise the Powers of Numbers, viz. to found the Square, Cube, Biquadrat, etc. of any Number. Also to Extract the Square, Cube, Biquadrate, etc. Roots of any Numbers by the Logarithmes. 6 223 Of the use of Logarithmes in Comparative Arithmetic. 7 239 Of Anatocisme or Compound Interest wherein is showed ●…ow by the Logarithmes to answer all questions concerning the Increase, or present worth of any sum of Money or Annuity for any term of years, or at any Rate of Interest, etc. 8 249  

A Catalogue of the Chapters contained in the Algebraick Part.   Chap. Pag. Concerning the construction of Cossick Powers, and the way of expressing them by Letters, together with the signification of all such Characters or marks as are used in the ensuing Treatise. 1 263 Addition of Algebraick Integers. 2 279 Subtraction of Algebraick Integers. 3 285 Multiplication in Algebraick Integers. 4 292 Division in Algebraick Integers. 5 301 The Doctrine of Algebraical Fractions, and first of Reduction. 6 316 Of Addition and Subtraction of Algebraical Fractions. 7 320 Multiplication and Division of Algebraical Fractions. 8 324 The Rule of Three in Algebraick Quantities. 9 327 A Collection of some easy Questions wherein the Rules hitherto delivered are exercised, etc. 10 331 Reduction of Equations. 11 335 To Convert Analogies into Equations, and Equations into Anglogies. 12 344 The Resolution of Arithmetical Questions (Algebraically) which produce simple Equations. 13 347 How to extract the Root of a square form from a Binomial, and how by having any two of the Members of such a Square given, to found the third. 14 365 Concerning the Resolution of Questions producing Quadratick Equations. 15 372 The Doctrine of Sard Quantities. 16 399 The parts of Numeration in Compound Surds. 17 404 The parts of Numeration in Universal Surd Roots. 18 408 Algebraical Questions resolved by various Positions. 19 423   

ADVERTISEMENTS.  
ALL sorts of Mathematical Books are sold by Tho. Passenger; at the Three Bibles upon London-Bridge.  
AT St. George's Church in Southwark are taught Writing, Arithmetic in all its parts, and Merchants Accounts after the Italian manner, and also these Mathematical Arts, viz. Geometry, Algebra, Trigonometry, Plain and Spherical, Astronomy, Navigation, Gunnery, Fortification, the projection of the Sphere, the use of the Globes, and other Mathematical Instruments by john Hawkins, the Publisher of this Treatise.  
MR. james Atkinson Teacher of the Mathematics, living at Cherry Garden-stairs in Rotherhithe teacheth all Mathematical Arts to all Persons whatsoever, at as easy Rates, and as speedy as any.   

NOTATION OF DECIMALS.  
CHAP. I  
1. WHAT Arithmetic, and the Subject thereof, (viz. Number) is, I have largely defined in the First Chapter of my Vulgar Arithmetic, in which Treatise I have applied the species of Numeration to the various Rules of Vulgar Arithmetic, both in Integers, and Fractions; for the solution of various Practical Questions solvable thereby, by such plain and easy Rules as many years' experience in the practice thereof had made me capable of, and which I hope might tender it Intelligible, and serviceable to the meanest Capacity.  
And in this I shall show you the use of Decimal Fractions in all the Rules of Arithmetic, but Principally in the solving Questions of Interest and Rebate, according to several Rates of Interest, both Simple and Compound, with the true Valuation of Leases and Annuities, either present or in Reversion, and likewise their use in the calculating of Tables for that purpose, etc.  
II. In Decimal Fractions we suppose the unite or Integer to be divided into ten equal parts, and each of those tenth parts are again divided into ten other equal parts, so that than the Unit or Integer will be divided into 100 equal parts, and than again each of those hundred parts is supposed to be divided into 10 other equal parts, so that than the Unit or Integer will be divided into 1000 equal parts, etc. And so by Decimating the first and subdecimating the second we proceed ad infinitum.  
III. And hence it is evident that a Decimal Fraction is always either so many tenths, or it is so many tenths of 1/10, or 'tis so many tenths of 1/10 of 1/10, or so many tenths of 1/10 of 1/10 of 1/10, etc. which compound Decimal Fraction being Reduced, as is taught in the 6 Rule of the 19 Chapter of my Vulgar Arithmetic, will give its equivalent simple Decimal Fraction; As for Example, 8/10 of 1/10 of 1/10 is .008 that is 8/1000 and hence it follows that always a Decimal Fraction hath for its Denominator an unite with a cipher, or else Ciphers annexed to it on the right hand, viz. either 10, or 100, or 1000, or 10000, or 100000, etc. ad infinitum.  
FOUR In Decimal Fractions the Denominator is never expressed, but may at first sight be understood by the Number of places contained in the Numerator; the Denominator being always an unite with as many Ciphers annexed to it, as there are real places in the Numerator; as 8 being a Decimal is 8/10, viz. its Denominator is an unite with one cipher annexed to it, and 85/100 is thus written .85 and 146/1000 thus written .146; But if the Numerator of a Decimal Fraction consisteth not of so many places as there are Ciphers in the Denominator, than such defect is supplied by prefixing so many Ciphers before the Numerator, (viz.) on the left hand as there are places deficient; as for example, 8/100 if it were only set down thus, (.8) than it would be but 8/10, but by praefixing a cipher before it thus (.08) it is 8/100 and 8/1000 is thus expressed (.008) and 25/1000 is thus written (.025) and 25/10000 thus (.0025) &c.  
V A Decimal Fraction being written without its Denominator, is known from a whole Number, by having a point or prick prefixed before it thus; .25 is 25/100 but if it had been expressed without a point thus (25) it would have signified so many unites: The same is to be observed in mixed Numbers, for 2916/100 being written Decimally, will stand thus (29.16) and 4825/1000 thus, (48.025) and 4828/10000 thus, (48.0028) and the like of any others.  
But some Authors distinguish Decimals from whole Numbers, by prefixing a virgula, or perpendicular line before the Decimal, (whether it be alone, or joined with a whole Number) thus, 〈◊〉 is 8/10, and 〈◊〉 is 25/1000, and 〈◊〉 is 2916/100, etc. Others express the same Decimal Fraction and mixed Numbers thus, (viz.) 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉, etc. Others with a point over the place of Units in the whole Number; and than the former Fractions and mixed number will be thus written; viz. 08, 0025, 2916 the like of others: And some Authors again put points over all the places or figures in a Decimal Fraction thus: 8, 025, 2916, 48025, etc. but being written according to the first Direction, I conceive they may be most fit for Calculation.  
VI As whole Numbers do increase their value in a decuple proportion, by annexing a cipher or Figure to the place of Units, so by prefixing a cipher or Figure on the left hand of a Decimal, so as actually to take place in the Decimal, its value is decreased in a subdecuple proportion, so the Number 4, by annexing a Figure or cipher to it; it is increased from 4 to 40, etc. But if 4 had been a Decimal, viz. 4. and if there had been o prefixed before it on the left hand, its value had been decreased from 4/10 to 4/100 or .04, and by prefixing 5, it is .54; and still by prefixing more Figures or Ciphers, its value will decrease in the same Ratio ad infinitum.  
VII. And as Ciphers being prefixed before a whole Number, (viz.) on the left hand thereof) do neither increase or decrease its value; (for 4, and 04, and 004 being Integers, do still retain one and the same value;) So a Decimal, by having a cipher, or Ciphers annexed to the Right hand thereof, have not their value either Increased, or Decreased.  
Whence it is evident, that all Decimal Fractions may be Reduced to an equal Denomination at first sight; for suppose .15, and .068, and .73465 were Decimals given to be Reduced to one Denomination; In this case I consider that the Denominator for the given Decimal consisting of the most places is 100000, and .15 and .068 whose Denominators are 100 and 1000 may be reduced to Decimals of the same value, having likewise 100000 for their Denominator, by annexing so many Ciphers on the Right hand of the Numerators, as (according to the 4 Definition foregoing) may make each of them to have 100000 for a Denominator, so .15 will be .15000, and .068 will be .06800.  
VIII. As the order of places in whole Numbers is from the Right Hand to the left, so the order of places in a Decimal Fraction is from the Left Hand to the Right; the first place being accounted tenth parts of an Unity, and by some it is called primes, the second place is so many hundredth parts of unity, or it is called seconds, the third place is so many thousandth parts of unity, or it is called thirds, etc. which will more fully appear by the following Table.  

A Table of Notation of Integers and Decimals.  Integers  Of Unites Ninth place 3 C of Mill. Eighth place 8 X of Mill. Seventh place 4 Millions Sixth place 3 C of Thou. Fifth place 7 X of Thou. Fourth place 5 Thousands Third place 8 Hundreds Second place 6 Ten First place. 4 Unites Decimals  Of Unity. Primes 8 Tenth parts Seconds 2 Hundr. parts Thirds 3 Thou. parts Fourths 0 X Thou. parts Fifths 5 C Thou. parts Sixths 6 Mill. parts. Sevenths 3 X Mill. parts Eighths 5 C Mill. parts Ninths 4 Tho. Mill. parts  
In the foregoing Table is given a mixed Number of Integers and Decimals; the Integers being separated from the Decimals by a point, or prick, according to the fifth definition beforegoing; so that 384375864 signify so many Integers or Unites, and 823056345 signify so many parts of Unity, the figure 8 in the first place being so many tenth parts of unity; and the next figure, viz. the figure 2 is so many hundredth parts of unity, etc.  
So in the Decimal Fraction .4378, the figure 4 possesseth the first place, and is 4 primes, or four tenth parts of an unite, and 3 the second figure is called 3 seconds, or three hundredth parts of an unite, and 7 the third figure is called seven thirds, or seven thousandth parts of an unite, and 8 the fourth figure is called eight fourth's, or eight ten thousandth parts of an unite, etc.  
Whence it appeareth that every place in a Decimal Fraction being considered a part by itself, without any respect to the rest, will of itself make a particular Decimal Fraction; so in the last mentioned Decimal Fraction, viz. 4378, each place being considered by itself, will make these following Decimal Fractions, viz.. 4.03.007 and .0008, or 4/10, 3/100, 7/1000, and 8/10000; which Fractions being added together, according to the Rules of Addition of Decimals hereafter delivered in the third Chapter, their sum will be .4378, which is the given Decimal of which they are composed.  
IX. A Decimal Fraction is expressed by some Authors, by Primes, Seconds, Thirds, Fourths, etc. As if this Decimal .748 were to be expressed, they say it is seven primes, four Seconds, and eight thirds: Others there are which express it thus, viz. seven hundred forty eight thirds, but the most approved way to express or read a Decimal Fraction, is according to the method of reading a vulgar Fraction, and to give it the Denomination of the Figure in the last place of the Decimal, and than the Decimal .748 will be thus read, viz. seven hundred forty eight thousandths, and .036 is thus read, thirty six thousandths, and so of any other. This Chapter being well understood, all the parts of Numeration, viz. Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, and Division of Decimals will prove very easy.   

CHAP. II. Reduction of Decimals.  

To Reduce a given Vulgar Fraction to a Decimal, that shall be equivalent thereto.  
1. When in any Arithmetical Operation your work is so mingled with vulgar Fractions, as to tender it tedious, or difficult; the best remedy you can have, is to reduce your vulgar Fraction or Fractions into a Decimal or Decimals, which having done the work, will be as easy in every Respect, as if you had to do with nothing but whole Numbers, which you may effect by the following Proportion, viz. As the Denominator of the given vulgar Fraction, is to its Numerator,  
So is an Unite, with so many Ciphers as you intent your Decimal shall have places, To the Decimal Required.  
So if the Fraction to be Reduced were ¾, and you would reduce it to a decimal consisting of 4 places, I say, the Proportion is  
As 4 (the Denominator of the given Fraction.)  
Is to 3 (its Numerator.)  
So is 10000 (there denominator of the decimal required.)  
To .7500 (the Decimal required.)  
So that I conclude ¾ will be reduced to its equivalent decimal .7500, or .75; for Ciphers on the Right hand of a decimal do neither increase nor diminish its value, by the seventh definition of the First Chapter.  
Now according to the foresaid proportion, it is evident, that if to the Numerator of any Fraction given to be Reduced to a decimal, you an●…ex as many Ciphers as you intent its equivalent decimal shall have places, and than divide it by its denominator, the Quote will be the decimal required.  
So let there (again) be given ¾ to be Reduced (as before) to a decimal of 4 places, in order thereunto I annex 4 Ciphers to the Numerator 3, and it makes 30000, which I divide by the denominator 4, and it Quotes .7500, or .75, for the decimal equivalent to the vulgar Fraction ¾.  
Note that all vulgar Fractions cannot be Reduced to decimals, having exactly the same value, although they may come infinitely near, and the more places that you make your decimal to consist of, so much the nearer doth it come to the truth, but 4 or 5 places is exact enough for most operations, so if it be required to reduce the vulgar Fraction 9/11 to a decimal of 4 places, it will be found to be. 818●… which is not exact, but yet it wanteth not 1/10000 part of an unit of the truth, and if you make it .8182, it will be somewhat more than the truth.  
Again if you annex 5 Ciphers to the Numerator, and so make the decimal consist of 5 places, it will than be .81818, yet it will want of the truth, but not so much as when it had but 4 places, for now it will not want 1/100000 part of an unite of the exact truth, and if you make it to be .81819, it will than exceed the truth. Thus by increasing the number of places in the Decimal, you may come infinitely near the truth, but never found a decimal exactly equivalent in many cases.  
Note also, that if after you have Reduced your vulgar Fraction to a decimal, according to the foregoing Rule, there be not as many places in the decimal, as you annexed Ciphers to the Numerator of the given vulgar Fraction, than you are to supply such defect by prefixing so many Ciphers on the left hand of the significant Figures, as there are places wanting, according to the fourth Rule of the First Chapter.  
So if 11/941 were given to be Reduced to a decimal of any number of places, as suppose 6; in order to it, I annex 6 Ciphers to the Numerator 11, and it makes 11000000, for a dividend, which divided by 941, it quotes 11689, which consisteth but of 5 places, but it should have 6 places, wherefore to make it complete, I prefix a cipher before it, and it makes .011689 for the true decimal Required; and if it had been required to consist of 4 places, than I annex 4 Ciphers to the numerator, yet after division is ended, there will be but 3 places in the Quotient, viz. 116, therefore to make it consist of 4 places, I prefix a cipher before it, and it makes .0116 for the decimal ●…ought. Again let there be given 23/5642 to be Reduced to a decimal of (suppose) 5 places it will be found to be .00407; and 14/64837 will be reduced to .000215   

To Reduce the known parts of Money, Weight, Measure, Time, etc. to Decimal Fractions.  
II. Hence it is evident that the known parts of Money, Weight, Measure, Time, and Motion, etc. may be Reduced to decimal Fractions of the same value, or infinitely near it, for if (in Money) a Pound Sterling be an Integer, whatsoever is lesle than a Pound, is either a part or parts of the same; and when you know what part or parts thereof it is, you may reduce it to a decimal of the same value, by the first Rule of this Chapter; so if you would know what is the decimal of a Pound Sterling equal to 7 Shillings; consider that 7 s. is 7/20 of a Pound, and by the said Rule, the decimal answering thereto is .35 l. And if I would know the decimal equal to 3 d. I consider that 3 d. is 3/12 of 1/20 of a Pound, or 3/240 of a Pound, and the decimal equivalent thereto, will be found (by the said Rule) to be .0 125; likewise if there were given 7 ss .3 d to found the decimal equal thereunto: First, I consider, that 7 ss .3 d. is 87 pence, which is 87/240 of a pound, and the decimal equal thereto will be found to be .3625 l.  
In like manner if it were required to found the decimal of a Pound Troy weight equivalent to 6 oz. − 12 pw. I first found that 6 oz. − 12 pw. make 132 pwts. which is 132/240 of a pound Troy weight, and the decimal equivalent thereunto, will be found to be .55 by the said first Rule of this Chapter. The like is to be understood in the Reducing of any of the known parts of Coin, Weight, Measure, etc. into Decimals.   

To found the value of a Decimal Fraction, in the known parts of Money, Weight, Measure, etc.  
III. When you would found the value of a decimal Fraction in the known parts of Coin, Weight, Measure, Time, Motion, or the like, observe the following  
RULE  
Multiply the given Decimal by the Number of parts in the next inferior denomination that are equal to an Integer in the same denomination with the given decimal, and see how many places are in the product, more than were in the said given decimal; and cut so many of from the left hand with a dash of your pen, and those Figures so cut of, are the value of the said decimal in the next inferior denomination to it, and the Figures (if there be any) Remaining, are the decimal of an Integer in the said denomination, and may be Reduced as low as you please by the same Rule; as in the following Example.  
Let it be required to found the value of this decimal of a pound sterling, viz. 7635.  
First, I multiply the given decimal by 20, and the product is 152700 which is of 6 places, and the given decimal is but of 4 places, wherefore I cut of 2 Figures at the left hand, viz. 15. which is so many shillings, now when the said 15 is Cut of from the rest, there are yet remaining 2700, which I multiply by 12 to found the value thereof in pence, and the product is 32400, which consisting of 5 places, I cut of one Figure, (viz. 3) from the left hand, which is so many Pence; so that I conclude the value of the given decimal to be 15 s. − 03 d. and the remaining Figures, viz. 2400 are the decimal parts of a penny, which because they do not amount to the value of a Farthing, I do not Reduce any lower, see the work in the Margin.  
So if .6847 l. be given, and it be required to found its value, if you work as is before directed, you will found it to be 13 s. − 08 d. − 1.312 quarters. And 374 l. being so Reduced, you will found it to make 7 s. − 05 d. − 3.040 quarters.  
In like manner, if it were required to Reduce this decimal of a pound Troy weight, viz. .84576 l. into known parts; First, I multiply it by 12, and it produceth 1014912, from which I cut of the two first Figures to the left hand, (viz. 10.) for Ounces, and the Remaining Figures, which are 14912 do I multiply by ●…0, and the product is 298240, from which I cut of the first Figure, viz. 2, which is two penny weight, and 98240 remaineth, which I multiply by 24, and the product is 2357760, which is 23.57760 grains; so that I conclude the value of the given Decimal .84576 pound Troy weight to be 10 oz. − 02 pw. − 23 gr. .57760; the same is to be observed in finding the value of any other decimal whatsoever, whether of Coin, Weight, Measure, Time, or Motion.  
I might here have added Tables of Reduction, showing the decimal Fractions of any of the parts of Money, Weight, etc. as divers Authors have already done; but (because they are (though useful) seldom made use of, and partly by reason of the ease in finding the equivalent decimal of any Fraction whatsoever, according to the Rules herein delivered) I shall forbear it.  
iv There is a briefer way of discovering the value of a decimal of a Pound sterling, viz. The Figure which standeth in the first place of the decimal, (viz. in the place of primes) being doubled, gives you the number of shillings; than let the Figure possessing the second place of the decimal, (viz. the place of seconds) be esteemed so many ten, and the Figure in the third place account so many units, which said te●…s and units being accounted one entire number, and made lesle by one, will be so many farthings, which said shillings and farthings are the value of the given decimal; but if the Figure in the second place be 5, or else exceed 5, than reckon one shilling for that, and for the excess above 5, esteem every unit 10, as before.  
Example 1.  
What is the value of .7365 l?  
The Figure 7 (standing in the place of primes) being doubled, gives 14, which is so many shillings, and the Figure in the second place, (which is 3) being accounted so many ten is 30, and the Figure in the third place (viz. 6) being esteemed units, and annexed to the ten beforesaid, makes 36, which being lessened by 1, makes 35 farthings, which is 8ds. ¾, so is 14s. − 08d. ¾ the value of the given Decimal .7365 l.  
Example 2.  
What is the value of .8896 l?  
The first Figure (8) being doubled, makes 16; and because the next Figure is above 5, I add 1 to 16, which makes 17 shillings: Than the excess of the second Figure above 5 being 3, I esteem it so many Ten, and the Figure (9) in the third place being units, makes 39; which lessened by 1, makes 38 Farthings, which is 9d. ½, so is 17s. − 9d. ½, the value of the given decimal .8896. And after the same manner may the value of any decimal of a pound sterling, be discovered at first sight without loss of a farthing.    

CHAP. III. Addition of Decimals.  
I. THE work of Addition of Decimal Fractions is in every respect the very same with that of whole Numbers of one Denomination in common Arithmetic, respect being had to the right ordering or placing of the decimals required to be added, which that you may understand, observe this  
General Rule,  
II. When two or more decimals are given to be added together, you are so to dispose of them one under the other, as that all the Figures on the left hand may stand in order one under the other, that is to say, primes under primes, or tenth under tenths, (whether they be Ciphers or significant Figures) and seconds or hundredths, under seconds or hundredths, etc. observing the same order if they consist some of them of never so many places, and others of never so few.  
Example.  
Let there be given these following Decimals to be added together, viz. .00746, and .0832, and .62 and .8: First, I dispose of them in order to the work, as you see in the Margin, where you see the lowermost Figure 8, which is primes, is placed under 6, 0 and 0, which are likewise primes, and the Figure 2 in 62 being in in the place of seconds is placed under 8 and 0 which are likewise seconds, or hundredths, and the Figure 3 in the place of thirds, or thousandths is placed under 7, which is also so many thirds, etc. The same order is to be observed in placing of the decimals of mixed Numbers to be added, as suppose there were given these following mixed Numbers to be added together, viz. 168.3572, and 36.864, and 7.42. and .6: Now in order to the finding out their sum, I dispose of them in order one under the other as followeth. Where you may observe that the whole Numbers themselves, or Integral parts of the given mixed Numbers are placed one under the other, as is directed in Addition of whole Numbers, without any respect at all had to the decimals annexed to them, and the decimals are placed under each other, according to the Directions given in the last Rule, without any respect had to the Integers, properly belonging to them.  
 
III. Having placed your given Decimals in order, according to this Rule, draw a line under them, as in Addition of whole Numbers, under which line you are to place their sum; Than proceed in your work in every respect, as in Addition of Integers, beginning at the right hand, and so proceeding through the Decimals without any regard to them as Decimals, but as if they were all whole Numbers: As for example, let us take the Decimals given in the first example of the last Rule foregoing; And first I put down 6 under the line, because there is no other figure or number to add to it, than I proceed to the next, saying 2 and 4 make 6, which I also set down in order under the line, than I say 3 and 7 make 10, so I set down 0, and carry 1 to the next, saying 1 that carry, and 2, and 8, make 11, for which I set down 1, and carry 1 to the next, saying, 1 that I carry and 8, and 6, make 15, which I put in its place under the line, because it is the last; and because the figure 5 standeth under the place of primes, I put a point before it, that is to say between 1 and 5, and the work is finished; the number 1 being an integer, and the rest a decimal, whereby I found the sum to be 1.51066, that is 1 integer, and .51066 parts of an integer.  
After the same manner if the mixed numbers in the second example of the foregoing Rule were given to be added, their sum will be found to be 213.2412, that is 213 integers and .2412 decimal parts of an integer, as you may see by the following work.  
 
Other Examples for the Learners practice may 〈◊〉 such as follow.  
  

CHAP. iv Subtraction of Decimal Fractions.  
1. When two Decimal Fractions are given, and their difference or excess is required, you must place them (in order to the work) as you were taught in the foregoing Chapter of Addition, and the operation is the very same in every respect as in Subtraction of whole Numbers of one denomination, beginning at the Right hand, as in the following Example.  
Let it be required to Subtract the Decimal .634 from the Decimal .728; In order to the work I put them one under the other, viz. the biggest uppermost, and take each figure in the lowermost out of its Correspondent figure in the uppermost, putting their respective differences in order below the line, and I found, (that when I have finished the operation) the Remainder or difference to be .094 as by the work appeareth.  
In like manner if the mixed Number were given to be subtracted from the mixed number 76.123. I place them in the same order as is directed in Addition before-going, only with this Caution, be sure to place the biggest uppermost, than proceed to take each figure in the lowermost out of its correspondent figure in the uppermost, as if they were whole numbers, and having finished the work, the Remainder, or difference will be found to be 33.776 as you see it done in the Margin.  
When the Decimal given to be Subtracted do not consist of an equal number of places, such defect must be supplied by annexing Ciphers, or supposing as many Ciphers to be annexed (as are wanting) on the Right hand, and than the work will be as in the former Examples.  
Example.  
Let it be Required to Subtract .037486 from from .84; Now because .84 hath in it but 2 places, and the other hath 6, I supply that defect by annexing 4 Ciphers thereto as in the Margin, and the work being finished, I found the Remainder, or difference to be .802514.  
The same is to be observed when a decimal Fraction or mixed number is given to be Subtracted from a whole number, as suppose 15.486 were given to be subtracted from 64, because there is no decimal annexed to 64, you are to supply the Decimal places with Ciphers, and than proceed in the work as before is directed, and having finished the work of Subtraction, the Remainder will be found to be 48.514 as by the work in the margin appeareth.  
Other Examples for Practice may be these following.  
  

CHAP. V Multiplication of Decimal Fractions.  
I. IN Multiplication of Decimals, whether both the Factors are decimal Fractions, or whether they be mixed Numbers, or if the one be a decimal Fraction, and the other a whole or mixed Number the Multiplier is to be placed under the Multiplicand in the very same manner as in multiplication of whole Numbers, and when they are so placed, the operation is the same in every Respect, as in Multiplication of whole Numbers, and when you have added the several particular products together, as is usual in whole Numbers, the value of the product is to be found out by this  
General Rule,  
Look how many Decimal places are in both the Factors, (viz. the Multiplicand and Multiplier) so many decimal places must be in the product.  
Wherhfore cut of so many figures from the right hand of the product for decimals, and the figure or figures Remaining on the left hand (if there be any) are Integers, as in the following Example.  
Let it be Required to Multiply 34.82 by 7.26, it matters not which you make the Multiplicand, or the Multiplyar, but I take 7.26 for the Multiplyar, because it hath fewest places, and put it in order under 34.82, as if they were both whole numbers, and having finished the work of Multiplication I found the product to be 2527932 as you may see by the following work.  
 
Than to found the value of the product, I look how many Decimal places are in (both) the Multiplicand and Multiplyar, and I found 4, wherefore I mark the 4 first places to the Right hand for Decimals, by putting a point between them and the other figures on the left hand, and than the Product will appear to be really 252.7932 that is 252 integers, and .7932 Decimal parts of an integer.  
A second Example may be of a mixed Number given to be multiplied by a Decimal Fraction; as thus, let it be required to Multiply 38.5746, by .00463; I prepare the given Numbers for operation as is before directed, and having finished the work I found the product to amount to 178600398. Than to found the true value of the product I consider the number of decimal places, in both the Factors, which I found to b●… 9, viz. 4 in the Multiplicand and 5 in the Multiplyar, therefore I mark out 9 places towards the Right hand of the product for a Decimal Fraction, which indeed is the whole product, and therefore I conclude the true value of the product to be .178600398, as by the following operation appeareth, viz.  
 
A Third Example shall be of 2 Decimal Fractions, the one being given to be multiplied by the other, as, let there be given .63478 to be Multiplied by .8264, having disposed of the given numbers according to order, and finished the work of Multiplication as is before directed, I found the product to Amount to 524582192, which being done, to found the true value thereof, I consider that there are 9 decimal places in both the Factors, viz. 5 in the Multiplicand and 4 in the Multiplyar; wherefore I note out 9 places in the product for a decimal Fraction, and so I found the true value of the product to be .524582192, as by the following operation appeareth.  
 
The like is to be understood in any of the like Cases whatsoever.  
II. If it so hap (as oftentimes it may) that after your Multiplication is finished, the figures in the product do not consist of so many places as there are decimal figures in the Multiplicand and Multiplyar, such defect must be supplied by prefixing as many Ciphers before it towards the left hand, as it wanteth places, and than mark such product with the said prefixed Ciphers, for a decimal Fraction and the true product Required; as in the following Example.  
Let it be Required to Multiply .0476 by .0642, after the Multiplication is finished, I found the product to be 305692, consisting but of 6 places, but the Number of Decimal places in the Multiplicand and Multiplyar is 8, wherefore to make the product to consist of 8 places, I prefix 2 Ciphers before it, and than the true product will be .00305592; the work followeth,  
 
In like manner if .376523 were given to be Multiplied by .1346, you will found the product to be 506799958 consisting of 9 places, but there are 10 Decimal places in both the given Factors; wherefore the product must be increased to 10 places by prefixing a cipher which will make it .0506799958, as by the following work.  
 
By this time I doubt not but the diligent Learner is well acquainted with Multiplication of Decimal Fractions, the work being as plain and easy as in whole Numbers; The next we come to is Division.   

CHAP. VI Division of Decimal Fractions.  
HAving gone through Addition, Subtraction, and Multiplication, (The operation being (as you see) in every Respect the very same as in whole Numbers) we come now to Division; and although in Decimals, (as well as in whole Numbers) Division may seem somewhat difficult to the young Practitioner, yet we shall endeavour to tender it as plain and easy as possible may be.  
I. The operation in Division of Decimals is in every respect the same with that of whole numbers, therefore the difficulty in Division of Decimals lieth not in the operation, but in finding out the value of the Quotient after the work of Division is ended, a general Rule for finding of which shall be given by and by.  
II. It is necessary many times to annex a cipher or cyphers to the Dividend, whether it be a whole Number, or a mixed Number, or a Decimal Fraction, for many times the Divisor consisteth of more places than the Dividend, and in that case there must be a competent Number of Ciphers annexed to the Dividend, as, suppose it were required to divide 73.564 by 46.24897, here you cannot conveniently proceed in the work till you have annexed Ciphers to the Dividend, to increase the number of places in the decimal part thereof, and you may annex as many as you please, for by the 7 Rule of the first Chapter, Ciphers annexed to a Decimal Fraction do neither Augment, nor diminish its value.  
III. When a question to be wrought by Division of decimals is proposed, consider whether there are as many decimal figures in the dividend, as there are in the divisor; if there be any wanting, make them full as many, or rather more by annexing Ciphers thereto According to the Rule foregoing, but in some Cases there must of necessity be more, for when there is an equal number of decimal places in the dividend, and in the divisor, and a division can be made, than the Quotient will infallibly be a whole Number without any Fraction, except what is in the Remainder.  
iv In Multiplication of Decimal Fractions, the product containeth as many Decimal figures as there are decimal places in the Multiplicand and Multiplier, and in Division if you multiply the Quotient by the divisor the product will be equal to the dividend, upon which consideration the true value of the Quotient of any division may infallibly be known by this  
General Rule.  
After the work of Division is ended, consider how many decimal places are in the dividend more than there are in the divisor, and how many soever the excess is, let so many in the Quotient be separated from the Rest for a Decimal. But if there are not so many figures in the Quotient, as the said excess is, such defect must be supplied, by prefixing as many Ciphers on the left hand, putting a point before them, as hath been Taught already; than shall such Decimal as aforesaid, be the true value of the Quotient sought.  
I shall explain this Rule by Examples of the several Cases that may hap in the division of Decimals, which are 9, as followeth.  
1 a whole Number being given to be divided by a whole Number 2 a mixed Number 3 a Decimal Fraction 4 a mixed Number a whole Number 5 a mixed Number 6 a Decimal Fraction 7 a Decimal Fraction a whole Number 8 a mixed Number 9 a Decimal Fraction  
Case 1. A whole number given to be divided by a whole number.  
V When you are to divide one whole Number by another and they are not commensurable, though there are no decimals in either the dividend or the divisor, yet if you annex a Competent number of Ciphers to the dividend, there will be a decimal in the Quotient consisting of as many places as you annexed Ciphers to the dividend.  
Example 1.  
Let there be given 5729 to be divided by 438; According to the foregoing Rule, I annex a Number of Ciphers, (suppose 4) to the given dividend which will supply 4 decimal places, and it will be 5729.0000, and after the work of division is finished I found the Quotient to be 130799  
 
Now to found out the value of the Quotient by the General Rule before-going, I consider that there are no decimals in the divisor, but there are 4 in the dividend, and consequently by the said Rule there must be 4 decimal places noted out in the Quotient by setting a point before them, and than the true value of the Quotient will be found to be 13.0799.  
Example 2.  
Let there be given 48 to be divided by 43796, you cannot here make any work till you have annexed Ciphers to the Dividend, because the divisor is bigger than the dividend and therefore annex as many as you think convenient, suppose 6, and having finished the work of Division you will found the Quotient to be 1095, now to found out its true value, consider that there are no decimal places in the divisor, but there are 6, in the dividend, therefore there must be 6 decimal places in the Quotient, but the Quotient as yet possesseth but 4 places, therefore to make them up 6 according to the said general Rule, I prefix two Ciphers before the other figures, on the left hand of the same, so as they may take place in the decimal by putting a point before them, so will the true Quotient be .001095, etc.  
 
This First Case may very well serve for a further illustration of the first Rule of the second Chapter of this book.  
Case 2.  
Example. 3.  
A whole number given to be divided by a mixed number.  
Let the whole number 586 be given to be divided by the mixed Number 36.4865; here you may observe that although the dividend be greater than the divisor, yet there can be no operation until the dividend is prepared by annexing a competent number of Ciphers to it, and according to the third Rule of this Chapter, I must annex at lest 4, but here I shall take 6 (or more at pleasure) and than the dividend will be 586.000000, and the work being finished as in Division of whole numbers, the Quotient will be found to be 1606, etc.  
 
Now to discover the value of this Quotient, according to the general Rule aforegoing, I consider that there are 4 Decimal figures in the divisor, and 6 decimal places in the dividend, the excess being 2, and consequently there must be two decimal places noted in the Quotient by putting a point before them, and than the true Quotient will be 16.06 as you may prove at your leisure.  
Example 4.  
Another Example of the second Case may be this, Let there be given the number 2, to be divided by the mixed number 28.74, having prepared the dividend, by annexing 6 Ciphers to it, (or more at pleasure) and finished the work of division as in whole numbers, I found the Quotient to be 695, etc.  
 
Now to found out the true value of this Quotient I consider according to the General Rule, that there are but two Decimal places in the Divisor, and 6 in the dividend, therefore (the excess being 4) there must be 4 decimal places in the Quotient, but there are but three places, wherefore I make them up 4, by prefixing a cipher before them, according to the latter part of the said General Rule.  
Case 3.  
Exàmple 5.  
A whole numb. given to be divided by a decimal Fract.  
Let there be given the whole Number 48 to be divided by the decimal .0675, after the dividend is prepared by annexing a competent number of Ciphers, as suppose 7, after the work of Division is ended, I found the Quotient to amount to .711111 as followeth.  
 
Now to found out the value of the said Quotient, by the foregoing general Rule, I consider that there are 4 decimal places in the Divisor, and 7 in the Dividend, the excess being 3; wherefore I conclude that according to the said Rule, there must be 3 decimal figures in the Quote, out of or separated from the rest by a point, and than the true value of the Quotient will be 711.111 that is 711 integers, and 111 decimal parts of an integer or very near.  
Case 4.  
Example 6.  
A mixed number given to be divided by a whole number.  
Let there be given the mixed Number 743.574, to be divided by the whole Number 75.  
After the Dividend is prepared by annexing Ciphers at pleasure, and the operation (according to division of whole numbers finished) you will found this Quotient, viz. 991432.  
 
Now to found out the true value of the said Quotient, I consider that after there are 2 Ciphers annexed to the dividend, that the decimal part thereof will possess 5 places; and because there are none in the divisor, therefore the excess is 5, and consequently (according to the said General Rule) I note 5 places in the Quotient for the decimal part, which being done, I found the true value of it to be 9.91432.  
Example 7.  
Again, Let the dividend in the last Example, viz. 743.574 be given to be divided by the whole Number 43576, and the Quotient will be found to be 17063, if there be 3 Ciphers annexed to the dividend, and there will be 6 decimal places in it, and not one in the divisor, wherefore there must be 6 decimal places in the Quotient, but there are but 5, therefore to make them 6, according to the said General Rule, I prefix a cipher, and than the true value of the Quotient will be .017063 as upon proof you will easily found.  
 
Case 5.  
Example 8.  
A mixed number given to be divided by a mixed nmuber.  
Let the following mixed Number viz. 3.748 be given to be divided by the mixed Number 46.375. Here according to former directions I annex Ciphers (at pleasure) to the dividend, suppose 5, than will the dividend be 3.74800000 and having finished the work of division, as if they were whole numbers, I found the Quote to be 8084, etc. but the true value of this Quotient thus found I as yet know not, therefore to make a discovery of its value I consider that in the dividend there are 8 decimal places, and in the divisor there are but three such places, therefore the number of decimal places in the dividend exceeds the number of places in the divisor by 5, so that by the foregoing general Rule I know that there must be 5 decimal places in the Quotient, but there are only 4 figures, viz. 8084, but to make them 5 according to the General Rule, I prefix a cipher before the other figures and it makes .08084, which is the true Quotient sought.  
 
Case 6.  
A mixed number given to be divided by a Dec. Fraction.  
Example 9  
Let there be given the mixed number 54.379 to be divided by the Decimal Fraction .34687, having annexed a competent number of Ciphers, so that there may be 3, or 4, or 5 Decimal places in the dividend more than there are in the divisor, wherefore I annex 6 Ciphers, and than the dividend will be 54.379000000, and when the work of division is ended the Quotient will be found to be 1567705.  
Which being done the next thing in order to the completing of the work, is to found out the true value of the said Quotient, which is easily done by the said general rule, for I consider that in the divisor there are 5 decimal places but in the dividend there are 9 (viz. 3 given significant figures and 6 Ciphers annexed) so that the excess is 4, therefore I conclude that there must be 4 decimal places in the Quotient, and the rest are of the Integral part, so that I found the true Quotient is 156.7705, that is 156 Integers, and .7705 or 7705/10000 parts of an Integer, which you may easily prove at your Leisure.  
 
Example 10.  
If there were given the mixed Number 45.384 to be divided by .000247; here are not so many decimal places in the dividend as there are in the divisor, therefore do I increase their Number by annexing 5 Ciphers thereto, and than the dividend will be 45.38400000, than do I proceed to the operation, taking no notice at all of the Ciphers which are before the divison, but work as if there were none at all, and when the work of division is finished, I found the Quotient to be 183740.89, etc.  
 
Now the Quotient being found, I come next to found out its value, which to do I consider that there are 6 decimal places in the divisor, and 8 in the dividend, so that the excess is 2 places, therefore I conclude according to the said general Rule, that there must be two decimal places noted in the Quotient, so that than its true value will be found to be 183740.89, etc.  
Case 7.  
A Decimal Fraction given to be divided by a whole number.  
Example 11.  
Let it be Required to divide the decimal Fraction .07864 by the whole Number 25. here in this Example, there is no need of annexing any Ciphers to the dividend to prepare it for operation, but yet you may at your pleasure, only because there is no necessity I shall forbear it, and proceed to the work according to the Rule of Division in whole Numbers, and the work being finished, I found the Quotient to be 314, than I proceed to found out the value of this Quotient by the General Rule foregoing, and because there is no decimal in the divisor, and 5 in the dividend, therefore there must be 5 decimal places in the Quotient, and there are but 3 places as yet, therefore do I prefix two Ciphers before the Quotient thus found, and note them for the true Quotient sought, which is .00314, as by the operation appeareth.  
 
Case 8.  
A Decimal Fraction given to be divided by a mixed Number.  
Example 12.  
Let there be given the Decimal Fraction 846, to be divided by the mixed Number 3.476, here l 1. prepare the dividend for the work by annexing 4 Ciphers thereto, and having finished the work of division I found the Quotient to be 2433, and to discover its value according to the general Rule, I consider that there are in the dividend (after the 4 Ciphers are thereto annexed) 7 decimal places, & in the Divisor there are but 3, so that the excess is 4, therefore I conclude that there must be four decimal places in the Quotient, so that the true Quotient is the Decimal Number .2433, etc. as followeth.  
 
But if to the said dividend .846 there had been annexed 5 Ciphers than the true Quotient would have been .24338, etc. and if there had been 6 Ciphers annexed thereto than had the Quotient been .243383, etc.  
Example 13.  
Let it be Required to divide this Decimal Fraction, viz. .846 by the mixed Number 34.76, after I have annexed Ciphers to the Dividend to prepare it for the work; and the work of Division being finished, I found (as before) the Quotient to be 2433, but the value of it being found out, by the general Rule, will be different from the former Quote, for having taken the number of decimal places, in the dividend and the divisor, I found the excess to be 5 in the dividend, so that there should be 5 decimal places in the Quotient, but there are now but 4 places, wherefore to supply that defect I prefix a cipher before the said Quote, and put a point before it so as it may take place in the Decimal, and than the true value of the Quotient will be .02433, etc. as followeth  
 
And if the Divisor had been 347.6 than the Quote would have been .002433, etc.  
Case 9  
A Decimal Fraction given to be divided by a Decimal Fraction.  
Example 14.  
Let there be given the Decimal Fraction .835796 to be divided by .243, here I may annex Ciphers at pleasure to the Dividend to prepare it for operation, but because there is no necessity for it I shall forbear, and proceed to the work as in Division of whole numbers, which being finished I found in the Quotient the number 3439, and now I have nothing to do but to found out the true value of this Quotient, and in order thereunto I consider that in the dividend are 6 decimal places, and in the divisor but 3, wherefore the excess is 3, which is the number of decimal places in the Quotient, which being separated from the rest by a point according to former directions, the true value of the Quotient will be found to be 3.439, etc.  
 
But if the dividend had had a cipher annexed to it, than the Quotient would have been 3.4394 etc. and if two Ciphers had been annexed to it, than the Quotient would have been 3.43948, etc. But if the dividend had been .0835796, and the divisor the same as before, the operation would have been still the same, and the same figures would be in the Quotient but not of the same value, for they would have been all Decimals, viz. .3439, etc. But if the dividend had been (as before) .835796, and the divisor had been (.0243,) the same as before with a cipher prefixed before it to depress its value, though the operation be the very same, yet the value of the Quotient would have been 34.39, etc. And if the Divisor had had two Ciphers prefixed before it thus .00243 than the Quotient would have been 343.9, etc. And if the divisor had been (.000243) the same as before with 3 Ciphers prefixed before it than the Quotient would have been 3439. consisting entirely of Integers, except you had annexed Ciphers to the Dividend. Thus have I largely gone over all the Cases that can hap in division of Decimals, and have given one or more examples in every Case, so that I hope by this time the diligent Reader is made capable of performing any operation, either in Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, or Division of Decimals, and if he be so perfected, perhaps he may be desirous to know something of their use and applicatio●… in the practical parts of Arithmetic, before he comes to the more difficult part of the extraction of Roots, and because I would not dull the edge of his Appetite, I shall give him a taste of their excellent use in the Rule of Proportion, and in the mensuration of some Supersicies and Solids, and than come to show their use in the extracting the Cube and Square Roots, and the calculating of Interest, etc.   

CHAP. VII. The Rule of 3 in Decimals.  
I Shall not here meddle with the Rule of 3 in its distinct kinds, viz. Single, Double, Direct, or Inverse, supposing the Learner to be acquainted with that already in the Practice of vulgar Arithmetic.  
I. In the Rule of 3 in Decimals, the operation is in every Respect the same as in whole Numbers, so is it in all the parts, or Rules of Arithmetic, only when you work in Decimals, you must have Respect to the Decimal Rules before taught, for in Decimals you must Add, Subtract, Multiply, and Divide, when, and after the same manner as you do in whole Numbers, a few Examples will make you perfect in the knowledge thereof.  
Example. 1.  
If 1¾ l. of Tobacco cost 3 s. 6 d. how much will 326¼ l. cost at that Rate?  
When the Fractional parts of the Numbers in this Question are turned into Decimals, than it will be read thus, viz.  
If 1.75 l. of Tobacco cost 3.5 s. how much will 326.25 l. of the same cost at that Rate?  
The numbers being orderly placed as is directed in the 6 Rule of the 10 Chapter of my Vulgar Arithmetic will stand as followeth, viz.  
 
And if you multiply the third number by the second, or the second by the third, which is all one, and divide the product thereof by the first, as is directed in the 10 Rule of the 7 Chap. of my Vulgar Arithmetic; only in Multiplying and Dividing, you must have regard to Multiplication and Division of Decimals delivered in the two Chapters foregoing, and when the work is finished, the answer will be found to be 652.5 shillings, or 32 l. 12 s. 6 d. see the following work.  
 
Example 2.  
If 9 C. of Tobacco cost 25 l. 7. s. what will be the Price of 17 C. weight of the same at that Rate?  
The given numbers being Rightly stated, together with the whole operation take as followeth.  
 
Here you see that the Answer in Decimals is 47883 l. now the value of this decimal Fraction, may be discovered at first sight (by that brief way of finding the value of a decimal part of a pound sterling, delivered in the 4 Rule of the 2 Chapter foregoing) to be 17 s. 8. d. fere, for 8 primes is 16 shillings, and 8 seconds is 1 shilling more, and 3 seconds over, which with the 3 in the place of thirds make 33, from which abating 1, because it is above 25, there remains 32 farthings or 8 pence.  
Example 3.  
If an ounce of Gold be worth 2 l. 19 s. 4 d. I demand the price of 19 oz. 3 pw. 5 gr. at that Rate?  
By the 4 Rule of the 2 Chapter 3 pw. 5 gr. may be Reduced to this decimal of an ounce viz. 160416, so that 19.160416 is a mixed number equal in value to 19 oz. 3 pw. 5 gr. And by the same Rule .9666 is found to be the Decimal part of a pound sterling, equal in value to 19 s. 4 d. so that the Decimals being found out, and the numbers given in the Question being stated in order will be as followeth, viz.  
 
So that I found the Answer to the Question to be 56.84129, etc. or 56 l. 16 s. 10 d. very near as it may be discovered by the brief way of finding the value of the decimal of a pound sterling delivered before in the 13 page.   

CHAP. VIII. The further use of Decimals in the Mensuration of Superficies and Solids.  

PROP. I. To Measure a long Square.  
Multiply the length of it in Feet, or Inches, by the breadth of it in Feet, or in Inches, and the product will give you the true Superficial Content of it in Feet or Inches.  
Example.  
There is a Table whose length is 18.75 Feet and its Breadth 3.5 Feet, I demand its content in Feet?  
To Answer this Question, I take 18.75 feet (the length of it) and multiply it by 3.5 feet (the breadth of it) and the product is 65.625 feet, which is the Content of the Table, as was Required. See the work  
 
Here by the way take notice that although amongst Artificers, the two foot Rule is generally divided each foot into 12 Inches, etc. Yet for him that is at any time employed in the practice of Measuring, it would be most necessary for him to have his two foot Rule, each foot divided into 10 equal parts, and each of those parts divided again into 10 other equal parts, so would the whole foot be divided into 100 equal parts, and thereby would it be made fit to take the dimensions of any thing whatsoever, in feet, and decimal parts of a foot, and thereby the Content of any thing may be found as exactly if not more exactly and near, than if the foot were divided into Inches, quarters and half quarters, and thereby many times would there by much labour and pains avoided, which the Artist is Content to undergo through the want of such Decimal division of his Rule, as we will show in the solving of the former proposition, after the vulgar way. The question is  
There is a Table whose length is 18 foot 9 inches, and its breadth 3 foot 6 inches, now I demand its content in feet?  
Now, before I can found its content, I must found its length and breadth in inches, and than multiply the inches of the length by the inches of the breadth, and than the product will be 9450 which is its Content in square inches, and to found its Content in feet I must divide the inches by 144 (the number of square inches in a foot) and the Quotient is the Content in feet: See the work following.  
 
So that you see according to this way the answer is 65 square feet and 90 inches, or 〈◊〉 of a foot which is the very same with that answer in Decimals, and if the Division by 144 had been continued by annexing Ciphers to the Dividend 9450, there would have come out in the Quotient the Decimal .624 as before.  
But how tedious a work it is to answer it after the Vulgar way, compared with the decimal way I leave the Judicious Reader to judge, and much more tedious would it have been if there had been either halfs or quarters of inches either in the length or breadth, or both, but the work would still have been the same in the Decimal way, that is, in every Respect as easy.  
After the same manner is found out the Content of the true Geometrical Square, which is a figure fitly Represented by an exact square Trencher, that is, having its length and breadth both equal.   

PROP. II. To found the Content of a right angled Triangle.  
A Right angled Triangle is a plain figure having 3 sides and 3 Angles as the figure B, C, D, in the margin, two of which sides viz. BC, and CD, are perpendicular to each other, now if from the top of the perpendicular at D, there be a line drawn parallel to the base B, C, as is the Pricked line A, D, and from the end of the Base at B, there be drawn the pricked line BASILIUS parallel to the perpendicular till it meet the line AD in A, than will there be made the parallelogram, or long square A, B, C, D, of which the Triangle B, C, D, is half, the Diagonal B, D, dividing the whole paralelogram into 2 equal parts.  
Now it is plain from the first proposition, that if you multiply the side B, C, by the side C, D, then the product will be the Content of the whole parallelogram A, B, C, D, and than the half of that Content will be the Content of the given Triangle B, C, D. Or if you take half CD, which is C, F, and half of BASILIUS, which is B, E, and draw the line E, F, than will E, F, divide the parallelogram A, B, C, D, into two equal parallellograms, and either of them is equal to the given Triangle B, C, D, now if by the first proposition I can found the Content of the paralelogram E, B, C, F, I found also the Content of the Triangle B, C, D, because they are equal, whence it comes to pass that if you multiply the base by half the perpendicular, or the perpendicular by half the base of a Rectangular Triangle (which is all one) the product will be the true Content thereof.  
Example.  
In the former Triangle the base B, C, is 18.28 Feet, and the perpendicular C, D, is 12.26 Feet, I demand its Content in Feet?  
Here I first found the Content of the whole Parallelogram, by multiplying the sides together, and the product is 224.1128 Feet, and the half of that product, is the Content of the Triangle B, C, D, which is 112.0564 Feet. See the following work:  
 
The Content would have been the same, if I had multiplied the one side by half the other, which is indeed the shortest way, and most practical; See the work:  
 
The Answer would have been the same, if I had taken the whole side C, D, and multiplied it by half the side B, C.   

PROP. III. To found the Content of any plain Triangle, not Rectangular.  
THE best and easiest way is to let fall a perpendicular, upon the longest side from the angle that is opposite to it, which will divide it into two Rightangled plain Triangles, As, suppose there were given the plain Triangle ABC, as followeth,  
Here the side AB, being the longest side, I let fall a perpendicular from its opposite angle at C, which falleth upon D, in the line AB, so is the line CD the nearest distance between the angular point C, and the line AB, and divideth the given Triangle ABC, into two Rightangled Triangles, (viz.) ADC and CDB; and if you found the Content of these two Rightangled Triangles (according to the directions in the second proposition) and add them together, their sum will be the Content of the given Triangle ABC. But it may be more Artificially found out thus,  
Multiply half the line CD, into the whole line AB, the product will give the Content of the Triangle which was sought, or if you multiply the whole line CD, into half the line AB, the product will be the Content of the given Triangle, which is very plain from a due consideration of the method used in solving the se●…ond proposition.  
Example  
Let the base or longest side AB be 48.5 Feet long, and let the length of the perpendicular CD be 21.6 Feet, I desire to know how many square, or superficial feet are contained in the said Triangle?  
To resolve this Question according to the foregoing Rule, I first Bipart the base AB 48.5 which is 24.25 which I multiply by the length of the perpendicular CD 21.6 and the product is 523.8: See the following work,  
 
So that you see the content is the same which of the foresaid ways soever you work; observe the same method in finding the content of an●… obliqne Triangle given.   

PROP. iv To found the Content of a Trapezium.  
A Trapezium is a plane figure having fo●… unequal sides, and as many unequal Angle it matters not how unequal they are, and to found out its Content observe the following directions, viz.  
Divide it into two obliqne Triangles, by drawing a line from any one of the angles, to the angle that is opposite thereto, which line shall be a common base to both the Triangles.  
Than if you found out the content of both these Triangles, according to the method prescribed in the third proposition, the sum of their contents, is the content of the given Trapezium.  
Or it may be more Artificially found out thus, viz.  
Multiply the length of the common base by half the sum of the perpendiculars let fall from the Angel's opposite to the said common base, and the product will be the content of the whole Trapezium: or else,  
Multiply the sum of the said Perpendiculars by half the said common base, and it will produce the same effect.  
Example.  
In the following Trapezium ABCD, draw the base AC, which suppose to be 9.5 Feet, than let fall the perpendicular at D, which let be 3.45 Feet, and that at B 4.25 Feet, the sum of the said perpendiculars is 7.7 half of which is 3.85, by which if the common base AC be multiplied, the product (which is) 36.575 is the content of the Trapezium required Or if you multiply 7.7 the sum of the perpendiculars by half of the common base 9.5, which is 4.75 the product will be the same. See the following work.  
  

PROP. V To found the Content of any regular Polygon.  
A Regular Polygon is a plane figure consisting of equal sides and equal Angles, viz. a Pentagon, consisting of 5 equal sides, and 5 equal Angles; an Hexagon, consisting of 6 equal sides, and 6 equal Angles, an Heptagon of seven equal sides, an Octogon of eight, etc. and to measure any 1 of these Regular planes, do thus draw a line from the Centre of the figure to the middle of any one of the sides, and multiply that line into half the sum of the sides, and the product thence arising is the content of the given plane.  
I shall give you an Example of this in the Mensuration of an Hexagon, or plane of 6 equal sides.  
The Reason of this manner of working is very plain, if from the Centre you draw the lines GA', and GB, thereby making the Triangle GAB, whose content (by the third proposition) is found by multiplying the perpendicular GH into half the side AB, viz. into HA', or HB, but there are 6 such Triangles in the given Polygon; therefore GH, multiplied into 6 times HB, produceth the content required.   

PROP. VI To found the Content of any Irregular Polygon.  
LET it be Required to measure the following Figure ABCDEFGHI.  
First take Care that the whole plane be divided in Trapeziums and Triangles according to your own Fancy, and as the nature of the plane will bear, and than measure those Trapeziums and Triangles, as is directed in the third and fourth Propositions before going, and add the several contents together, so will the sum give you the whole content of that Irregular Polygon.   

PROP. VII. To found the circumference of a Circle having the Diameter given.  
A Circle is a Geometrical figure exactly Round, so that if from a point in the middle of it called the Centre, there be never so many lines drawn to the Circumference, they will all be of equal length. But between the diameter and circumference of a circle there cannot be found a true and exact proportion. Archimedes hath demonstrated the proportion to be near as 7 is to 22; but that of Van Ceulen is the most exact, who makes it to be as 1, is to 3.14159265358979323846 etc. but for practise this following proportion is sufficiently exact, viz.  
As 1. is to 3.1416  
So is the Diameter of any Circle,  
To its Circumference.  
To Answer which I say by the proportion foregoing; As 1 is to 3.1416, so is 28 the diameter to 87.9648, which is the circumference ABCD. The work followeth.  
  

PROP. VIII. To found the content of a Circle having the Diameter given.  
FIrst found out the circumference, by the last Proposition, than multiply half the circumference by half the diameter, and that product is the Content.  
Example  
There is a Circle whose Diameter is 14 Inches, I demand how many square Inches are the content of that Circle?  
By the foregoing Proposition, I found the circumference to be 43.9824 Inches, the half of which is 21.9912 which being multiplied by 7, (half the given Diameter) the product is 153.9384 which is the content Required. See the work.  
  

PROP. IX. To found the folid content of a square piece of Timber, Stone, etc. whose bases are equal, that is, whose ends are of the same bigness.  
SUch a solid piece by Geomatrician is called a Parallelepipedon, and it●…●…ontent is thus found out, viz.  
First found out the ●…uperficial content of the base or end, (by the first proposition) than multiply that content by the whole length, and that product is the Solid content of the whole piece.  
Example  
There is a square piece of Timber, the two contiguous-sides at the end of which are 2.5 Feet, and 1.8 Feet, and its length is 22 Feet, I demand how many solid Feet are in that piece of Timber.  
First I multiply 2.5 by 1.8 the sides of the base, and that produceth 4.5 for the content of the base or end, and that product I multiply by 22 the length, and that produceth 99 Feet, and so many is there contained in that piece of Timber. As you may see in the following work.  
 
Here note, if the sides of the end, or base, be given in Inches, and its length in Feet, than Reduce the sides of the base into the Decimal parts of a Foot, and proceed as before, or you may found out the content of the base in Inches, and multiply that content by the length in Feet, and that product divided by 144, will give you the content in feet, or else reduce the length into Inches, and multiply the content of the base thereby, and Divide that product by 1728 (for there are so many Cubical Inches in a Foot) and the Quotient will give you the solid content in Feet. But the Decimal way is preferred.   

PROP. X. To found the solid content of a Cylinder, having the Diameter of its Base given.  
A Cylinder is a Solid whose bases are Circular, equal, and parallel, and may fitly be represented by a round pillar, or a Roling-stone of a Garden, and to found the solid content of such a body this is  
The Rule.  
First found the plane of the base, by the 7 and 8 propositions foregoing, and than multiply that by the length thereof, which product will give you the solid content of the given Cylinder.  
Example.  
There is a Cylinder, (suppose a Roling-stone) whose length is 8.75 Feet, and the Diameter of its base 2.8 Feet, I demand the solid content thereof?  
As 1  
Is to 3.1416  
So is 2.8 the given Diameter  
To 8.79648 the Circumference of the base, half of which (viz. 4.39824) being multiplied by 1.4 the semi-diameter will produce ●…. 157536 for the content of the Base, which being multiplied by 8.75 (the length) it produceth 53.87844 for the Solid Content Required.  
If there had been given the circumference of the Cylinder, than the Diameter of the base must have been found out by the converse of the seventh Proposition, as suppose there had been given 8.75 the length of the Cylinder, and 8.79648 its circumference to found the Solidity thereof. First I found out the Diameter by the following proportion, viz.  
As 3.1416  
Is to 1  
So is 8.79648 the given Circumference  
To 2.8 the Required Diameter.  
And than the Rest of the work is the same with that before.   

PROP. XI. To found the Solid Content of a Cone.  
A Cone is a Solid Body, having a Circle for its base, and its superficies Circular, decreasing its equidistant Diameters from the base proportionably, till it terminateth in a point over the Centre of its base, and may fitly be Represented by a Sugar-loaf, or a round Spire Steeple; and to found its solid Content this is  
The Rule.  
By the 7 and 8 Propositions foregoing found out the plane of its base, and multiply that by 1/3 of its height, and that product is the Solid content of the Cone Required.  
Example.  
There is a Cone the circumference of whose base is 22.5 and its height is 16, I demand the solid content of such a Cone?  
As 3.1416  
Is to 1.  
So is 22.5 the circumference of the base  
To 7.162 the Diameter of the base.  
Than I multiply half 22.5 which is 11.25 by half 7.162 which is 3.581, and it produceth 40.28625 which is the superficial content of the base; than I take 1/3 of the height of the Cone (16) which is 5.333 very near, by which I multiply 40.28625 (the superficial content of the base) and it produceth 214.84657125. See the work as followeth;  
 
The same is to be observed in the mensuration of any other Cone.  
But here you are to observe that the slanting side of the Cone, (viz.) the length from the vertex to the extremity of its Base) is not to be taken for its true height, but a perpendicular let fall from its vertex to the Centre of its base is its true height; and how you may found out that perpendiculars length shall be shown you in the work of the fourth Proposition of the eleventh Chapter.   

PROP. XII. To found the solid Content of a Pyramid.  
BEtween the Cone and Pyramid, this is the Difference, As the Cone hath a circular base and superficies, the Pyramid hath a Polygon for its base, so that its base and superficies are Angular, its vertex terminating in a point just over the centre of its base, and to found out its solidity, here followeth  
The Rule.  
Found out the superficial content of the base, by the fifth Proposition foregoing, and multiply that by 〈◊〉 of its height, and it produceth the solid content of the Pyramid.  
Example.  
There is a Pyramid whose base is an Hexagon the side of which is 30, and its perpendicular height is 54; I demand the solid content of such a Pyramid?  
Here by the fifth Proposition I found the superficial content of the base to be 2340; than do I take, of the perpendicular height of the Pyramid, which is 18, and thereby do I multiply 2340, (the plane of the base) and the product is 42120, which is the solid content of the given Pyramid.  
Here note (by the way) that a line drawn from the point at the top of the Pyramid, to the extremity of any part of the basis, is not the true height of any Pyramid, but a perpendicular let fall from the Cuspis (or top) to the centre of the base is the true height, and how to found out such perpendicular heights shall be shown in the fourth Proposition of the 11 Chapter.   

PROP. XIII. To measure the Frustum of a Pyramid or Cone.  
It is evident that if I found the solidity of the whole Pyramid AGD, & also the solidity of the lesser Pyramid E F D, and than subtract the content of E F D, from the content of A G D, that there will remain the solidity of the Frustum A G E F; and certainly this way of measuring the Frustum of a Pyramid or Cone, is the most exact of any; And it may be easily measured thus, first of all found out the height of the whole Pyramid C D, which you may do by the following proportion, viz.  
As the Semidifference of the sides of the Bases,  
Is to the height of the Frustum,  
So is the half side of the greater Base,  
To the height of the whole Pyramid.  
And this proportion will hold good if you work by the Semidifference of the Diameters of the bases, as well as by the Semidifference of the sides of the Bases.  
As in the foregoing figure, let A G be the Diameter of the greater base, and E F the Diameter of the lesser base, from E and F let fall the perpendiculars E B and F O, than shall B O be equal to E F, and the sum of A B and O G are the difference of the Diameters of the bases, E F and A G; and consequently A B is the Semidifference, and B E is the height of the Frustum, and A C is half the side of the greater base, and C D is the height of the whole Pyramid. Than by Eucl. 6.4.  
As A B (the Semidifference of Diameters)  
Is to B E (the height of the Frustum)  
So is A C (half the greater Diameter,)  
To C D (the height of the whole Pyramid.)  
So the height of the whole Pyramid A G D, will be fo●…nd to be 30 foot; for the greater Diaameter A G, is 24 Inches, the lesser 8, the difference 16, the Semidifference 8, therefore shall C D be 30 foot; for  
 
Now having found the height of the whole Pyramid to be 30 foot, I thereby (according to the 12th. Proposition foregoing) found the content of the whole Pyramid to be 40 foot, than in the lesser pyramid E F D there is given the side of its base E F, 8 Inches, and its height I D 10 Inches for C D 30 − C I 20 = I D 10, and by the said 12th. proposition I found the solid content of it to be 1.48 Feet, which being Subtracted from 40 (the content of the greater Pyramid) there will remain 38.52 feet for the true solid content of the given Frustum A G E F.  
After the same manner is found the solidity of the Frustum of a Cone, the height of the whole Cone being found out by the difference of the Diameters of its bases; and by the 11th. proposition found the solidity of the whole Cone, and also the solidity of the lesser Cone, that is cut of from the Frustum, than Subtract the content of the lesser from the content of the greater, and the remainder will be the solid content of the Frustum.  
This last proposition is useful in the measuring of tapering Timber, Round or Squared, and for finding the liquid capacity of Brewer's Conical, or Pyramidal Tuns.  
Thus have I shown the Use of Decimals in the Mensuration of the most usual Planes and Solids, I might proceed farther to show you their Application in the particular Mensuration of Board, Glass, Pavement, Plastering, Painting, Wainscot, Tiling, Flooring, Tapestry, Brickwork, Timber and Stone; But it requireth (rather) a particular Treatise, than the narrow bounds here allowed for such a work.    

CHAP. IX. The Extraction of the Square Root.  
IN the Solution of any Question, or in the working of any sum whatsoever belonging to any of the Rules of Vulgar or Decimal Arithmetic, there have been (at lest) two things or numbers given, whereby the answer might be found; but in the extraction of the Square, Cube, and all other Roots, there is but one number given to found out the Number sought, viz. there is a square Number given to found its Root, a Cube Number to found its Root, etc. and  
I. A square Number is that which is produced by multiplying any number by (or into) itself, which Number given to be so multiplied is called the Root; As if the Number 8 were given to be multiplied by itself, it produceth 64, than is 8 called the Root, and 64 is its square, so the Root 12, hath for its square 144.  
II. When a square Number is given, and its Root is Required, the Operation itself is called the Extraction of the Square Root.  
III. Square Numbers are of two kinds, viz. either Single or Compound.  
iv A single square Number is that which is produced by the Multiplication of a Digit, or single Number into itself, and consequently such a square Number must be under 100, which is the square of 10, so 25 being given for a square number, it is a single square having for its Root 5. And 81 is a single square Number, having for its Root the Digit 9 All the single square numbers with their Roots, are contained in the following Tablet.  
Roots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Squares 1 4 9 16 25 36 49 64 81  
V When the Root of any square Number is Required it being lesser than 100, and yet is not exactly a single square, expressed in the Tablet above, than you are to take the Root of that single square Number expressed in the said Tablet, which (being lesle) is nearest to the given square; As if it were 74 whose Root is required I found that 81 (the square of 9) is too much, and 64 (the square of 8) is too little, but yet it is the nearest square Number that is lesser than 74, and therefore I take 8 to be the square Root of 74, but yet it is plain that 8 is too little for the Root of 74. And to found out the Fractional part of this Root, you shall be plainly taught by and by.  
VI A compound square number is that which hath above 9 for its Root.  
VII. The Root of a single square Number may be discovered at the first sight, but the extraction of a compound square Number is more tedious and difficult, its Root consisting of two places, at the lest, and the square itself, of 100 at the lest.  
VIII. When a compound square number is given, and it is required to have its square Root extracted, before you can proceed to the Operation, your square number must be prepared, by pointing it at every second figure, beginning at the place of Units.  
As, Suppose you were to extract the square Root of 2304, first I put a point over 4 (it standing in the place of Units) and than passing over the second place (or place of Ten) which is 〈◊〉, I put a point over the figure standing in the third place, (or place of Hundreds) which is 3, and the preparative work is done, as you may see in the Margin. Now if there had been more places in the given number, than I must have put a point over the Figure standing in the fifth place, and another over that in the seventh, etc. And here note, that as many points as you put over the given square Number, so many Figures there will be in the Root, that is, the Root will consist of so many places.  
So if there were given the number 33016516, to have its square Root extracted, after I have pointed it according to the Direction before given, it will stand as in the Margin, and because the points that are put over it are in number 4, I conclude the Root itself will consist of 4 places, or figures.  
IX. When you have thus prepared your number, than draw a crooked-line on the Right-hand of your number, behind which to place your Root, as you do for a Quotient in Division.  
Note that when your number is prepared for Operation, as in the 8 Rule, the numbers contained between point and point, may not unfitly be termed Squares, and in the ensuing work, we shall so call them, as in the foresaid number 33016516, being pointed as before, I call 33 the first square, ●…01, the second, 65, the third, and 16 the fourth, and last square; every square (except sometimes the first consisting of two figures, or places, the last of which toward the Right-hand hath always a point over it, and if it so hap (as it often doth) that the last figure (in any given square number) towards the lefthand hath a point over it than that number alone shall be accounted the first square.  
As if the number 676, were given, when it is pointed for the work according to Direction, and as you see in the Margin, I accounted 6 for the first square, and 76, for the second.  
These things being understood, we shall lay down those general Rules requisite for the management of the work itself.  
X. When your number is prepared, found out the square Root of the first square, according to the 5 Rule foregoing, and place that Root behind the said crooked line: as  
Let it be Required to extract the square Root of the said number 2304, here the first square number is 23, and (according to the said 5 Rule) its Root is 4, which I place behind the crooked line as you see in the Margin.  
XI. Than square the said Root, and place its square which is 16 under the said first square 23, and having drawn a line underneath, subtract the said square 16, from 23, and place the Remainder, which is 7 underneath the said line as you may perceive by the work in the Margin:  
XII. Than to the said Remainder bring down the Figures of the next square and annex them thereto on the Right-hand, so that they may make one entire number, which (for distinctions sake) we shall call the Resolvend.  
As in this Example to the Remainder 7, I bring down the next square 04, and annex it thereto, and it maketh 704 for a Resolvend, as you may see in the Margin.  
XIII. Always let the whole Resolvend (except the last figure on the Right hand) be esteemed a Dividend, on the left hand of which draw a Crooked line before which to place a Divisor, as in Division.  
So in this example, the Resolvend 704 is to be made a Dividend, all but the last place which is 4, so that the Dividend is 70, before which I draw a crooked line, as you see in the Margin.  
XIV. Let the Quotient expressing the Root (or part of the Root sought) be doubled, or multiplied by 2, and that double or product shall be a Divisor, and must be placed on the left hand of the Resolvend, before the said crooked line.  
So in our Example, the number 4 which was put for part of the Root being doubled makes 8, which I put before the Resolvend for a Divisor, as it appears in the Margin.  
XV. Than (according to the Rule of Division in whole numbers) seek how often the said Divisor is contained in the said Dividend, and put the answer down in the Quotient, and also on the Right hand of the Divisor.  
As in our Example I seek how often the Divisor 8 is contained in the Dividend 70, which I found to be 8 times, therefore I put 8 in the Quotient for part of the Root, and also on the Right hand of the Divisor. See the work in the Margin.  
XVI. Than by the figure last put for part of the Root, multiply the said Divisor, together with the figure that you annexed to it (accounting them both as one entire number) and place the product underneath the said Resolvend, drawing a line under it, and than subtract it out of the said Resolvend, placing the Remainder beneath the line.  
As in our Example, having placed 8 in the Quotient, and also on the Right-hand of the Divisor, than in the place of the Divisor, there stands 88, which I multiply by 8, the number last put in the Quotient, and the product is 704, which I place in order under the Resolvend 704, and having drawn a line underneath, I subtract the said product 704, from the Resolvend 704, and there remaineth 〈◊〉, so is the work finished, and I found the square Root of 2304 to be 48. See the work in the Margin.  
Here note that if at any time when you have multiplied the number standing in the place of the Divisor, by the figure last placed in the Quotient, or Root (as is directed 
1. Note.  in the last Rule) if the product be greater than the Resolvend, than conclude the work to be erroneous, to correct which put a lesser figure in the Root, and proceed as is before directed.  
Note also that the work of the 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16, Rules must be repeated as often as there are points over the figures, except for the first square, which is to 
2. Note.  be wrought according to the Directions given in the 10 and 11 Rules foregoing, and the work of those two Rules is to be observed, but once in the extraction of a square Root, though▪ it consist of never so many squares or points.  
These things will appear plain and easy in the working of one or two more Examples.  
Example 2.  
Let it be Required to extract the square Root of 33016516.  
Here in order to the work, I first prepare my number by distinguishing it into squares, by pointing it according to the 8 Rule foregoing and thereby I found that 33, is the first square, and (according to the 10 Rule) I take the square Root of 33, which is 5, and place it for the first figure of the Root, than (according to the eleventh Rule) I square the Root (5) and it makes 25, which I place under the said first square number 33, and subtract it therefrom, and the remainder (8) I place below the line, as in the following work.  
 
Than (according to the twelfth Rule) I annex to the said remainder (8) the next square (01) and it makes 801 for a Resolvend, than must 80 (according to the thirteenth Rule) be my dividend, and (according to the fourteenth Rule) I double the number (5) in the Root, and it makes 10 for a Divisor, and thereby I divide the said dividend (80) and I found that it Quotes 7, which (according to the fifteenth Rule) I put in the place of the Root after 5, and likewise before the Divisor (10) so that in the place of the Divisor instead of 10, there is now 107.  
Than (according to the sixteenth Rule) I multiply the said 107, by 7, (the figure last placed in the Root) and the product is 749, which I place orderly under the said Resolvend, and subtract it therefrom, and the remainder is 52 which I put below the line, as in the following work.  
 
Than I repeat the same work over again, in finding the next figure of the Root, as I did in finding the last, viz. to the remainder (52) (according to the twelfth Rule) I bring down, and thereto annex the next (third) square (65) and it makes 5265 for a new resolvend, than (according to the thirteenth Rule) is 526 a new dividend, and (according to the fourteenth Rule) I take the Root (57) and double it for, a new Divisor, and it makes 114, which I place before the resolvend (5265.)  
Than (according to the fifteenth Rule) I seek how often the divisor (114) is contained in the dividend, (526) and I found it will bear 4, which I place in the Root orderly, and also on the right hand of the divisor, (114) and than there will be in the place of the divisor, the number 1144, which (according to the sixteenth Rule) I multiply by the figure (4) last put in the Root, and the product is 4576, which I place orderly under the resolvend (5265) and subtract it therefrom, and the remainder is 689 which I place under the line, as is before directed. See the whole work as followeth.  
 
Than I again repeat the work of the 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16 Rules of this Chapter for finding the next figure of the Root, viz. first I bring down (16) the next square number, and annex it to the remainder 689, (according to the twelfth Rule) and it makes 68916, for a new resolvend, of which (by the thirteenth Rule) 6891 is a new Dividend than (according to the fourteenth Rule) I double the Root, and it makes 1148 for a divisor, which I place on the left side the resolvend, and than seek how often it is contained in the said dividend (6891) and the answer is 6, which I place for part of the Root (in order) and also on the right hand of the said Divisor, so that in the place of the divisor 1148, will than stand the number 11486, which (by the sixteenth Rule) I multiply by 6, (the figure last placed in the Root, and the product is 11486, which I place in order under the resolvend, and subtract it therefrom, and the remainder is oh, and so the work is finished, whereby I found the square Root of 33016516, to be 5746, as by the whole operation appeareth.  
 
And if the Root had consisted of never so many places, yet for every figure put therein (except the first, for which you are to observe the tenth and eleventh Rules) the work of the 12, 13, 14, 15, and 16 Rules must be repeated according to the second note after the sixteenth Rule foregoing.  
Example. 3.  
A third Example may be this, let it be required to extract the square Root of 8328996,  
In the working of this Example you will see the use of the first note upon the sixteenth Rule, for only the number 8 is the first square, as you may see by the pointing of the given number, and after the whole work of Extraction is finished, you will found the square Root of the given number, to be 2886, as in the following operation.  
 
XVII. When there is given a number that is ●…ot a square number, that is, whose root cannot ●…e exactly found, and you are desirous to found ●…he Fractional part of the root as near as may be, you are to observe the eighth rule in preparing your number for extraction, and than to annex thereto an even number of Ciphers at pleasure, and note, that as many pairs of Ciphers as you annex thereto, so many Decimals will there be in the root expressed, (which though it come not to be the exact root, yet will it come so near the truth, that if the last Decimal figure placed in the root, be increased by an unite, it will be too much) and as many points as there are over the given Integral square number, so many places will there always be in the integral part of the Root, as in the following Example, where it is required to extract the square root of 129596.  
First I proceed to the work of extraction according to the former rules as if it were an exact square number, and found the integral root to be 359, as followeth.  
 
But because (when the work is finished) there is a remainder of 715, I annex a competent eve●… number of Ciphers, to the given number, as 〈◊〉 4, or 6, or 8, and point them out in the sa●… manner as if they were significant figures in an integer, than bring two of them down to the said remainder (715) and annex them thereto, so have you 71500 for a new resolvend; Than found out a new divisor by doubling the root, as is before directed, and proceed as if the annexed Ciphers were significant figures, or whole numbers, as far as you please, as in this example, where the work is carried on till there are 3 decimal figures in the root; and the work being finished, I found the root to be 359.994, and there is a remainder of 319964. See the work.  
 
But if you proceed to put another decimal in the root you will found it to be 359.9944, and the remainder will be 3196864. Now you may perceive that the said root is too little, because there is a remainder, but yet it is so near the truth that if the last figure thereof were increased by an unite, and so made 359.9945 it would than be too much, as you may prove at your leisure.  
XVIII. The Square root of a vulgar Fraction that is commensurable to its root, is thus found, viz. extract the square root of the Numerator, for a new Numerator, and likewise the square root of the Denominator, for a new Denominator; so shall that new Fraction be the square root of the given Fraction; as for  
Example  
Let it be required to extract the square root of 25/36, first I take the square root of 25, which is 5, and place it for a new Numerator, than I take the square root of the denominator 36, which is 6, and place it for a new Denominator, so is 5/6 the square root of 25/36, which was required; In like manner if 4/9 were given to have its square root extracted, its root would be found to be 2/3, and ¾ is the square root of 9/16, the like is to be observed for any other.  
But here note diligently; before you proceed to extract the Square root of any 
Note  Fraction, that you reduce it to its lowest Terms, for it may hap that in its given Terms, it may be incommensurable to its root, but being reduced to its lowest Terms it may be commensurable, and its root exactly found out, so 〈◊〉, is incommensurable to its root, but being reduced to 25/36, its square root will be found to be 5/6 as before.  
XIX. The square root of a mixed number that is commensurable to its root is thus found out, viz. reduce the mixed number to an improper Fraction, and than extract the square root of the Numerator, and the square root of the Denominator, for a new Numerator, and a new Denominator, as in the last Rule.  
So if it were required to extract the square root of 1 11/25, first I reduce it to an improper Fraction, and it is 36/25, whose square root is 〈◊〉 = 1 1/5, so if it were required to extract the square root of 3 13/81, first I reduce the given, mixed number, to the improper Fraction 256/81, and than extract the square root of the Numerator 256, and it I found to be 16, for a new Numerator, and ●…ikewise the square root of 81, the denominator, which I found to be 9, for a new denominator, so ●…s 16/9 = 1 7/9 the square root of the given mixed number 3 13/81, which was required.  
XX. When you are to extract the square root of a Fraction that is incommensurable to its ●…oot, prefix before the given fraction, this Cha●…acter √, or √ q signifying the square root of ●…hat before which it is prefixed, so the square ●…oot of 24/29 is thus expressed, or , the ●…ke of any other. But if you would know as ●…ear as may be the square root of any such fracti●…n, reduce it to a decimal of the same value by ●…he first Rule of the second Chapter, but let the ●…ecimal confist of an even number of places, viz. ●…ther of two, four, six, or eight, etc. places; and the more places it consisteth of, so much the nearer the truth will the root be; Than extract the square root of that decimal (according to the Rules before delivered,) in every respect as if it were a whole number, so shall this root so found be very near the true root; and so near, that if it consist of 3 places it shall not want 1/1000 part of an unit of the true root; and if of 4 places, it shall not want 1/10000 part of an unit of the truth.  
So if I would extract the square root of 〈◊〉 first I reduce it to a decimal, which I found to be ●…75 and because I would have the root to consist of 4 places, I annex 6 Ciphers thereto and it makes .75000000, than extracting the square root thereof as if it were a whole number, I found it to be .8660, and there is a remainder of 4400, but if I would have it consist of 5 places, than I annex 2 more Ciphers to the said remainder, and make it 440000, and proceed, and than I found the root to be .86602, and the remainder to be 93596.  
XXI. In like manner if it were required to extract the square root of a mixed number incommensurable to its root, as near as may be, first reduce the Fractional part to a decimal, but let it consist of an even number of places, viz. of 2, 4, 6, or 8 etc. places, than proceed to extract its square root, according to the Rules formerly delivered in this Chapter, in every respect, 〈◊〉 if it were a whole number, so shall the root so found, be very near the truth, and the more places it consisteth of, so much the nearer will 〈◊〉 be to the true roo●…. And note that in the root there will be so many decimal places, as yo●… placed points over the Decimal part of the square number.  
So if it were required to extract the square root of 28 6/13, first I reduce the fractional part 6/13 to a decimal, and it makes .461538, so than the mixed number whose square root I am to extract is 28.461538, which being pointed and the work of extraction finished, according to the former Rules, I found its square root to be very near 5.334 and there is a remainder of 9982, But if I had proceeded yet farther, and made the decimal part to have consisted of 7 places, it would have had for its square root 5.3349, which doth not want 1/10000 part of an unite of the true root.  
But if you would not extract the square root of such a mixed number, than prefix before it this character, √ or √ q so if the said mixed number 28 〈◊〉 were given I would express its square root thus, viz. or the like is to be understood of any other.  
XXII. When you are to extract the square root of a decimal Fraction, which hath 2 or 3 Ciphers possessing the two or three first places on the left hand of the given decimal, than cut of 2 of them with a dash of the pen, and put a cipher to possess the first place of the root, and proceed to extract the square root of the remaining figures, according to the former Rules as if there had been no such Ciphers before the given Decimal; and if the given decimal have 4 Ciphers before it, cut them of with a dash of the pen, and put 2 Ciphers in the root, and than proceed as before.  
So if it were required to extract the square root of 5/846, first I reduce it to a decimal Fraction and it makes .005910, Than I cut of the two first Ciphers, and place one cipher in the root, than I proceed to extract the square root of the remaining figures viz. 5910, as if there had been no such Ciphers before them, and I found the root to be very near .077 as you may try at your leisure.  
XXIII. The operation in the extraction of the square root is thus proved; viz. multiply the root into itself, and (if there be no remainder after the work 
The proof of the extraction of the Square Root.  of extraction is finished) the product (if the work be truly done) will be equal to the number first given. As in the first Example, where it is required to extract the square root of 2304, which is there found to be 48, Now if I multiply 48 by itself, it produceth 2304, which is the given number, and therefore I conclude the operation to be true. But if after the work of extraction is finished, there is any Remainder, than, when you have multiplied the root by itself, to the product add the said Remainder, and if the sum be equal to the given number, the operation is right, otherwise not. As in the Example of the seventeenth Rule, where it is required to extract the square root of 129596, and is there found to be ●…59. 994, and the remainder is 319964; Now to prove the work, I multiply the root (359.994) by itself, and it produceth 129595.680036, which should be 129596, therefore to the said product I add the said Remainder (319964,) and the sum is 129596, and therefore I conclude the work to be truly wrought.   

CHAP. X. The Extraction of the Cube Root.  
I. A Cube Number is that which is produced by multiplying any number into itself and again into that product, which said given number is called the Cube Root.  
As, Suppose 5 were given to found its Cube, first I multiply 5 into itself, and it produceth 25, which is called the Square of 5, than I again multiply 25, (the said square) by 5, and it produceth 125, which is called the Cube of 5. And here note that as 125 is called the Cube of 5, so is 5 called the Cube Root of 125.  
II. The extraction of the Cube Root is nothing else than when by having a Cube number given, we found out its Cube root, which said Cube number given is always supposed to be a certain number of little Cubes, comprehended within one entire great Cube, which said Cube may very well be represented by a die, or any other solid body, having its length, breadth and depth equal; This being supposed, let there be laid 9 Dyes constituting a square, whose side shall be 3, and upon them let there be laid 9 more Dies, and upon them let there be laid 9 more, than will there be in all 27 Dyes, which will constitute one greater Cube, whose length, breadth and depth will be 3 Dyes, and this greater Cube comprehendeth 27 lesser Cubes, Now the extraction of the Cube root is by having the number of little Cubes (27) comprehended in the greater given Cube, to found out how many of the lesser Cubes make up the side of the greater.  
III. A Cube number is either Simple or Compound.  
iv A Simple Cube number is that which hath for its root or side, one of the 9 Digits, and it is therefore always lesser than 1000; so shall you found that 343 is a Simple Cube number, whose side or root is 7, for 7×7×7 = 343, All which said simple Cubes, and Squares, as also their Roots are expressed in the Tablet following  
Roots 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Squares 1 4 9 16 25 36 49 64 8 Cubes 1 8 27 64 125 216 343 512 7●…9  
V A compound Cube number is that which is produced by the multiplication of a number consisting of two places (at the lest) 3 times into itself continually, and is therefore never lesle than 1000, so 1728 is a compound Cube number, produced by the multiplication of 12 into its self 3 times, for 12×12×12 = 1728.  
VI When a compound Cube Number is given to have its Cube root extracted, before you can go about it, you must prepare it for the work by pointing it; which is thus done, viz. put a point over the first figure towards the right hand, viz. over the place of Units, than (passing the two next places) put a point over the fourth figure, or place of Thousands, and so proceed by putting a point over every third figure, as you did over every second figure in the extraction of the Square root, till you have finished your pointing, That being done, on the right hand of the said Cube number draw a crooked line, behind which to place its Cube root, as you do to place the Quotient in Division, as in the following Example.  
Example. 1.  
Let it be Required to extract the Cube Root of 262144.  
In order to prepare this Cube Number, for the Extraction of its Cube Root, I first put a point over the first figure (4) towards the Right hand, and than overpassing the two next figures (14) I put another point over the fourth figure (2) and than is the given number distributed into several parts not unfitly called Cubes, viz. 262 (as far as the first point goeth) is the first Cube, and 144 (from thence to the second point) is the second Cube, and than I draw a crooked line behind it as you see in the Margin.  
VII. Having proceeded thus far, found out the Cube Root of the first Cube (262) but because it is not an exact Cube number, take the Cube root of that number in the foregoing Tablet, which being lesser than it is, yet is nearest to it, (which I here found to be 6,) and place it behind the crooked line for the first figure in the Root, as you see in the following work  
 
VIII. This being done, Cube the said number which is placed in the Root, and subscribe its Cube under the first cube of the given number. So in this Example 216 being the cube of 6, I place it under 262 the first cube of the given number 262144, as followeth  
 
IX. Draw a line under the Cube thus subscribed, and subtract it from the first cube of the given number, placing the remainder orderly underneath the said line. So 216 (there cube of 6) being subtracted from 262, the remainder is 46, which I place underneath the line as followeth  
 
X. Bring down the next cube number and annex it to the said remainder on the right hand thereof. So 144 being the next cube, I bring it down and annex it to the remainder 46, and it makes 46144, which by Artists is usually called the Resolvend.  
 
XI. Draw a line underneath the Resolvend, Than Triple the Root, that is, multiply it by 3, and place its Triple under the Resolvend in such order, that the place of units in the said triple may stand under the place of ten in the Resolvend. So the triple of 6, is 18, which I place under the Resolvend so, that 8 (the place of unites in the said triple) may stand under 4 in the place of ten of the Resolvend, as you see following.  
 
XII. Square the said root, and than triple the said square of the Root, and place the said triple square under the said triple Root in such order that the place of unites in the triple square of the Root, may stand underneath the place of Ten in the triple Root, so in this Example, the square of the Root 6, is 36, and the triple thereof is 108, which I place under 18, the triple Root so, that 8 the place of unites in the said triple square of the Root, may stand under 1, the place of Ten in 18, the said triple Root, as followeth  
 
XIII. Draw a line underneath the said triple Root, and triple square of the Root, as they are placed, and add them together in the same order as they stand, so shall their sum be a Divisor. So in our Example, a line being drawn under 18 and 108, and they added together in the same order as they stand, their sum is 1098 for a Divisor, as in the following work.  
 
XIV. Draw a crooked line on the left hand of the Resolvend, before which to place the said Divisor, and let the whole Resolvend (except the place of unites therein) be esteemed a Dividend, than seek how often the said Divisor is contained in the Dividend, and put the answer for the next figure in the Root. So in our Example, seek how often 1098 the divisor is contained in 4614 the Dividend (observing here the usual Rules of Division) and the answer I found to be 4 which I place for the next figure in the Root, as in the Example.  
 
XV. Draw a line underneath the whole work, and than Cube the figure last placed in the Root, and place its cube underneath the Resolvend in such sort that the place of unites of the one may stand under the place of units in the other; so in our example 64 being the cube of 4 (the figure last placed in the Root) I place it under the Resolvend in such manner that the figure 4 in the place of unites of the cube 64, may stand under 4, the place of unites in the Resolvend, and than the work will stand as followeth  
 
XVI. Square the figure last placed in the Root, and multiply its square by the triple Root subscribed underneath the Resolvend, (as is directed in the eleventh Rule of this Chapter) and subscribe the product under the Cube last put down, in such order, that the place of Units in the said product, may stand under the place of Ten, in the said Cube. So in our Example, the figure last placed in the Root is 4, which squared is 16, and 16 multiplied by 18 (the triple Root before set down) the product is 288, which I place under 64 (there cube of 4) in such sort that 8 (in the place of Units of the said product) may stand under 6 (the place of Ten) in the said cube of 4; view the work.  
 
XVII. Multiply the triple square of the Root, (subscribed as is before directed in the twelfth Rule of this Chapter) by the figure last placed in the Root, and place the product under the number last subscribed, (which is the product of the square of the figure last placed in the Root multiplied by the said Triple Root) in such manner that the place of Units of this, may stand under the place of Ten in that; As in this Example, The Triple square of the Root is 108, which multiplied by 4 (the figure last placed in the Root) the product is 432, which I place under 288 (the number last subscribed) in such order that the figure 2 (in the place of Units of the said last product) may stand under 8, which is in the place of Ten, of the said number last subscribed; and than the work will stand as followeth.  
 
XVIII. Draw another line under the work, and ●…dd the 3 numbers together, that were last placed ●…nder the Divisor, in the same order as they there ●…tand, and let their sum be called the Subtra●…end, which let be subtracted out of the Resol●…end, noting the Remainder; So in this Exam●…le I add 64, 288, 432 together in the same or●…er as they stand, and their sum is 46144, for a ●…ubtrahend, which I subtract out of 46144 the ●…esolvend, and there is nothing remaineth, so ●…e whole work is finished; and I found the Cube ●…oot of 262144 to be 64, without any Remain●…er; See the whole work as followeth,  
 
Now the Learner is to observe three things in general from the Rules before delivered, concerning the extraction of the Cube Root.  
Observe 1. That the work contained in the 7, 8 and 9 Rules for finding out the first figure of the Root, is not again to be repeated, throughout the whole work of Extraction, although the Root consist of never so many places, but the work of all the Rules following is to be repeated as often as a new figure is put in the root.  
Observe 2. For every particular Cube in the number given, distinguished by the points, (except the first) there is to be found out a new resolvend, by annexing the next cube to the remainder (according to the 10th. Rule) and as often as there is a resolvend, so often must there be found a new Divisor (by the 11, 12 and 13 Rules) and as often as there is found a new Divisor so often must there be found a new Subtrahend (according to the 15, 16, 17, and 18 Rule before-going.)  
Observe 3. When the Subtrahend chanceth to be greater than the resolvend, than you may conclude there is an error in your work, which must be corrected by putting a lesser figure in the Root.  
Example. 2.  
Let it be required to extract the Cube Root of 48627125.  
Having prepared the given number for the work of extraction, according to the 6th. Rule of this Chapter, I found it to be distributed into 3 Cubes, viz. 48, the first, 627, the second, and 125 the third. Than I proceed to the work; and first I found the Cube root of 48, (the first Cube) which is 3, than do I cube 3, and place its cube which is 27, under (48) the first cube, and subtract it therefrom and the remainder is 21, according to the 7, 8, and 9 Rules of this Chapter, and than will the work stand as you see in the Margin.  
Than, to the said remainder 21, do I bring down, and thereto annex the next cube, which is 627, and it makes 21627 for a Resolvend, according to the 10th. Rule foregoing. Than do I found out a Divisor according to the 11, 12 and 13 Rules of this Chapter, and first I triple the Root (3) and it makes 9, which I place under (2) the place of Ten in the Resolvend; Than do I square the said Root (3) and that makes 9, than do I triple its square (9) and that makes 27, which I place under the said Triple in such order as is directed in the 12th. Rule, than drawing a line underneath the work, I add the two said numbers together, (viz. the Triple Root, and the Triple Square of the Root) in such order as they are there placed, and their sum is 279 for a Divisor; as per Margin.  
Than according to the 14th. Rule I seek how often the said Divisor 279 is contained in 2162 the Dividend, and I found the answer to be 6, which I place for the second figure in the Root, than do I in the next place go about to found out a subtrahend, and in order thereunto first (according to the fifteenth Rule of this Chapter) I cube the figure (6) last placed in the root, and it maketh 216, which I place under the Resolvend in such order (as is directed in the said fifteenth Rule) that the place of Units of the one may stand under the place of Units of the other; Than (according to the 16th. Rule of this Chapter) I square the figure (viz. 6) last placed in the root which makes 36, and than multiply it by (9) the said triple root, and the product is 324 which I place under (216) the said cube of 6, in such order as is directed in the said 16th. Rule. Than do I multiply the said Triple square (viz. 27) by the figure (6) last placed in the root, and it produceth 162, which I place under the last product (324) in such manner as is directed in the 17th. Rule. Than I add these 3 several numbers together in the same order as they stand, and their Sum is 19656 for a Subtrahend, which subtracted out of (21627) the Resolvend, the remainder is 1971, as you may see by the following work.  
 
Than to the said remainder (1971) do I annex the next cube number (125) according to the 10th. Rule, and it makes 1971125 for a resolvend;  
Than I proceed according to the 11, 12 and 13 Rules to found a Divisor, and therefore I first triple the whole Quotient (36) and it is 108, Than do I square the whole Quote (36) and it makes 1296, which being tripled is 3888, which being orderly placed under the triple Quote, and added thereto in that order, the sum is 38988 for a new Divisor: See the work in the Margin.  
Than do I seek how often the said Divisor is contained in the Dividend (197112) and I found it to be 5 times contained therein, and accordingly I place 5 in the root, and proceed according to the 15, 16, 17 and 18 Rules to found out a Subtrahend, and therefore first, I cube the number (5) last placed in the root, and it makes 125, than do I square the said 5, and it makes 25, by which I multiply (108) the said triple root, and place the product (2700) under the said cube, as is before directed, than do I by the said 5, multiply (3888) the triple square of the root, and the product (19440) do I place under the former product (2700) according to former directions, and add the 3 Numbers together, in the same order as they stand, and their sum is 1971125, (as appears per Margin) for a Subtrahend, which taken out of the said Resolvend there remaineth (0) and so the work is finished, and I found the cube root of the given number 48627125 to be 365; view the whole work laid down as followeth.  
 
XIX. When it is required to extract the cube Root of a Number that is incommensurable to its root, and you are desirous to know the Fractional part of the root as near as may be, you are to annex to the given number, a competent number of Ciphers, which number of Ciphers must be always a multiple of 3, viz. either 3, 6, 9, 12, etc. Ciphers, that is 000, 000000, or 000000000, etc. And having observed the 6 Rule for the punctation of the given number, likewise point the annexed Ciphers, in the same manner as if they were significant figures, or integers; and observe, that as many points as you put over the integral part, so many places will the integral part of the root consist of, and so many points as are put over the Ciphers, or Decimals, so many decimal places will there be in the root, this being observed the work itself in the extracting the Cube root of a Decimal Fraction, or of a mixed number of integers and decimals, is the same in every respect as if the number given were an integral Cube number, according to the Rules before delivered in this Chapter. As in the following  
Example.  
Let it be required to extract the Cube root of 13798 which is a number incommensurable to its Cube root, and to found out its root as near as may be I annex to it 9 Ciphers (so by that means I shall have 3 Decimals in the root) and prepare it for Extraction by pointing it as is before directed, and as you see following.  
 
And having performed the work of extraction according to the former rules, I found its Cube root to be 23.984, which (as by the remainder you may perceive) is somewhat too little, but yet so near the truth, that, if the Decimal part were increased by an unite and so made 23.985 it would than be too much, and so consequently it cannot want (as it is) 1/1000 part of an unite of the truth, and if the root had had another figure placed in it, it would than have come so near the truth that it would not have wanted 1/10000 part of an unite; for your further satisfaction see the whole work performed as followeth.  
 
XX. If at any time it is required to extract the cube root of a vulgar Fraction, let such Fraction be first 
To extract the Cube Root of a vulgar Fraction.  reduced to its lowest Terms; because it may not be commensurable to its root in the given Terms, but being reduced to its lowest Terms it may, and having so done to perform the work, this is  
The Rule.  
Extract the Cube root of the Numerator, (by the former Rules) and place that for a new Numerator, than extract the Cube root of the Denominator, and place that root for a new Denominator, so shall this new Fraction be the cube root of the given Fraction.  
As for Example, Let it be required to extract the Cube root of 27/〈◊〉, first I take the cube root of 27 (the Numerator) which is 3 and place it for a new Numerator, Than I take the cube root of 64, (the Denominator) which is 4, and place it for a new Denominator, so shall this new Fraction ¾ be the cube root of the given Fraction 27/64.  
In like manner if there were given 108/256 to have its cube root extracted, I can easily discover that there cannot be found any cube root exactly either for the Numerator or Denominator, in the Terms they are given in, but being reduced to their lowest Terms, they are 27/64, whose cube root is ¾ as before.  
In like manner the cube root of ●…/1024 will be found to be ¼ = etc. 〈◊〉.  
XXI. But when there is given a vulgar Fraction to have its cube root extracted, it being incommensurable 
To extract the Cube Root of a vulgar Fraction that is incommensurable to its Root.  to its root, you may found its cube root very near▪ if you reduce the given vulgar Fraction to a decimal and than extract the cube root of that decimal (by the Rules before delivered) in every respect as if it were a whole Number, and than shall that be a decimal cube root, lesle than the truth, yet so near the truth that if you add an unite to the last decimal figure it will than be greater than the truth.  
Here take notice by the way that your vulgar fraction being reduced to a decimal in order to have its cube root extracted, 
Note  its equivalent decimal must consist of such a number of places as may be a multiple of 3, that is, it must consist of 3, 6, 9, 12, 15, etc. places, and the more places there is in the decimal, the nearer the truth will the root be.  
Example  
Let it be required to extract the cube root of ●…/8: In order whereunto I reduce it to this Decimal, viz. .625, which because it consisteth but of 3 places, (and so consequently can have but 1 figure in its Root) I increase to 9 places by annexing 6 Ciphers thereto thus .625000000 and than the root will consist of 3 places, than do I proceed to extract its cube root, (according to the former Rules) and found it to be .854, etc. and there will be a remainder of 2164136 as you may prove at your leisure.  
XXII. When your given vulgar Fraction is reduced to a Decimal of the same value, and the 3, or 4 first places towards the left hand are possessed by Ciphers, than in this case you are to cut of 3 of them with a dash of the pen, and for them place a cipher to possess the first place in the root, and than proceed to extract the cube root of the remaining figures, according to the former Rules, as if there had been no such Ciphers at all.  
As for Example.  
Let there be given 4/8237 to have its cube root extracted; First reduce it to a Decimal Fraction by the first Rule of the second Chapter of this Book, and it makes .000485613, etc. now to extract the cube root of this Fraction, I first prepare it, by pointing it in every respect as if it were a whole number, than with a dash of my Pen, I cut of the 3 first Ciphers, and put a (0) to possess the first place in the root, than I proceed to extract the cube root of the remaining figures (485613) as if there had been no cyphers at all before them; and having finished the work I found its cube root to be .078 as by the following work.  
 
In like manner if the decimal which is given to have its cube root extracted, have 6 Ciphers placed before the significant figures on the left hand, than cut of those 6 Ciphers with a dash of the Pen, and for them put two Ciphers to possess the two first places in the root, Than proceed to extract the cube root of the remaining figures as if there had been no such Ciphers, etc.  
XXIII. When it is required to extract the Cube Root of 
To extract the Cube Root of a mixed number.  a mixed number, reduce it to an improper Fraction, and if it hath a perfect cube root, than extract the cube root of the Numerator, and place it for a new Numerator, and also extract the Cube Root of the Denominator, and place it for a new Denominator, so shall this new Fraction be the Cube Root of the given mixed Number.  
Example.  
Let it be required to extract the Cube Root of 513/343, having reduced it to an improper Fraction, I found it to be 〈◊〉, and having extracted the Cube Root of the Numerator (1728) I found its Root to be 12, for a Numerator, and the Cube Root of 343 the Denominator is 7, for a Denominator, so that I conclude 〈◊〉 or 15/7 to be the Cube Root of the given mixed Number 513/343, as you may prove at your leisure.  
XXIV. But if the given mixed Number, whose Cube Root is required, have not a perfect Root, than you are to reduce the fractional part into a Decimal of the same value, (but let the number of decimal places be always a multiple of 3) and than proceed to extract the Cube Root of that mixed number, as if it were a whole Number, always reserving so many decimal places in the Root, as there are points over the decimal part of the mixed number.  
Example.  
Let it be required to extract the Cube Root of 28¾. First, Reduce ¾ into its equivalent decimal, which is .75, but to make it consist of six places, I annex thereto four Ciphers, and than the said mixed number will be 28.750000, which being done, I proceed to the work as followeth.  
So that I found by the work, the Cube Root of 28.750000 to be 3.06 etc.  
XXV. It is usual amongst Artists to express the Cube Root of a whole Number, mixed number, or Fraction, either Vulgar, or Decimal, that is incommensurable to its Root, by prefixing this Character, (viz. ) before the incommensurable number or quantity, so the Cube Root of 328 may be thus expressed , and the Cube Root of 24¾, thus , or in a decimal mixed number thus and of the fraction ¾ thus ¾ etc.  
XXVI. The operation in the extraction of the Cube Root is proved thus, viz. Cube the Root found out, that 
The proof of the extraction of the Cube Root.  is, Multiply it three times into itself, and if any thing remain after the work is done, add it to the last product, and if that sum be equal to the given number, than the work is truly performed, otherwise not.  
As in our first Example, where it is required to extract the Cube Root of 110592, and which is found to be 48; and to prove the work, multiply 48 by itself, whose product is 2304, which being again multiplied by 48, it produceth 110592, which is equal to the given number, and therefore I conclude the work to be right.  
Likewise to prove the Example of the Nineteenth Rule, where it is required to extract the Cube Root of 13798 which is found to be the mixed number 23.984. Now to prove the work, I Cube the Root, as is before directed, and found it to be 13796.370427904 to which I add the remainder 1629572096 and their sum maketh the given number 13798 which proves the work to be right.   

CHAP. XI. The Use of the Square and Cube Roots in solving some Questions Arithmetical and Geometrical.  

PROP. I. To found a mean proportional between two given Numbers.  
MUltiply the given Numbers the one by the other, and extract the square Root of the product, so shall that square Root be the mean proportional sought.  
Example.  
Let the given Numbers be 12 and 48, and let it be required to found a mean proportional between them; first multiply the given numbers 12 and 48 the one into the other, and their product is 576, the Square Root of which is 24, so that I conclude 24 to be a mean proportional between 12 and 48, for, the square of the mean being equal to the product of the extremes.  
This proposition is useful in finding the side of a square that shall be equal to any given paralellogram; for, (according to the first Proposition of the Eighth Chapter of this Book,) if you multiply the contiguous sides of a Rectangular paralelogram the one by the other, that product will be its content, and if you extract the square root of that content, it will give you the side of a square, (in the same measure your paralelogram was) which will be equal to the given Paralelogram.   

PROP. II. To found the side of a Square that shall be equal to the Content of any given superficies.  
Found out the Content of the given superficies by the Rules laid down in the Eighth Chapter, and than extract the Square Root of the Content, so will that Root be the side of a square equal to the given superficies.  
Example.  
There is a Rectangled Triangle whose base and perpendicular are 16 and 18, I demand the side of a Square that will be equal to the given Triangle.  
According to the second Proposition of the Eighth Chapter, I found the Content of this Triangle tobe 144, the square root of which is 12, and is the side of a square equal to the said Triangle.  
In like manner, if you extract the square root of the Content of a Circle, Pentagon, Hexagon, etc. or of any other Figure regular, or irregular, it will give the side of a square equal to that superficies.   

PROP. III. Having any two of the sides of a Rightangled plain Triangle, given to found the third side.  
THis most excellent and useful proposition is generally called Pythagoras his Theorem, and in the 47 Prop. of E●…clides Elements of Geom. it is demonstrated, and proved that the Square made of the Hypothenuse, or slant side of a Right angled plain Triangle is equal to the sum of the squares made of the base and perpendicular.  
As for Example.  
In the Triangle ABC, the Base AB is 48, and the perpendicular BC is 36, now I demand the length of the Hypothenuse AC.   

PROP. IU.  
THere is a Tower about which there is a Moat that is 48 foot wide, and a scaling Ladder that is 60 Foot long, will reach from the outside of the Moat, to the top of a Wall, that is within the said Moat, now I demand the height of the said Wall above the Water?  
Let the Base AB in the foregoing Triangle be the breadth of the Moat, and let the Hypothenuse AC be the scaling. Ladder, than is the perpendicular BC the height of the Wall above the Water. Now it is plain that (because the Square of AC is equal to the sum of the squares of AB and BC) if from the square of AC which is 3600 you subtract the square of AB which is 2304, there will remain 1296, which is the square of CB, therefore I extract the square Root of 1296, and found it to be 36, which is the height of the said Wall above the Water as was required.  
By the help of this Proposition may be found the true perpendicular height of a Cone, or of a Pyramid; for, in a Cone, if you square the slant height, (which is the length of a line drawn from its vertical point, to the Circumference of its base) and from the square of that, subtract the square of the semidiameter of its base, there will remain the square of the perpendicular height of that Cone.  
Also, In a Pyramid, if from the square of the slant height of it, you subtract the square of that line which being drawn from the Centre of its base, shall touch the end of the said slant line, (whether they meet at an Angle or not) the remainder will be the square of the perpendicular height of that Pyramid, and its square Root will give the height itself.   

PROP. V By the Content of a Circle to found its Diameter.  
The proportion is  
AS 22.  
Is to 28.  
So is the given Content  
to the square of the Diameter.  
Example.  
There is a Circle whose superficial Content is 153.9385, I demand its Diameter?  
 
The Square Root of which is 13.99 (very near 14) for the Diameter required.   

PROP. VI By the Content of a Circle to found its Circumference.  
The proportion is  
AS 7  
Is to 88  
So is the given Content  
to the square of the Circumference.  
The Square Root of which is the Circumference required.  
Example.  
There is a Circle whose superficial content is 153.9385, I demand the Circumference of that Circle? The square Root of which is 44 fere which is the Circumference required.  
II. The Cube Root is that by help of which we resolve all Questions Mathematical that concern solidity, and by which we increase solid bodies according to any given proportion. By it we discover the solidity of a body that is capable of length, breadth, and depth, (or thickness,) and by having the solidity given, we discover the side or Diameter of such a body.  
Some Questions pertinent thereto may be such as follow.   

PROP. VII.  
THere is a Cube whose side is 4, I demand what shall be the side of a Cube whose solidity is double to the solidity of that Cube?  
To answer this proposition, found out the Cube of 4 (the side of the given Cube) which is 64, and double it, which is 128, than extract the Cube Root of 128, and it makes 5.0397 fere, and that is the side of the Cube which is double to the Cube whose side is 4.   

PROP. VIII.  
THere is a Cube whose solidity is 128 foot, I demand the side of a Cube whose solidity is half as much?  
Take ½ of 128 = 64 the Cube Root of which (viz, 4.) answers the Question.   

PROP. IX.  
HAving the solid Content of a Globe to found the side of a Cube whose solidity shall be equal to the given Globe?  
Extract the Cube Root of the given solid Content of the Globe, and it will give you the side of the Cube Required.  
Example.  
There is a Globe whose solid Content is 1728 Inches, I demand the side of a Cube equal thereto?  
Having extracted the Cube Root of 1728, I found it to be 12, which is the side of the Cube required.   

PROP. X.  
HAving the Diameter and Weight of a Bullet, to sinned the Weight of another Bullet, whose Diameter is given.  
As the Cube of the given Bullets Diameter,  
Is to its weight, or solidity.  
So is the Cube of the Diameter of any other Bullet,  
To its weight, or solidity.  
Examp'e.  
There is a Bullet whose Diameter is 4 Inches, and its weight is 9 Pound, I demand the weight of another Bullet, whose Diameter is 6●… or 6.25 Inches?  
The Cube of 4 is 64.  
The Cube of 6.25 is 244.140625  
Than I say  
 
So that the weight required is 34.33227 pounds, and if you Reduce the Decimal to the known parts of Averdupois weight, you will found the answer to be 34 lb. − 05 oz. − 05 dr.  
This kind of proportion is by Artists Termed triplicate proportion.  
In like manner, the Diameters of two Bullets, or Globes being given, and the solidity of one of them to found out the solidity of the other, it may be done by the same proportion, only changing the middlemost Term.   

PROP. XI.  
TO found the side of a Cube equal to a given paralelepipedon.  
Found out the solidity of the given Paralelepipedon by the Eighth Prop. of the Eighth Chapter, than is the Cube Root thereof, the required side.  
Example.  
There is a paralelepipedon having the sides of its base 10 Foot 4 Inches, and 5 Foot 2 Inches, and its length is 20 Foot 8 Inches, I desire to know what is the side of a Cube whose content shall be equal to the given paralelepipedon?  
The superficial Content of the base is 7688 inches, which drawn into 248 the length in inches, the product is 1906624 inches for its solid Content, the Cube Root of which is 124 inches for the side of a Cube equal to the given paralelepipedon.  
In like manner if you would found at any time the side of a Cube equal to any solid Body whether Regular, or irregular: First, Found the solid Content of that Body, and than extracting the Cube Root of its solid Content you have your desire.   

PROP. XII.  
BEtween two given Numbers to found two mean proportionals.  
Divide the greater extreme by the lesser, and extract the Cube Root of the Quotient, and by the said Cube Root multiply the lesser extreme, than will the product give you the lesser mean proportional, than multiply the said lesser mean by the said Cubique Root, and that product will give you the greater mean proportional.  
Example.  
Let the two given extremes be 6 and 48 between which it is required to found 2 mean proportionals.  
First, I divide 48 (the Greater Extreme) by 6 (the Lesser Extreme) and the Quotient is 8, the Cube Root of which is 2, than by (the Cube Root) 2 do I multiply 6 (the lesser extreme, and the product is 12 for the lesser mean proportional, and 12 being multiplied by 2 (the Cube Root) the product is 24, for the greater mean proportional sought. Thus have I found 12 and 24 to be two mean proportionals between 6 and 48, for  
 
In like manner between 3 and 81 will be found 9 and 27, for two mean proportionals.   

PROP. XIII.  
THE, Concave Diameter of two Guns being known, and the quantity of Gunpowder that will charge one of them, to found out how much will be sufficient to charge the other.  
The Capacities are one to another, as are the Cubes of their Diameters, and also the proportion is direct.  
Example.  
If .25 pound of Gunpowder be sufficient to charge a Gun, whose Concave Diameter is 1½ Inches, or 1.5 Inch. how much powder will be sufficient to charge a Gun, whose Concave Diameter is 7 inches? Answer, 25.47.  
The Cube of 1.5 is 3.375 and the Cube of 7 is 343. wherefore the proportion is as followeth.  
 
Or thus,  
  

PROP. XIV.  
THE Concave Diameters of two Guns being given, and the quantity of a weaker sort of Gunpowder sufficient to charge one of them, to found out how much Gunpowder of a stronger sort (the proportion of the strength and weakness of the Gunpowder being also given) will be sufficient to charge the other Gun.  
This is solved by two operations in the Rule of proportion, first to found out how much of the stronger sort of Gunpowder will be of equivalent strength with the given quantity of the weaker sort, and this proportion is Reciprocal; The second is the same with that in the foregoing Proposition.  
Example.  
There is a Gun whose Concave Diameter is 1½ inches, and it requireth 25 pound of powder to Charge it, now there is another sort of Gunpowder which is much stronger than the former, and the proportion between their strength is as 5 to 2, now I demand how much of the strongest powder is sufficient to charge a Gun, whose concave Diameter is 7 inches?  
To answer this, First, I found out how much of the strongest powder will charge that Gun▪ which is 1½ inch in its Concave Diameter, which is done by the following proportion, viz.  
 
Thus have I found that 1/10 of a pound of the strongest powder will charge a Gun whose Concave diameter is 〈◊〉 inch. And according to the last proposition, I found by a direct Proportion that 10.16 pounds of the same will be sufficient to charge a Gun whose concave diameter is 7 inches, viz.  
   

CHAP. XII. Concerning Simple Interest.  
I. When Money pertaining, or belonging to one person is in the hands, possession, or keeping, or is lent to another, and the Debtor payeth or alloweth to the Creditor, a certain sum in Consideration of forbearance for a certain time, such consideration for forbearance is called Interest, loan, or use money; and the money so lent, and forborn is called the principal.  
II. Interest is either Simple, or Compound.  
III. When for a sum of money lent there is loan, or interest allowed, and the same is not paid when it becomes due, and if such Interest doth not than become a part of the Principal, it is called Simple Interest.  
IV, In the taking of Interest for the continuance or forbearance of Money, respect must be had to the rate limited by Act of Parliament, which Act now in force, forbiddeth, or restraineth all persons whatsoever, from taking more than 6 l. for the Interest of an 100 l. for a year, and according to the same proportion for a greater or a lesser sum, not confining the lender or borrower to the space of one year, not more than it confineth him or them to the limitation of the sum to be lent, or borrowed, but that the sum may be either more or lesle than 100 l, and may continued in the hands of the Debtor, either a longer, or a shorter time than one year, according as the Lender and Borrower do agreed, and oblige each other; Now for any time greater than one year, the rate or proportion of Interest is by Act of Parliament limited, but the Act doth not say what part of 6 l. shall be the interest of an 100 l. for half a year, a quarter of a year, a month, a day, or for any time lesser than one year, and in this case several Artists do differ in their opinions, some would have the true proportional interest for any time lesle than a year to be discovered by continual mean proportionals; as suppose it were required to know the interest of 100 l. for half a year at 6 per Cent. per Annum, they would have the Interest to be reckoned after the Rule of Compound interest, and so 3l. is not the interest of a 100 l. for half a year, but is too much: But say they, to found out the true interest thereof, you are to found a mean proportional between 100, and 106, and that made lesle by 100, will give you the interest of 100 l. for half a year, and so by extracting of Roots they found out the interest for any time lesle than one year, but this is sufficiently laborious and painful if it be done without the help of Logarithms; but to perform this work to the 12 power for a Month, or to the 52 for a Weak, is very tedious, and to the 365 power for one Day is scarcely possible to be effected by natural Numbers; but custom and daily practice tell us that the interest of Money for any time lesle than one year aught to be computed according to the Rules of Simple Interest, and so 3 l. is the undoubted interest of 100 l. for 6 months, and 30 shillings is the interest of 100 l. for a quarter of a year; but here note by the way that by 6 months is not meant 6 times 4 weeks, or 6 times 28 days, but by six months, or half a year is to be understood the half of 365 days, and a quarter of a year is ¼ of 3●…5 days, and by 1 month is understood 1/12 of 365 days, so that a month consisteth of 305/12 days.  
Upon the foresaid custom of computing the interest of money for time lesle than one year, this following Analogy seems to be assumed for a safe exposition 
Vide Sect. 6 of the 5 chap of Mr. Kerseys Appendix to Wing. Arith.  of the statute (and which is indeed the ground, and reason itself of Simple Interest) viz. That such proportion as 365 days (or one year) hath to the interest of any sum for a year, such proportion hath any part of one year, or any number of days propounded, to the interest of the same sum, for that time propounded. And this (as was said before) is the whole ground work, and very foundation of the manner of computing of Simple Interest.  
V Rebate, or Discount, is, when there is an allowance of so much per Cent. for money paid before it be due, and 
Of Rebate, what it is.  as the increase of money at interest is found out by continual proportionals Arithmetical or Geometrical increasing, so is the Rebate or discount of Money found out by continual proportionals decreasing Arithmetically or Geometrically, that is according as the allowance is, either after Simple or Compound Interest; Now the nature of Rebate or discount is thus; When there is a sum of Money, (suppose 100 l.) to become due at the end of a certain time to come, (viz. at the end of 12 Months;) and it is agreed upon by the Debtor and Creditor that there shall be made present payment of the whole Debt, and it is likewise agreed that in consideration of this present payment, that the Creditor shall allow the Debtor after the rate of 6 per cent. per annum: Now upon this agreement the Creditor aught to receive so much money as being put out at interest for the same time it was paid before 'twas due, and at the same rate of interest, that the discount was reckoned at, than would it amount or be increased to the sum that was first due.  
The manner of working Questions in Rebate at Simple Interest shall be shown in the ninth Rule of this Chapter, and of working Questions in Rebate at Compound Interest shall be shown in the Fourth Rule of the next Chapter.  
VI When the interest of a 100 l. for a year is known, the interest of any other sum, for the same time, is also found out, by one single rule of direct proportion, viz. The Interest of a 100 l. for a year by the statute is 6l, I demand what is the interest of 75 l. for the same time, and at the same Rate of Interest? The proportion is as followeth.  
 
Or if you would have the Answer to produce both principal and interest, than make the second number to be the sum of the given principal and interest, and the fourth proportional will answer your desire. Thus,  
 
VII. When the Interest of 100 for a year is given, and the interest of any other sum of pounds, shillings, and pence is required for a year, the answer may be easily found after the practical method delivered in the following Example.  
Let it be required to found the interest of 148l. − 13s. 04. for one year after the rate of 6 per cent. per annum, simple interest?  
First, I place the given Numbers according to the Direction given for the Rule of 3, which will than stand thus, viz.  
 
Now it is evident that if I multiply 148l. − 13s − 04d. (which is the third number) by 6 (which is the second number) and divide the product by 100 (which is the first number) the Quotient will be the answer; Therefore I proceed thus, viz first I multiply the pence by 6, which makes 24 pence, or two shillings, therefore I set down oh under the pence, and carry 2 to the next, than I go to the 13s. saying 6 times 13 is 78, and 2 that I carried is 80 s. which is 4 l. therefore I set down oh under the shillings, and carry 4 to the pounds, than I proceed, saying 6 times 8 is 48, and 4 that I carry is 52, than I set down 2, and carry 5, etc. proceeding thus till the work be finished, and than will the product be 890l. − 00s. − 00d, which product should be divided by 100 (the first number) but it being an Unite with two Ciphers, I cut of two figures from the right hand of the pounds, with a dash of the pen, and the figures on the left hand of the said dash, are so many pounds, and those on the right hand of it, are the Decimal parts of a pound, whose value may be found out by the 3 R●…le of the 2 Chap. But remember, that if there be any shillings or pence, in the product you are to add them to their respective products in your Reduction.  
The work of the foregoing Example is as followeth.  
 
So that by the work I found the interest of 148 l. − 13s. − 4d. for one year after the rate of 6 per Cent. per An. to be 8l. − 18s. − 04d − 3. 2qu.  
Another Example may be this, viz. I demand the Interest of 368l. 15s. − 3d. for one year, at 6 per Cent. per An. Answer 22l. − 02s. − 6ds. as by the work following.  
 
VIII. The Interest of 100l. being known for a year, or 365 days, the interest of any other sum may be known for any other time, or number of days, more or lesle than a year, by two single Rules of 3 Direct, viz. First, found out what is the interest of the given sum, for one year, or 365 days, according to the last Rule, than having found out that, you may (by another single Rule of 3 Direct) found out its interest for any other time more or lesle.  
Example.  
What is the interest of 322l. for 6 years after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Ann●…m ●…imple Interest?  
First, I found what is the Interest of 322l. for a year by the following proportion,  
 
Thus having found the Interest of 322l. for a year to be 19.32l. at 6 per Cent. by the following proportion, I found out its interest for 6 years, to be 115l. − 18s. − 04¾d. and that added to the principal, makes 437l. − 18s. − 04¾d. for the sum due to the Creditor at the end of the said time.  
 
And here take notice that the second number in this last proportion, must always be only the interest of the sum proposed, and not the sum of the principal and interest, as in the second proportion under the sixth Rule.  
After the same manner is the interest of 1l. (at the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, or any other rate of interest,) discovered for a day, by the help of which the interest of any sum whatsoever may be discovered for any number of days as shall be shown by and by.  
 
So that by the foregoing proportions I have found that the interest of 1l. at 6 per Cent. per Annum for a day is .0001643835l.  
Now if you would know the interest of any other sum for any number of day's more or lesle than 365, you may do it by help of the said number after this manner, viz.  
Multiply the sum whose interest is required by the said number, and that product will give you the interest of the said sum for one day, than multiply that product by the number of days given, and the last product will give you the interest of the said sum for the number of days in the Question. Take the following Question for an example, viz.  
What is the interest of 568l. for 213 days after the Rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum.  
 
Having finished the work as you see, I found the answer to be 19.8877 etc. which upon sight I discover to be 19l. − 17s − 09d. by the brief way of valluing a Decimal Fraction of Coin laid down in the 4 Rule of the 2 Chapter before-going.  
But when the interest of any sum of Money is required for any number of days as aforesaid, at any other rate of interest than at 6 per Cent. per Annum, the foresaid number will not than serve for the work, but you are to found out particular multiplyars for the several Rates of Interest as is before directed. All which I have expressed from 4 to 10 per Cent. in the following Table.  
When you would found the Interest of any sum for any number of days at the rate of 4 per. Cent per An. the Multiplyar is .0001095890 5 .0001369863 6 .0001643835 7 .0001917808 8 .0002191780 9 .0002465753 10 .0002739726  
So that when you would found out the interest of any sum of Money for any number of days according to the direction before given, at any Rate from 4 to 10 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest, you may perform the work by the multiplyar in the foregoing Table which is placed against each respective Rate of interest.  
IX. When the present worth of a sum of money due at the end of any time to come is required, Rebate being allowed at any rate of Simple Interest, it may be found out by the following method; viz. First, Found out the Interest of 100l. for the time that the Rebate is to be allowed for, and at the same rate of interest propounded, than make the sum of an 100 pound, and its interest for the proposed time, to be the first number in the Rule of 3, and 100ls. the second number, and the given sum whose present worth is required, let be the third number, and the fourth number in a direct proportion shall answer the question, as in the following Example, viz.  
What present Money will satisfy a debt of 100l. that is due at the end of a year yet to come, discount, or Rebate being allowed at the Rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum.  
According to the foregoing Directions, I state the numbers as followeth, and the fourth proportional number or answer to the question is 94.33962 l. = 94 l. − 06s. − 09 ½ d fere.  
 
The reason of the said Analogy will appear if you consider, that there aught to be so much ready money paid, that if it were put out to interest at the same rate of Int. that Rebate was allowed for, and for the same time, the same would than be augmented to the sum that was at first due, as in the last question, there is given 100 l. which is due at the end of 12 months, now I say, that there aught to be so much money paid down to satisfy this debt, as being put out to interest at 6 perCent. for 12 months, would than be increased to 100 l. which is the sum first due, and again it is as evident that if there were 106 l. due at the end of 12 months, or a year, and present payment is agreed upon, allowing Rebate at 6 per Cent. per Annum, that than there aught to be paid the sum of 100 l, in full discharge of the said debt of 106 l. for if when I have received the said sum of 100 l, I put it out to interest for one year at the rate of 6 per. Cent. it will than be increased to ●…06 l.  
Therefore to solve the said question, the proportion here used is no more than if I should say, If 106 l. be decreased to 100 l. what will 100 l. be decreased to? The answer is, to 94l. − 6s. − 9d. ●…, and for proof, if yond will seek what that sum will be increased to at the end of 12 months, at the rate of 6 per Cent. you will found it to be 100l.  
Example 2.  
How much present money will satisfy a debt of 82l. − 15s. due at the end of 126 days, yet to come allowing Rebate after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum?  
First, I found the interest of 100l. at the same rate of interest for 126 days, by the following proportion.  
 
Than do I add 2.0712l. (the interest of 100l.) to 100 l. and the sum is 102.0712 which I make the first number in the Rule of 3, and 100ls. the second, and 82.75l. (the sum given to be Rebated) the third number, and the fourth number in a direct proportion is the answer to the question, see the work as followeth.  
 
So that by the work it appears that 82l. − 15s. due at the end of 126 days yet to come, will be satisfied with the present payment of 81l. − 01s. − 04¾d. Rebate be allowed after the rate of 6 per Cent. per An.  
The proof of the Rule.  
Found out (by the eighth Rule foregoing) how much the present money that is paid upon Rebate, will amount to being put out to interest for the same time, and at the same Rate of interest that Rebate was allowed for, and if the amount be equal to the sum that was due at the end of that time, than you may conclude the work to be rightly performed, otherwise not.  
As for Example.  
In the foregoing Question it was found that 81.0708 l. being paid presently would satisfy a debt of 82.75 due at the end of 126 days to come, and to prove it, let us see whether 81.0708 being put out to interest for 126 days at the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, will be increased to 82.75 l. (the sum which was said to be due at the end of 126 days to come) which I do by these two proportions following according to the Eighth Rule.  
 
So you see that I have found the interest of 81.0708 for 126 days to be 1.6791 etc. which added to the principal 81.0708 the sum is 82.7499 which by the brief way of valuing the Decimal of a pound sterling is 82 l. − 15s. and indeed it doth not want 1/10 part a farthing of the exact sum, which is occasioned by the defective Decimal wherefore I conclude the work to be rightly performed.  
Upon the foregoing ninth Rule is grounded the manner of calculating the ensuing Table of Multiplyars, which showeth in Decimal parts of a pound, the present worth of a pound sterling due at the end of any number of years to come, not exceeding 30, Simple interest being Computed at 6 per Cent. per annum.  
The first number in the Table being found out by this following proportion, viz.  
As 106l. is to 100l, so is 1 l. to .943396, and the second number in the Table being the present worth of 1 l due at the end of two years to come, is thus found out, viz. First I consider that 12 l. is the simple interest of 100l, for 2 years, which added to 100 l. makes 112 l. wherefore I say, as 112 l. is to 100 l. so is 1l. to .892857 l. which is the present worth of 1l. due at the end of 2 years to come.  
The several proportions and operations for the whole Calculation being as followeth, viz.  
And after the same manner are all the numbers in the following Table Calculated; which being well understood, the way of calculating most of the ensuing Tables will easily be obtained; and its use you will found immediately after the Table itself.  

TABLE I Which showeth in Decimal parts of a pound the present worth of 1l. due at the end of any number of years to come under 31, at the rate of 6 per Cent. per Ann. Simple Interest.  years'  1 .943396 2 .892857 3 .847457 4 .806451 5 .769230 6 .735294 7 .704225 8 .675675 9 .649350 10 .625000 11 .602409 12 .581395 13 .561797 14 .543478 15 .526315 16 .510204 17 .495049 18 .480769 19 .467289 20 .454545 21 . 4●…2477 22 .431034 23 .420168 24 .409836 25 .400000 26 .390625 27 .381679 28 .373134 29 .364963 30 .357143  
After the same method might this Table be continued to any number of years at pleasure, I might also have calculated for other rates of interest, as those are in the next Chapter concerning Compound Interest, but Simple Interest being not so generally in practice, I shall therefore forbear.  

The use of the preceding TABLE.  
It is evident (by the ninth Rule foregoing) that if any sum be paid with an allowance of Rebate, you are to make 100 l. with its interest (for the same time you Rebate for) both in one sum, to be the first number in the Rule of 3, 100 the second, and the sum to be rebated the third, than will the fourth proportional be the answer; and the same may be wrought by any other number and its interest, as well as by 100 l. and its interest mutatis mutandis; Now in the Table before-going there is expressed in Decimal parts of a pound, the present worth of 1 l. due at the end of any number of years to come under 31, etc. that is to say, if you take the money signified by those Decimals, and put it out to interest at 6 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest for so many years as are expressed in the Collum of years against the said Decimal, than will that sum at the end of the said Term be augmented to 1 l, wherefore if you have any sum whatsoever to be Rebated for any number of years within the limits of the Table, make 1 l. the first number in the Rule of 3, and the Decimal in the Table against the number of years to be Rebated for, make that the second, and the sum whose present worth is required the third number, so will the fourth proportional be the Answer. But (because the first number (being Unity) neither multiplieth nor divideth) if you take the number in the Table, correspondent to the number of years for which you would reckon Rebate, and thereby multiply the sum whose present worth is required, the product will give you the Answer.  
Example.  
There is a sum of money, viz. 560 l. due at the end of 8 years to come, but the Debtor and Creditor agreed that present payment shall be made, and the Debtor to be allowed Rebate after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest. Now I demand how much present money will satisfy the said Debt? Answer, 378.378l. = 378l. − 07s. − 06¾d. see the following work.  
 
First (the Rebate being to be reckoned for 8 years) I look for 8 in the Collum of years, and just against it on the Right hand, I fiud .675675 which I multiply by 560 (the sum whose present worth is required,) and the product is 378.378, which (by the brief way of valuing the fraction of a pound sterling) I found at first sight to be 378 l. = 07s. − 06●…d.  
This Question, if it had been wrought by the foregoing ninth Rule, would have produced the same answer, for, The Int. of 100l. for 8 Mon. is 48l. and 100 + 48 = 148 wherefore by the Rule of 3 I say  
 
X. When an Annuity or yearly income is in arrears for any number of years, and you would know the increase, or amount of it, allowing Simple Interest at a certain rate per Cent. per annum, for each yearly payment from the time it first became due, the operation will be somewhat more tedious than to found the amount of one single sum, according to the eighth Rule of this Chap. which will clearly appear by solving the following question, viz.  
There is an Annuity, or an income of 100 l. per annum forborn to the end of 6 years, I demand how much is due at the end of the said Term, allowing interest at the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum Simple Interest? Answer 690 l.  
In order to the solution of this Question, I consider, First, that  
It is evident that for the last year, viz. the sixth years payment, there must be no interest at all Reckoned, because it becomes not due till the end of the sixth year; Secondly, there must be reckoned the interest of 100 l. for one year, viz that which is due at the end of the fifth year; Thirdly, there must be reckoned the interest of 100 l. for two years, viz. that which is due at the end of the fourth year. Fourthly, There must be reckoned the interest of 100 l. for three years, viz. that which is due at the end of the third year, Fifthly, the interest of a 100 l. for 4 years, viz. that which is due at the end of the second year: And Sixthly, The interest of 100 l. for 5 years, viz. that which is due at the end of the first year, and is forborn the second, third, fourth, fifth, and sixth years; all which interests being added together, and their sum added to the sum of each years' income, the sum will exhibit the total sum, due at the end of the said six years, which you may perceive by the following work to be 690 l. which is the answer to the foregoing Question.  
  

The Construction of Table II.  
Upon the foregoing reason is grounded the Calculation of the following Table, which showeth the amount of 1l. annuity, being forborn to the end of any number of years under 31, Interest being allowed for each yearly payment after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest.  
The first number in the Table being 1 l. which is that due at the end of the first year, no interest being due for that; the second number in the Table is 2.06, which is the first and second years payment, and the interest of 1l. for one year, being that which was due at the end of the first year; The third number in the Table is 3.18 l. being the increase of 1 l. for 2 years added to the second number in that Table which is 2.06, for the amount of 1 l. at the end of 3 years is 1.12 which added to 2.06 the second number it makes 3.18 for the third number; The fourth number is the amount of 1 l. for 3 years which is 1.18 added to the number before it, viz. the third number, proceeding in the same method, till you have composed the Table at your pleasure, each number in the Table being 1 l. and the amount of 1 l. (for so many years as it standeth against in the Table made lesle by one.) added to the number immediately preceding it.  

TABLE II. Which showeth in pounds and Decimal parts of a pound the amount of 1 l, annuity being forborn to the end of any number of years under 31, Simple Interest being computed after the Rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum.  Years  1 1.00 2 2.06 3 3.18 4 4.36 5 5.60 6 6.90 7 8.26 8 9.68 9 11.16 10 1●…. 70 11 14.30 12 15.96 13 17.68 14 19.46 15 21.30 16 23.20 17 25.16 18 ●…7. 18 19 29.26 20 31.40 21 33.60 22 35.86 23 38.18 24 40.56 25 43.00 26 45.50 27 48.06 28 50.68 29 53.36 30 56.10   

The Use of Table II.  
In the preceding Table in the Collum under the word Years, are set down every year successively from 1 to 30, and the number in the Table placed against each year, is the amount of 1 l annuity, in pounds and Decimal parts of a pound, being forborn so many years as it is placed against. The use of it will plainly appear by the solving of one, or two Questions, viz.  
There is an Annuity of 134 l. − 10s. − 6ds. all forborn to the end of 4 years; I demand how much is due to the Creditor at the end of the said Term, Simple Interest being allowed after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum?  
Facit 586l. − 10s. − 07d.  
To answer this Question, First, I look for 4 years, in the Collum of years, and the number against it is 4.36 which is the amount of 1 l. Annuity for 4 years; therefore having turned the 1 s. − 6ds. (in the given annuity) into a Decimal (which is .525) I say by the Rule of 3 thus.  
 
Thus by the work I found the answer to be 58.529 l. the value of which Decimal by the brief way of valuing a Decimal laid down in the 4th Rule of the 2d Chapter, I found to be 580l. 10s. 7d.  
And it is plain that in solving Questions by this Table, that (the first number in the Rule of 3 being unite) if you multiply the given Annuity by the proper Tabular Number, that than the product will be the answer.  
Example 2.  
What is the amount of an Annuity of 150 l. 10 s. being forborn to the end of 7 years, allowing Simple Interest after the Rate of 6 per Cent, per Annum? Answer, 1243 l. − 02 s. − 07 ¼ d. fere.  
 
XI. When an Annuity or yearly Income, for a certain number of years to come, is to be sold for ready Money, and the seller is to allow the Buyer Rebate at 
The Rebate of Annuities at Simple Interest  Simple Interest for his present payment, than in this case the buyer aught to pay so much present money for each yearly payment, as being put out at Simple Interest for so many years as it is Rebated for, it would than amount to one yearly payment, and the sum of all those present worths will be the present worth of the Annuity required, the Rule will appear very plain by the following Example.  
There is an Annuity or Lease of 100 l. per Annum to continued 6 years yet to come to be sold for ready Money, the Seller being to allow the Buyer Rebate at 6 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest, now I desire to know how much present Money will buy out the said Lease?  
Facit 499 l. − 09 s. − 04 ¼ d. fere.  
It is evident that if we found out the present worth of 100 l. due at the end of the first year, and also the present worth of a 100 l. due at the end of the second year, and the present worth of 100 l. due at the end of the third year, and likewise the present worth of 100 l. due at the end of the fourth, fifth, and sixth years, and add all these present worths together, their sum will be the present worth of the given Annuity; which several present worths are found out according to the ninth Rule, by the several proportions following, viz.  
 
So that you see by the foregoing proportions, the present worth of 100 l. per Annum to continued six years, allowing Rebate at 6 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest, is 499.468754 l. = 499 l. 9 s. 04 ¼d.  
Upon the foregoing eleventh Rule is grounded the construction and calculation of the following Table which 
The construction of the 3 Table.  showeth the present worth of 1 pound annuity to continued any number of years under 31 Simple Interest being computed after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum; The first number in the Table is .943396 which is the present worth of 1 pound due at the end of a year to come. The second number in the Table is 1.836253, which is the sum of the present worths of 1 l. due at the end of two years to come, and of 1 l. due at the end of one year to come added together; And the third number in the Table is 2.683710 which is the sum of the present worths of 1 l. due at the end of 3, 2, and 1 years to come. And after the same method is the whole Table calculated.  
But the numbers in the said Table may more easily be found out thus, viz. Look in the first Table, and let the first number of that be the first number of this third Table, and let the sum of the first number in this, and the second number in that be the second number in this Table, and for the third number in this Table take the sum of the second in this, and the third in that Table, and in this manner you may proceed till you have composed the whole Table.  

TABLE III. Which showeth the present worth of 1 l. annuity to continued any number of years under 31, Simple Interest being computed at 6 per Cent. per An.  Years  1 .943396 2 1.836253 3 2.683710 4 3.490161 5 4.259391 6 4.994685 7 5.698900 8 6.374575 9 7.023925 10 7.648925 11 8.251334 12 8.832729 13 9.394526 14 9.938004 15 10.464319 16 10.974523 17 11.469572 18 11.950341 19 12.437630 20 12.892175 21 13.334652 22 13.765686 23 14.175524 24 14.585360 25 14.985360 26 15.375985 27 15.757664 28 16.120798 29 16.485761 30 16.842904   

The Use of the foregoing Table. III.  
In the foregoing third Table, in the left hand Collum under the Title of years, are expressed all the integral numbers, from 1 to 30, which signify so many years, and the numbers in the Right hand Collum which are placed against the number of years are pounds, and decimal parts of a pound sterling, and every one of them are the present worth of 1 pound Annuity to continued so many years to come as are placed against them in the Collum of years, Rebate being allowed at Simple Interest 6 per Cent. per An.  
As, suppose there were a Lease of 20 shillings per annum to continued 6 years, to be sold for present money, allowing the buyer Rebate at 6 per Cent. per annum Simple Interest. I desire to know how much is its present worth? To answer this, I look in the Collume of years for 6, and in the next Collume on the right hand just against 6 you have 4.99468 5 l. = 4 l. − 19 s. − 10 ¾ d. which is the answer to the Question. And by the help of this Table may the present worth of any Annuity to continued any number of years under 31 be found out, allowing Rebate at 6 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest, by one single Rule of 3 Direct, according to the manner of solving the following question, viz.  
Quest. 1.  
There is a Lease of 18 years yet to come, of the yearly value of 130 l. to be sold for ready Money, and the purchaser is to be allowed Rebate after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, Simple Interest, now I demand how much is the present worth of this Lease?  
Facit 1553 l. − 10 s. − 10 ¾ d.  
First, I look in the Table for 18 years, and over against it on the right hand I found ●…1. 950341 which is the present worth of 1 pound annuity to continued 18 years, etc. Therefore by the Rule of 3 Direct, I say  
 
So that by the work you found the answer to be 1553.544 l. etc. or 1553 l. − 10 s. − 10 ¾ d. very near, which said answer is nothing else but the product of the Tabular number, (11.950341l.) multiplied by the given annuity (130 l.) For it is evident, that if the present worth of 1 pound annuity to continued 18 years be 11.950341 l. than the present worth of 130 l. per annum, to continued the same number of years (and Rebate being allowed at the same Rate per Cent. per an. for the one as for the other) must be 130 times as much. But when Rebate is to be allowed after any other rate than 6 per Cent. per annum, than the foregoing Table will not at all be useful, but you must have recourse to a Table calculated for the same rate of interest, which you may easily perform at leisure by the foregoing Rules.  
Quest. 2.  
What Annuity to continued 18 years will 1553.5443 30 purchase, allowing the Buyer Simple Interest at 6 per Cent. per annum?  
Facit 130 l.  
This Question is but the converse of the former, and may be thus Resolved, viz. Táke the Tabular number corresponding to 18 years, which is 11.950341 by which divide the given purchase Money, and the Quotient will give you the annuity that it will purchase, viz.  
 
So that by the work I found it will purchase an Annuity of 130l. to continued 18 years.  
The reason of the work is plain, for if the Tabular number correspondent to 18 years be the present worth of 1 l. Annuity to continued 18 years to come, than it is certain that so much money as is expressed by that Tabular number, will purchase an Annuity of 1 l. to continued 18 years: And consequently we may found by help of the said Table what annuity any other sum of money will purchase, to continued any number of years not exceeding 30, by a single Rule of 3 Direct, as in the last Question, the proportion is as followeth, viz.  
 
And it is no more in effect than a sum in Division, for the second number (being 1) neither multiplieth, nor divideth, etc.  
By what hath been said concerning the use of the foregoing Table, you may perceive that the p●…esent worth of an Annuity is found out by multiplication, and to know what annuity any sum will purchase is performed by Division.  
I might have made Tables for other Rates of Interest, but Simple Interest being seldom allowed in the purchasing or valuing of Leases and Annuities, (they being generally purchased at Compound Interest, or Interest upon Interest) makes me forbear, and indeed at Simple Interest a Lease is overvalued.    

CHAP. XIII. Of Compound Interest.  
I. WHat hath been said in the last Chapter, I judge sufficient for the understanding of the Nature and use of Simple Interest, and that being well understood, the nature of Compound Interest will not seem difficult to the studious Learner, and the better he is acquainted with the nature of Simple Interest, so much the easier will he come to the knowledge of the nature, and use of Compound Interest.  
II. Compound Interest is, when a sum of money is put out to interest, and the interest thereof becoming due is still continued in the hands of the Debtor, so as to become part of the principal, Interest being reckoned for it from the time it becometh due, for which reason it is called Interest upon Interest: And as Simple Interest increaseth by a series of Arithmetical proportionals continued; so doth Compound interest increase by a rank or series of continual Geometrical proportionals. For when a sum of money is put out to interest at any Rate per Cent. per Annum, (as suppose 100 l. to be put out to receive at the end of one year 6 l. for its interest) it is evident that if the interest (being 6 l.) be continued in the hands of the Debtor, there will be at the end of the second year the increase of 106 l. which is 112.36 l. and at the third years end there will be the increase of 112.36 l. so that every number proceedeth from that going before it, after the same Rate or Reason as 100 proceedeth from 100, as you see following.  
 
So that by the Augmentation of 100 l. in 4 years, you have this rank of Geometrical proportionals continued viz. 100, 106, 112.36, 119.1016. and 126.247696 which is in number 5, viz. more by one than is the number of years, the last of which is the amount of 100 l. at 6 per Cent. for 4 years reckoning Compound Interest, or Interest upon Interest, and each of these proportionals proceedeth from that going before it as 106 proceedeth from 100, that is to say, every of the said proportionals, is in such proportion to that which goeth before it as 106 is to 100, or as 100 is to 106, so is any one of them, to that which followeth it, or if you take any 3 of them which are placed together, there is this proportion between them, viz▪ As the first of those three is to the second, so is the second to the third, and the third to the fourth, and the fourth to the fifth, and the fifth to the sixth, etc. whence it is evident that they have amongst themselves this following Qualification, viz. that the Square of any ●…ne of them is equal to the Rectangle, or Product, made by that which is placed immedi●…tely before it, and that immediately after it, and the same would it be if there were never so many Terms, and is a peculiar property of all numbers that are Geometrical proportionals continued.  
III. The Interest of 100 l. for a year being known, the Compound Interest of any other sum for any number of years may be likewise found out by so many single Rules of 3, as there are given years, for,  
As 100 l, is to its increase for one year, so is any other sum to its increase for the same time, and so is the first years increase to the second, and the second years increase to the third, and so is the third years increase to the fourth, etc.  
Example.  
Let it be required to found how much 350 l. will be increased to being put out to Interest at 6 per Cent. per Annum Compound Interest for 5 years? Answer, 468l. − 7s. − 4, d. fere. Sec the following work.  
 
Whereby you see that 350 l. being put out to Interest after the rate of 6 per Cent will at the first years end be increased to 371 l. And 371 l. being put out for the second year, will be increased to 393.26 l. and 393.26 l. being made a principal, and put out at the same Rate for the third year, will at the end thereof be increased to 416 8556 l. and at the end of 5 years it will be increased to 468 37895216 l.  
And upon the aforesaid grounds is Calculated the following Table 1, whose Construction and use immediately followeth the same.  

TABLE I Which showeth what one Pound will amount to, being forborn to the end of any number of years to come, not exceeding 30, Compound Int. being computed at 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 per Cent. per annum.  Years 5. 6. 7. 8. 9 10 1 1.05000 1.06000 1.07000 1.08000 1.09000 1.10000 2 1.10250 1.12360 1.14490 1.16640 1.18810 1.21000 3 1.15762 1.19101 1.22504 1.25971 1.29502 1.33100 4 1.21550 1.26247 1.31079 1.36048 1.41158 1.46410 5 1.27628 1.33822 1.40255 1.46932 1.53862 1.61051 6 1.34009 1. 4●…851 1.50073 1.58687 1.67710 1.77156 7 1.40710 1.50363 1.60578 1.71382 1.82803 1.94871 8 1.47745 1.59384 1.71818 1.85093 1.99256 2.14358 9 1. 55●…32 1.68947 1.83845 1.99900 2.17189 2.35794 10 1.62889 1.79084 1.96715 2.15892 2.36736 2.59374 11 1.71033 1.89829 2.10485 2 33163 2.58042 2.85311 12 1.79585 2.01219 2.25219 2.51817 2.81266 3.13842 13 1.88564 2.13292 2.40984 2. 7196●… 3.06580 3. 452●…7 14 1.97993 2.26090 2.57853 2.93719 3.34172 3.79749 15 2.07892 2.39655 2.75903 3.17216 3 64248 4.17724 16 2.18287 2.54035 2.95216 3.42594 3.97030 4.59497 17 2. 29●…01 2.69277 3.15881 3.70001 4.32763 5 05447 18 2.40661 2.85433 3.37993 3.99601 4 71712 5.55991 19 2.52695 3.02559 3.61652 4.31570 5.14166 6. 1159●… 20 2.65329 3.20713 3.86968 4.66095 5.60441 6.72749 21 2.78596 3.39956 4.14056 5.03383 6.10880 7.40024 22 2.92526 3.60353 4 43040 5.43654 6.65860 8.14027 23 3.07152 3.81975 4.74053 5.87146 7.25787 8.95430 24 3.22509 4.04893 5.07236 6 34118 7.91108 9.84973 25 3.38635 4.29187 5.42743 6.84847 8.62308 10.83470 26 3.55567 4.54938 5.80735 7.39635 9.39915 11.91817 27 3.73345 4.82234 6.21386 7.98806 10.24508 13.10999 28 3.92012 5.11178 6.64883 8.62710 11.16713 14.42099 29 4.11613 5.41838 7.11425 9.31727 12.17218 15.86309 30 4.32194 5.74349 7.61225 10.06265 13.26767 17.44940  

The Construction of the foregoing TABLE I  
By the third Rule foregoing it is evident that the Interest of 100 l. for a year being known, the Compound Interest for any other sum may be found out for any number of years; According to which Rule all the numbers in the said Table are found out, being the amount of 1 l. at Compound Interest for any number of years, not exceeding 30, being put out at any of these Rates, viz. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 per Cent. per Annum, which numbers are found out by the Rule of Proportion thus,  
 
By which means the four first numbers in the econd Collum of the Table (being placed under the number 5 are found, and by a Continuation of the same operation are all the rest of the numbers in that Collum found out; which is indeed nothing else but a continual multiplication of the first number, (viz. 1.05) into itself 29 times, and so the last number in that Collum is the thirtieth power of 1.05, and the same Collum may be continued to any other number of years at pleasure above 30; the numbers in this Collum being the interest of 1 l. at 5 per Cent. per Annum Compound Interest for 30 years.  
The numbers in the third Collum under the Figure 6, are the increase of 1 l. at ●… per Cent. per Annum. Comp. Int. for 30 years, and are found out by multiplying 1. 0●… into itself 29 times, according to the Rule of Continual Multiplication. The like is to be understood of all the rest.   

The use of the foregoing TABLE.  
In the first Collum of the Table under the Title years, are expressed the number of years from 1 to 30, and in the second Collum under the figure 5, and against every respective year are expressed the increase of 1 l. being put out at 5 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest.  
In the third Collume, under the number 6 is expressed the yearly increase of 1 l. being put out at 6 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Int. And so in the 4, 5, 6, and 7 Collumes, are the yearly amounts of 1 l. at 7, 8, 9, and 10 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest.  
All which numbers in the said Table are multiplyars, for the producing of the amount or Increase of any other Sum being put out at Compound interest, at any rate of Interest, and for any number of years therein expressed, as will appear by the following Examples.  
Example. 1.  
I demand the full amount of 365 l. being put to Interest for 9 years, Interest being computed after the rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest? Facit 616 l. − 13 s. 01 d.  
Here because the sum proposed is put out at 6 per Cent. and for 9 years, I look in the Collume of 6 per Cent. which is the third Collum of the Table under the figure 6, and just against 9 in the Collum of years, I found 1.68947 which is the increase of 1 l. being forborn the same time, and at the same Rate of Interest, wherefore, by the Rule of 3 I say  
 
So that by the work I found that if the sum of 365 l. be all forborn to the end of 9 years, and interest be computed for the same at 6 per Cent. per Annum Compound Interest, it will than be increased to 616.65655 which is 616 l. 13 s. 1 ½ d.  
Example 2.  
What will 128 l. − 16 s. − 08 d. be increased to? The utmost improvement thereof being made for 15 years at 7 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest? Facit 355 l. − 09 s. − 01 d.  
First, turn the 16 s. − 8 d. into the Decimal of a pound by the 2d Rule of the 2d Chapter foregoing, and you will found it to be .8333, so that the given sum is 128.8333, etc.  
Now to answer the Question, I look into the foregoing Table, and in the Collum of 7 per Cent: and just against 15 years I found 2.75903 which is the uttermost increase of 1 l. for 15 years at 7 per Cent. Compound Interest, by which if you multiply the given sum, the Product will be the answer to the Question, as by the following work will plainly appear.  
 
By the foregoing work the answer is found to be 355.4549 etc. = 355 l. − 09 s. − 01 d.  
But if any sum be put out at Compound Int. for months, or days over and above the given number of years, than the work will be somewhat different from the former; for first you must found out the amount of the given sum, for the given number of years, and than by the 8th Rule of the foregoing Chapter found out the Interest of that amount for the odd time, being either months or days under a year, and that Int. being added to the foresaid amount, that sum will be the answer to the Question; This is so obvious that it needeth no Example.  
iv When a sum of Money due at the end of any number of years to come is to be satisfied with present money, 
Of Rebate or discount at Compound Interest.  allowing Rebate at Compound Interest, there must be found a Rank or series of Continual proportionals, more in number by one than the number of years for which the discount is proposed, of which rank or series of proportionals, the sum to be satisfied by present payment must be the first, and the second must decrease from that after the same rate or proportion as 100 decreaseth from the sum of 100 added to its interest for one year, after the Rate of interest propounded; that is to say, as 100 proceedeth from 106, or 108 if the interest be 6 or 8 per Cent. and after the same Rate, or Reason must the third decrease from the second, and the fourth from third, etc.  
When a Question is stated for the Rebate of Money at Compound Interest, it is solvable by as many single Rules of 3, as the number of years for which the sum proposed is to be Rebated, and it is nothing else but the inverse of the third Rule of this Chapter, as may be proved by the working of the following Question, taken out of the said Rule, where it is proved that 350 l. being forborn in the Debtors hands for 5 years at 6 per Cent. Compound Interest, it will than be increased to 468. 3800121●…; now let the said Question be inverted thus, viz.  
There is a sum of Money, viz. 468.38001216 due at the end of 5 years to come, now I demand how much present Money will satisfy the said Debt, Rebate being allowed after the Rate of 6 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest?  
First, I say, as 106 is to 100, so is the sum due at the end of 5 years, viz. 468.38001216, to 441.867936, which is the sum due at the fourth years end, and so is the sum due at the fourth years end, to the sum due at the third years end, etc. as by the work appeareth.  
 
So that by the foregoing work you see that if 468.38001216 l. be due at the end of 5 years to come, and is to be satisfied by the payment of present money, Rebate being allowed at 6 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest, 350 l. is the sum required.  
And upon this Rule is grounded the Calculation of the following Table, which showeth what 〈◊〉 l. due at the end of any number of years to come, not exceeding 30 in worth in present Money, Rebate being reckoned at any of these Rates, viz. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 per Cent. per an. Compound Interest.  

TABLE II. Which showeth the present worth of one pound payable at the end of any number of years to come, not exceeding 30, Rebate being yearly allowed at 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest.  Years 5. 6. 7. 8. 9 10. 1 .952381 .943396 .934579 .925925 .917431 .909090 2 .907029 .889996 .873438 .857338 .841680 .826446 3 .363837 .839619 .816297 .793832 .772183 .751314 4 .822702 .792093 .762895 .735029 .708425 .683013 5 .783526 .747258 .712986 .680583 .649331 .620921 6 .746215 .704960 .666342 .630169 .596267 .564474 7 .710681 .665057 .622749 .583490 . 547●…34 .513158 8 .676839 .627412 .582009 .540268 .501866 .466507 9 .644608 .591898 .543933 .500248 .460427 .424097 10 613913 .558391 .508349 .463193 .422410 .385543 11 .584679 .526787 .475092 .428882 .387532 .350494 12 .556837 .496989 .444012 .397113 .355534 .318630 13 .530321 .468839 .414964 .367697 .326178 .289664 14 .505067 .442300 .387817 .340461 .299246 .263331 15 .481017 .417265 .362446 .315241 .274538 .239392 16 .458111 .393646 .338734 .291890 .251869 .217629 17 .436296 .371364 .316574 .270269 .231073 .197844 18 .415520 .350343 .295864 .250249 .211993 .179858 19 .395733 .330512 .276508 .231712 .194489 .163508 20 .376889 .311804 .258419 .214548 .178430 .148643 21 .358942 .294155 .241513 .198655 .163698 .135130 22 .341849 .277505 .225713 .183940 .150181 .122846 23 .325571 .261797 .210947 .170315 .137781 .111678 24 .310067 .246978 .197146 .157699 .126405 .101525 25 .295302 .232998 .184249 .146018 .115967 .092296 26 281240 .219810 .172195 .135201 .106392 .083905 27 .267848 .207367 .160930 .125186 .097607 .076277 28 .255093 .195630 .150402 .115913 .089548 .069343 29 .242946 .184556 .140562 .107327 .082154 .063039 30 .231377 .174110 .131367 .099377 .075371 .057308   

The Construction of the foregoing TABLE.  
By the Fourth Rule of this Chapter is plainly shown the manner of finding the present worth of any sum of money due at the end of any number of years to come, Rebate being computed at Compound Interest, and after the same manner are all the numbers in the foregoing Table found as you may see in the following Example, where the four first numbers in the third Collum are methodically found out by the Rule, that being the Collum of Rebate at 6 per Cent. per annum.  
 
So that by the foregoing proportions, I say first, if 106 l. be decreased to 100 l. what will 1 l. be decreased to? Answer, to .94339 l. &c = 18 s. 10 〈◊〉. The five first Figures thereof being the first number in the third Collum of the foregoing Table and it showeth that the present worth of 〈◊〉 l. due at the end of one year to come, Rebate being allowed at 6 per Cent. is .94339 l. = 18 s − 10 d.  
Secondly, I say by the Rule of 3, If 106 l. be decreased to 100 l. what will .94339 etc. be decreased to? The Answer is .88999 l. etc. = 17 s. ●…9 〈◊〉. fere. And this is the second number in the third Collum of the said Table, and is placed against 2 years in the first Collum, and showeth the present worth of 1 l. due at the end of two years to come, Rebate being allowed after the Rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest.  
And after the same manner are all the rest of the numbers in the said Collum of 6 per Cent. found out, and also all the other Decimal Fractions in the second, fourth, fifth, sixth, etc. Collums, (showing the Rebate of one pound for any number of years not exceeding 30, at 5, 7, 8, 9, and 10 per Cent. (mutatis mutandis.)   

The Use of the foregoing TABLE II.  
The first Collum is the number of years for the Rebate of 1 l. and the numbers in the rest of the Collums, are Decimal Fractions, showing the present worth of 1 l. due at the end of so many years to come, as they are placed against in the Collum of years; Rebate being allowed at the same rate of Interest under which they are placed, the figures 5, 6, 7, 8. 9, and 10 placed at the top, denoting the same. An Example or two will make its use more plain.  
Example. 1.  
I demand how much present money will satisfy a Debt of 684 l. due at the end of 6 years to come, Allowing Rebate after the rate of 8 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest? To answer this Question, look in the Collum of 8 per Cent. and against 6 years I found this number, viz. .63017 which showeth that if 1 l. be due at the end of 6 years to come, its present worth is .63017l. Rebate being allowed after the Rate of 8 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest.  
Therefore I say by the Rule of 3, If 1l. be decreased to .63017l. what will 684l. be decreased to at that rate? Facit 431.03628l. = 431l. 0s. 8½ d. as by the work appeareth?  
 
So that you see the sum proposed being multiplied by the proper Tabular number, produceth the Answer to the Question, for the number 1, which is here the first number in the Rule of 3 doth not either multiply or divide, and therefore the answer is found out by multiplication only. Observe the work of the next Example.  
Example.  
What is the present worth of 164l. − 15s. due at the end of 9 years to come, allowing Rebate after the Rate of 6 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest? Facit 97l. − 10s. − 03. 〈◊〉.  
Look in the Table aforesaid in the Collum of 6 per Cent. and against 9 in the Collum of years you will found this number, viz. .59189 which is the present worth of 1l. due at the end of 9 years to come, and is the proper multiplyar for finding the answer to this Question, as by the work.  
 
The answer found by the foregoing operation is 97.5138775 = 97l. − 10s. − 03¼.  
But if the given time for the Rebate of any sum consisteth of odd months or days, besides years, than in such case, the Rebate (at the given Rate of Interest) for the odd time must be found (by the 9th Rule of the 12 Chap. foregoing) for the given sum, and than the present worth of the given sum thus decreased, must be found for the number of years as in the two last Examples.  
Example 3.  
There is 640l. − 10s. due at the end of six year, and 3 months to come, what is its present worth, Rebate being allowed at the Rate of 7 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest?  
First, I found the decrease of 640.5l. for 3 months thus, viz.  
 
So that I found the Int. of 100l. for 3 months at 7 per Cent. to be 1.75l. which added to 100l. makes 101.75, than to found the decrease of 640.5l. for 3 Months: I say,  
 
So that I found by the last proportion, that if at the end of 6 years, 3 months: There was due 640.5l yet at the end of 6 years there will be due but 629.484l. whose present worth by the foregoing directions will be found to be 419l. − 9s. for,  
 
Read the 9th Rule of the Twelfth Chapter foregoing, and you will easily understand the method here used for solving Questions of this nature.  
V Questions in Rebate at Compound Interest may be Resolved by the First Table of this Chapter which showeth the increase of 1l. at Compound Interest, etc. But as in the second Table you make the Tabular numbers multiplyars, to found out the present worth of a sum; so if you will found out the present worth of a sum by the First Table, you must than make those Tabular Number's Divisors; The Reason whereof is plain, for the First Table showeth the increase of 1l. for 30 years, etc. But they may likewise serve to show what sum of money due at the end of any number of years to come under 31 (allowing Rebate according to the rates of Interest therein mentioned) 1l. present money will satisfy. Now to Resolve Questions in Rebate by this Table, look in the Collum of the proposed Interest, or Rebate, and against the proposed number of years is the Tabular number for your work, which must be according to the following proportion, viz.  
As the Tabular Number so found,  
Is to 1,  
So is the sum proposed to be Rebated,  
To its present worth.  
To make this a little more plain, I shall Answer the first Question in the Use of the second Table, by the help of the first Table only, which is as followeth, viz.  
I demand how much present Money will satisfy a Debt of 684l. due at the end of 6 years to come, allowing Rebate after the rate of 8 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest?  
Look in Table 1. in the Collum of 8 per Cent. and against 6 years you will found this number▪ viz. 1.58687, Therefore the proportion is as followeth.  
 
So that by this proportion the Answer is 431.03719l. = 431 l. − 00 − 08 ¾ d. very near to the answer before found by the second Table of Rebate.  
VI When an Annuity is in arrear, and it is required to know its utmost Improvement, accounting Interest 
The manner of valuing Annuities that are in arrear.  upon Interest for each particular sum from the time it becomes due, to the end of the given Term of years. The manner how to work such Questions will be apparent by the working of the following Question, viz.  
There is an Annuity of 150 l. to continued to the end of 5 years, and the utmost improvement thereof to be made after the rate of 6 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest; now I demand how much will than be due to the Creditor?  
It is evident that there must be found out, first the amount of 150 l. for one year, viz. that which is due at the end of the fourth year, it lying in the Debtors hands all the fifth year.  
Secondly, There must be accounted the improvement of 150 l. for 2 ●…ears, viz that which is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the end of the third year▪ it lying in the Debtors hands the years and fifth 〈◊〉  
Thirdly, There must be accounted the improvement of 150 l. for 3 years, viz. that which is due at the end of the second year, itlying in the hands of the Debtor the third, fourth, and fifth years.  
And in the fourth place there must be accounted the utmost improvement of 150 l. for 4 years, viz. that which is due at the end of the first year, it lying in the Debtors hands thesecond, third, fourth, and fifth years.  
And besides there must be acconnted 150 l. due at the end of the fifth year, no Interest being reckoned for that, because it becometh not due till the expiration of the last year, and than the sum of all these is the utmost amount of that annuity.  
The solving of Questions concerning Annuities at Compound Interest, will not be any thing different in their operation, from the manner of solving a Question concerning a single sum of money put out for years at Compound Interest, by the third Rule before-going. As suppose that in stead of an Annuity of 150 l. there was a single sum of 150 l. put out for 4 years at Compound Interest, at 6 per Cent. what would be its utmost improvement at the end of the said Term?  
Here you will easily perceive that in solving the one, the other is also solved.  
See the work according to the foregoing third Rule.  
 
Now if the foregoing proportions be well considered, you will found that  
The Sum due at the end of the fifth year, being that years Rend is— l. 150 And 150 l. due at the end of the fourth year will, at the fifth years end be increased to— l. 159 And 150 l. due at the end of the third year, will at the end of the fifth year be increased to— l. 168.54 And 150 l. due at the second years end, will at the fifth years end be increased to— l. 178.6524 And 150 l. due at the first years end, will at the fifth years end be increased to— l. 189.371544 The sum of all these being due at the five years' end is— l. 845.553944  
So that if an Annuity of 150 l. be all forborn to the end of five years, and it be improved to the utmost after the rate of 6 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest, it will than be increased to the sum of 845.553944 = 845 l. 11 s. oh ¾ d.  
Now if the particular numbers in finding out the augmentation of the said Annuity according to the manner before prescribed, be well viewed, and the method in finding them out be well considered, it will appear, that if an Annuity, payable by yearly payments, be all forborn to the end of any number of years, and the utmost improvement thereof be made at Compound Interest, the total than due at the end of the said Time, or Term of years, will be the sum of a series, or Rank of continual proportionals as many in number as the years of the Annuities forbearance, the first being the Annuity, or yearly payment itself, and the second proceeding from the first after the same Rate or proportion as 100 l. and its Interest for a year added together, proceedeth from 100 l. and after the same Rate doth the third proceed from the second, and the fourth from the third, etc.   

The manner of Calculating the following Third TABLE.  
And upon this Rule is grounded the Calculation of the following Table, which showeth what 1 l. annuity (being forborn to the end of any number of years to come, not exceeding 30) will be increased to Compound Interest, being computed after any of the Rates mentioned at the head of the Table.  
But considering that as an Annuity increaseth yearly at Compound Interest, the sum due at each years' end, is the sum of a series of continual proportionals equal in number to the yearly payments, and that the first number is the annual payment its self, therefore may a Table to show the Annual increase of 1 l. Annuity with great ease be made from the First Table, showing the yearly increase of 1 l. at Compound Interest, as will plainly appear by what followeth.  
Let us pitch upon making the Collum of 6 per Cent. per Annum, in the third Table? Look in the first Table, and you will found the Collum of 6 per Cent. to have for its first number 1.06, and the second number 1.12360 etc. And to make the Collum of 6 per Cent. in the third Table proceed thus, for the first number in the said third Table put 1, or 1.00000, and for the second number in the third Table, take the sum of the first number in the Third Table (which is 1.00000,) and the first number in the first Table (which is 1.06) and that makes 2.06 for the said second number; than add the second number in the Third Table, to the second in the first, and their sum is the third number in the third Table; than add the said third number to the third number in the first Table, and their sum is the fourth number in the third Table, etc. And after this manner proceed till you have made all the numbers in the said Collum of 6 per Cent. And after the same method are the rest of the Collums made, (the first number in each being 1. or 1.00000) mutatis mutandis.  
But here note, that the numbers in the said first Table aught to be continued to more places than are there expressed, to prevent the errors that else may be found in the third Table, by adding of defective Decimals. The use of the said Table is shown immediately after the same.  

TABLE III. Which showeth in Pounds and Decimal parts of a 〈◊〉 the In●… or Amount of 1 l. Annuity, to continued any number of Years not exceeding ●…0, Comp●…d Interest being computed at 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 per Cent. per Annum.  Years 5. 6. 7. 8. 9 10. 1 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 1.00000 2 2 05000 2 06000 2 07000 2.08000 2.09000 2.10000 3 3.15250 3.18360 3.21490 3.24640 3.27810 3.31000 4 4 31012 4 37461 4 43994 4.50611 4.57312 4.64100 5 5.52563 5.63709 5.75073 5.86660 5.08471 6.10510 6 6.80191 6.97531 7.15329 7.33592 7.52333 7.71561 7 8.14200 8.39383 8.65402 8.92280 9.20043 9.48717 8 9 64910 9.89746 10.25980 10.63662 11.02847 11.43588 9 11.02656 11.49131 11.97798 12.48755 13.02103 13.57947 10 12.57789 13.18079 13.81644 14.48656 15.19292 15 93742 11 14.20678 14.97164 15.78359 16.64548 17.56029 18.53116 12 15.91712 16.86994 17.88845 18.97712 20.14071 21.38428 13 17.71298 18.88213 20 14064 21.49529 22.95338 24.52271 14 19.59863 21.01506 22.55048 24 21492 26.01918 27.97498 15 21.57856 23.27596 25.12902 27.15211 29 36091 31.77248 16 23.65749 25.67252 27.88805 30.32428 33.00339 35.94972 17 25.84036 28.21287 30.84021 33.75022 36.97370 40.54470 18 28.13238 30.90565 33.99903 37.45024 41.30133 45.59917 19 30.53900 33.75999 37.37896 41.44626 46.01845 51.15909 20 33.06595 36.78559 40.99549 45.76196 51.16011 57.27499 21 35.71925 39.99272 44.86517 50.42292 56.76453 64.00249 22 38.50521 43.39228 49.00573 55.45675 62.87333 71.40274 23 41.43047 46.99582 53.43614 60.89329 69.53193 79.54302 24 44.50199 50.81557 58.17667 66.76475 76.78981 88.49732 25 47.72709 54.86451 63 24903 73.10593 84.70089 98.34705 26 51.11345 59.15638 68.67646 79.95441 93.32397 109.18176 27 54.66912 63.70576 74.48382 87.35076 102.72313 121.09994 28 58.40258 68.52810 80.69769 95.33882 112.96821 134.20993 29 62.32271 73.63979 87.34652 103.96593 124.13535 148.63092 30 62.43884 79.05818 94.46078 113.28321 136.30753 164.49402   

The Use of the third TABLE.  
The numbers 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10 at the head of the Table are the several Rates of Interest, of 100l. for a year, and the numbers placed in the several Collums under those numbers, show the yearly increase of 1 pound Annuity, at the same Rate of Interest as it is placed under, and for so many years as it is placed against in the Collum of years on the left hand of the Table; and the use of these numbers will be manifest by the method used in solving the following Question, viz.  
There is an Annuity of 34l. − 8s. payable by yearly payments, forborn unto the end of Twelve years; Now, I demand how much is due at the end of the said Term, Compound Interest being allowed at 6 per Cent. per Annum? Facit 580l. − 6s. − 6ds. and somewhat more as will appear by the following operation.  
The increase of the said Annuity being proposed at 6 per Cent. I look in the Collum which hath the number 6 placed at the head of it, and against the number 12 in the Collum of years I found the number 16.86994 which showeth that if 1l. Annuity be forborn to the end of 12 years, and there be allowed Compound Interest at 6 per Cent. it will than be increased to 16.86994 = 16l. − 17s. − 04½d. therefore I say by the Rule of Proportion.  
 
Whereby it is apparent that those tabular numbers are only Multiplyars for the producing of the amount of any given Annuity for any number of years not exceeding 30, any Rate of Compound Interest, being allowed from 5 to 10 per Cent. Inclusive, etc.  
VII. Questions concerning the increase of Annuities at Compound Interest may be likewise solved by the first Table in this Chapter, according to the following method, viz.  
When an Annuity is in arrear, and it is required to know to what sum it is augmented, Compound Interest being computed, etc. Found out what principal will in one year gain the Annual Rent proposed, allowing the proposed Rate of Interest. Than (as is Taught in the use of the said first Table) found the increase of the said principal for the number of years, and at the Rate of Interest proposed, and from the amount thereof subtract the said principal, than will that remainder be the amount of the given Annuity for the given time, as will appear by solving the first Question of the sixth Rule before-going, which is this, viz. there is an Annuity of 150l. forborn to the end of 5 years, what is its amount at 6 per Cent, per annum, Compound Interest?  
Now to answer this, I found out a principal that at 6 per Cent. will gain 150l. in one year, which I do by the following proportion, viz.  
 
So that I found 2500l. to be the answer, than supposing the said principal 2500l. to be put out to Interest at 6 per Cent. Compound Interest for 5 years, look in the first Table in the Collum of 6 per Cent. and against 5 years you will found 1.3382255, etc. which being multiplied by 2500, produceth 3345.563944 from which if you subtract the said principal 2500l. there will remain 845.563944 for the answer which is the same with that found before.  
VIII. When an Annuity to continued any number of years is to be bought with ready money, there aught to be paid so much money, as being put out at Compound Interest, at any Rate, and for the time of the Leases continuance, its total amount may be equal to the utmost improvement of the said Annuity, being all forborn to the time of the Leases expiration, Compound Interest being Computed at the same Rate. And 
The manner of finding the present worth of annuities, Rebate being all●…wed at Comp. Int.  the manner of finding out such a present worth, is as in the following Example, viz. There is an Annuity of 468.38001216l. to continued 5 years what is its present worth, allowing Rebate after the Rate of 6 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest?  
Here it is plain that there must first be computed the present worth of the said Annuity, due at the end of the first, second, third, fourth, and fifth years, and the sum of all these present worths, will be the present worth of the said annuity, as will appear by the following work which is wrought by the fourth Rule of this Chapter.  
The present worth of 468.38001216l. due at the end of the first year is—— l. 441.867936 The same sum due at the end of two years, is in ready money worth—— 416.8556 The same sum due at the end of three years is worth— ●…93. 26 The same sum due at the end of four years is worth— 371 The same due at the end of five years is worth in ready money.——— 350 The sum of all the said present worths is—— 1972.983536  
Which is the present worth of an Annuity of 4 8.3001216 to continued 5 year, Rebate, being allowed at the Rate of 6 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest.   

The construction of the following TABLE IU.  
And upon the same grounds with the solution of the last Question is calculated, the following fourth Table, which showeth the present worth of 1 l. Annuity to continued any number of years, not exceeding 30, and payable by yearly Payments, Rebate being allowed after the Rate of 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10 per Cent. per An. Compound Interest.  
But the nature of the following Table being rightly considered, you will found the making of it to be easily performed by help of the numbers in the second Table of this Chapter.  
As for Example.  
Let us pitch upon the making of the Collum of 6 per Cent. First, I turn to the second Table, and by the numbers in the Collum of 6 per Cent. I do the work; The first number in the second Table, I make to be the first number in the fourth and so that fourth I ad●… the second number in the second Table, and their sum is the second num●…er in the fourt●… Table; than to this second number ●…o I add the third number i●… the second Table, and ●…eir sum is the third number in the fourth Table, and after the same manner are all the rest of the numbers in that Collum made, and also those in the rest of the Collums, mutatis mutandis.  
But remember when ever you caleulate one Table by the help of another, to continued the Table you make use of, to more places than you intent the numbers in your Table to consist of for fear of errors through the Addition of Defective Decimals.  

TABLE IU. Which showeth the present worth of one Pound Annuity payable by yearly payments, and to continued any number of years not exceeding 30, Reb●…e being allowed at 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 pre Cent. per annum Compound Interest.  Years 5. 6. 7. 8. 9 〈◊〉 1 . 95238 . 9433 . 93457 . 92952 . 91743 . 90909 2 1.85941 1.83339 1.80801 1.80801 1.75911 1.73553 3 2.72324 2.67301 2.62431 2.62431 2.53129 2.48685 4 3.54595 3.46510 3.38721 3.38721 3.23971 3.16986 5 4.32947 4.21236 4.10019 3.10019 3.88965 3.79078 6 5.07569 4.91732 4.76653 4.76653 4.48591 4.35526 7 5.78637 5.58233 5.38928 5.38928 5.03295 4.86841 8 6.46321 6.20979 5.97129 5.97129 5.53481 5.33492 9 7.10782 6.80169 6.51523 6.51523 5.99524 5.75901 10 7.72173 7.36008 7.02358 6.02358 6.41765 6.14456 11 8.30641 7.88687 7.49867 7.49867 6.80519 6.49506 12 8.86325 8.38384 7.94268 7.94268 7.16072 6.81369 13 9.39357 8.85268 8.35765 7.35765 7.48690 7.10335 14 9.89864 9.29498 8.74546 8.74546 7.78614 7.36668 15 10.37965 9.71224 9.10791 8.10791 8.06068 7.60608 16 10.83776 10.10589 9.44664 8.85136 8.31255 7.82371 17 11.27406 10.47725 9.76322 9.12163 8.54363 8.02155 18 11.68958 10.82760 10.05908 9.37188 8.75562 8.20141 19 12.08531 11 15811 10.33559 9.60359 8.95011 8.36492 20 12.46220 11.46992 10.59401 9.81814 9.12854 8.51356 21 12.82115 11.76407 10.83557 10.01681 9.29224 8.64869 22 13.16300 12.04158 11.06124 10.20074 9.44242 8.77154 23 13.48857 12.30337 11.27218 10.37105 9.58020 8.88322 24 13.79864 12.55035 11.46933 10.52875 9.70661 8. 98●…74 25 14.09394 12.78335 11.65358 10.67477 9.82257 9.07704 26 14. 375●…8 13.00316 11.82577 10.80997 9.92897 9.16094 27 14 64303 13.21053 11.98671 10.93516 10.02657 9.23722 28 14.89812 13.40616 12.13711 11.05107 10.11612 9.30656 29 15.14071 13.59071 12.27767 11. 158●…0 10.19828 9.36960 30 15.39244 13.76482 12.40994 11. ●…5778 10.27365 9, 42691   

The Use of the foregoing TABLE.  
The first Collum is the number of years from 1 to 30; and the number 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, at the head of the Table are the Rates of Interest of 100 l. for a year, and the numbers in each of these Collums under the said Rates of Interest, are the present worths of 1 l. Annuity to continued for the number of years which is placed against them, allowing Rebate after the rate of Interest at the head of each Collum, and are Multiplyars serving to found the present worth of any other Annuity, as will appear by the following  
Example.  
There is an Annuity of 48 l. to continued 12 years, and payable by yearly payments, to be sold for present money, I demand what it is worth, allowing Rebate at 6 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest.? Facit 402.424 = 40 l. 8 s. 05 ¾ d. which is thus found out by the foregoing Table, viz. look in the said Table, in the Collum of 6 per Cent. and against 12 in the Collum of years, you have this number, viz. 8.38384 which is the present worth of 1 l. Annuity to continued twelve years, Rebate being allowed, etc. therefore by the Rule of proportion, I say,  
 
So that I found the answer to be 402.42432, which is found by multiplying the said Tabular number by 48, as you see by the work.  
Otherwise found a principal which may bear such proportion to the given Annuity (that is to be Rebated) as 100 beareth to the Rate of Interest allowed in the Rebate. Than found the present worth of this principal so found, by the Directions given in the use of the second Table of this Chapter, than subtract the said present worth from the principal found as before, and the remainder will be the present worth of the given Annuity, Rebate being allowed as proposed.  
Example.  
What is the present worth of an Annuity of 50 l. to continued 3 years, allowing Rebate at 8 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest?  
First, I found a principal that shall be to the given number 50 as 100 is to 8 which I found to be 625 l. by the following proportion, viz.  
 
Than by the second Table I found the present worth of 625 l. which is 496.145 l. which I subtract from the said principal 625 l. and there remaineth 128.855 l. = 128 l. − 17 s. − 1¼d. fere. which is the present worth of 50 l. per annum to continued 3 years, Rebate being allowed at 8 per Cent. per annum, Compound Interest.  
Moreover by the numbers in the foregoing fourth Table, you may at first sight discover how many years purchase any Lease to continued any number of years, not exceeding 30, is worth in ready money, Compound Int. being Computed on both sides at any of the Rates mentioned at the head of the Table.  
Example.  
Suppose there were a Lease issuing out of Lands to continued 16 years to be sold for ready money, allowing Rebate at 8 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest, I demand how many years purchase the said Lease is worth?  
Look in the Table 4, in the Collum of 8 per Cent. and against 16 years you will found 8.85136 which showeth that it is worth 8.85136 years' purchase which is somewhat above 8 years, and 3 Quarters; But if the said Lease had been of Houses, and 10 per Cent. were thought a convenient allowance for the same, than you will found it to be worth 7.82371 years' purchase which is 7 years, and above 3 quarters purchase.  
IX. When there is a sum of money propounded, and itis required to know what annuity to continued any given number of years, it will purchase according to any given Rate of Interest, you may suppose any annuity at pleasure, than by the directions 
Of the purchase of Annuities at Comp. Interest.  given in the use of the fourth Table; or else by the eighth Rule of this Chapter, found the present worth of the supposed annuity for the number of years, and at the rate of Interest propounded, which being done, you may found what Annuity to continued the same number of years, the sum propounded will purchase by the following proportion, viz.  
As the present worth of the supposed Annuity,  
Is to the said Annuity,  
So is the sum propounded,  
To the Annuity required.  
As for Example.  
Let it be required to found out what Annuity to continued 4 years, 800 l. present money will purchase, Compound Interest being computed at 6 per Cent. per Annum? Facit 230.873 l.  
First, Suppose an Annuity at pleasure, to continued for 4 years, as suppose 150 l. than do I found by the eighth Rule of this Chapter the present worth of the said Annuity to be 519.76584 l. therefore by the Rule of proportion I say  
  

The Construction of the following TABLE V.  
Upon the Reason of the foregoing Rule is grounded the Calculation of the following Table for the purchasing of Annuities; and it may somewhat more readily be calculated thus, viz.  
It is evident by the construction of the first Table of this Chapter, that 1 l. present is equivalent to 1.06 l. due at the end of a year to come; therefore is 1.06 the first number in the Collum of 6 per Cent. of the following Table; because 1 l. will purchase 1.06 l. Than it is also evident by the fourth Table that the present worth of 1 l. Annuity to continued two years at the same rate is 1.83339, etc. that is, 1.83339, etc. will purchase a Lease of 1 l. per Annum to continued two years, Compound Interest, being allowed at 6 per Cent. therefore by the Rule of 3 Direct, I say,  
 
By which I found that 1 l. ready money will buy a Lease of .54543 l. per Annum to continued 2 years, therefore it is the second number in the following Table. Likewise by the fourth Table I found that 2.67301 is the present worth of 1 l. Annuity to continued 3 years at the same rate of Interest, wherefore by the Rule of proportion I say,  
 
Whereby I found that 1 l. will purchase an Annuity of .37411, to continued 3 years. Compound Interest being allowed at 6 per Cent. wherefore .37411 is the third number in the said Table; Whereby it is evident that if you divide 1, or Unite by the several numbers in the said Collum of 6 per Cent. in the fourth Table, successively, the several Quotients will give you the numbers successively, for the Collum of 6 per Cent. in the fifth Table; And after the same manner are all the numbers in the other Collums of the said fifth Table found out (except the first number of each Collum, which must be the same with the first numbers in each Collum of the first Table) mutatis mutandis.  
But it is absolutely necessary that the numbers in the said fourth Table, be continued to more places than are there expressed, to prevent the errors that otherwise will arise, by dividing by defective Decimals.  

TABLE V Which showeth what Annuity payable by yearly payments to continued any number of years not exceeding 30, one pound will purchase, Compound Interest, being computed at 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 per Cent.  Years 5. 6. 7. 8. 9 10. 1 1.05000 1.06000 1 07000 1.08000 1.09000 1.10000 2 . 53780 . 54543 . 55309 . 56076 . 56846 . 57619 3 . 36720 . 37411 . 38105 . 38803 . 39505 . 40211 4 . 28209 . 28859 . 29519 . 30192 . 30866 . 31947 5 . 23097 . 23739 . 24389 . 25045 . 25709 . 26379 6 . 19701 . 20336 . 20979 . 21631 . 22291 . 22960 7 . 17281 . 17913 . 18555 . 19207 . 19869 . 20545 8 . 15472 . 16103 . 16746 . 17401 . 18067 . 18744 9 . 14069 . 14702 . 15548 . 16007 . 16679 . 17364 10 . 12950 . 13586 . 14237 . 14902 . 15582 . 16274 11 . 12038 . 12679 . 13335 . 14007 . 14694 . 15396 12 . 11284 . 11927 . 12590 . 13269 . 13965 . 14676 13 . 10645 . 10296 . 11965 . 12652 . 13356 . 14077 14 . 10101 . 10758 . 11434 . 12129 . 12843 . 13574 15 . 09634 . 10296 . 10979 . 11682 . 12405 . 13147 16 . 09226 . 09895 . 10585 . 11298 . 12029 . 12781 17 08869 . 09544 . 10242 . 10962 . 11704 . 12466 18 . 0855●… . 09235 . 09941 . 10670 . 11421 . 12192 19 . 08274 . 08962 . 09675 . 10412 . 11173 . 11954 20 . 08024 . 08718 . 09439 . 10184 . 10954 . 11745 21 . 07799 . 08500 . 09228 . 09983 . 10761 . 11562 22 . 07597 . 08304 . 09040 . 09803 . 10590 . 11400 23 . 07413 . 08127 . 08871 . 09642 . 10438 . 11257 24 . 07247 . 07967 . 08718 . 09497 . 10302 . 11129 25 . 07095 . 07822 . 08581 . 09367 . 10180 . 11016 26 . 06956 . 07690 . 08456 . 09250 . 10071 . 10915 27 . 06829 . 07569 . 08342 . 09144 . 09973 . 10825 28 . 06712 . 07459 . 08239 . 09048 . 09885 . 10745 29 . 06604 . 07357 . 08144 . 08961 . 09805 . 10672 30 . 06496 . 07264 . 08058 . 08882 . 09733 . 10607   

The Use of the foregoing Table V.  
The use of the foregoing Table will appear in the solution of the following Question, viz.  
A Merchant hath 1500 l. by him, which he is willing to lay out upon an Annuity, issuing out of Lands to continued 20 years, beginning presently, Compound Interest being Computed on both sides at 6 per Cent. per Annum. Now I demand what Annuity the said sum will buy? Facit 130.77 l. = 130 l. − 15 s. − ●…5 d. very near.  
To answer this Question, I look in the Collum of 6 per Cent. of the foregoing Fifth Table, and against 20 in the Collum of years I found .08718, which is the annuity that 1 l. present money will purchase to continued 20 years, wherefore by the Rule of 3 Direct, I say  
 
X. Questions concerning the purchasing of Leases and Annuities may be solved very well by the numbers in the fourth Table, if you make them Divisors instead of Multiplyars.  
Let the last Question be proposed, and solved by the fourth Table viz.  
What Annuity to continued 20 years will 1500 l. ready Money purchase, Compound Interest being allowed at 6 per Cent?  
To answer this, I look in the fourth Table, in the Collum of 6 per Cent. against 20 years; and there, I found this number, viz. 11 46992, which is the present worth of 1 l. Annuity to continued 20 years, Compound Interest being allowed at 6 per Cent. And if it be the present worth of 1 l. Annuity, I conclude it will purchase 1 l. Annuity to continued the same number of years, wherefore I say by the Rule of 3 Direct,  
 
So that the Answer is the same with the former, which was found by help of the Fifth Table.  
All the foregoing Tables might have been continued to any greater number of years at pleasure; But although these Tables are calculated but for 30 years; yet may they be made serviceable for years above 30, as shall be showed by and by.   

Arithmetical Questions to exercise the Learner in the Precedent Tables.  
Quest. 1. There is a Lease of 20 years to begin presently, which in ready Money is worth 1200 l. But suppose the said Lease were not to begin till the expiration of 8 years, I demand what would than be the present worth of the said Lease Rebate, being allowed at 8 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest?  
The main intent of this Question is to show the use of the second Table, for if you found the present worth of 1200 l. due at the end of 8 years, at 8 per Cent. the Question is answered, which according to the Directions given after the said Table, will be found to be 648.3216 l. = 648 l. − 06 s. − 05 d.  
Quest. 2. A oweth to B 600 l. to be paid in 6 years, viz. 100 l. every year, but being weakened in his Estate, is not able to perform; but an Estate being to come into his hands at the end of 10 years; B is willing to forbear it all till than, and to be allowed Compound Interest at 8 per Cent. for his forbearance; I demand how much will be due to B at the 10 years' end?  
This Question is solved by help of the third and first Tables; for first 100 l. is to be paid in the nature of Annuity for 6 years; therefore by the third Table I found the amount of an Annuity of 100 l. to continued 6 years at 8 per Cent. which is 733.592 l. and will be due at the expiration of 6 years, and than is that sum to be forborn to the end of 10 years, which is 4 years after the 6 years; which being a single sum, its amount is found by the first Table to be 998.037 l. etc. which is the Answer to the Question.  
Quest. 3. There is a Lease to continued 21 years to be sold for 1000 l. but the Lessee desireth rather to pay an Annual Rent: Now the Question is what that Annual Rent aught to be, Compound Interest being computed at 10 l. per Cent. per Annum?  
The intent of this Question is to found what annuity to continued 21 years 1000 will purchase, at 10 per Cent. which is to be done by the Fifth Table, thus,  
Because the time is for 21 years, look in the Collum of years for 21, and just against it in the Collum of 10 per Cent. you will found .11562, by which multiply 1000, and the product is 115.62 l. and so much will 1000 l. purchase for 21 years at 10 per Cent. Compound Interest.  
Quest. 4. A and B have each of them a Lease to continued 20 years; A hath 80 l. per Annum, and B 120 l. per Annum, and they agreed to make an exchange, upon this condition, that A shall pay in ready money the excess of his Estate, allowing him Compound Interest at 8 per Cent. Now I demand how much ready money A aught to give B upon this exchange, according to that condition?  
Subtract 80 l. from 120 l. and the remainder is 40 l. and so much per annum is the Lease of B worth more than that of A, therefore A must pay B so much money as will purchase 40 l. per Annum to continued 20 years at 8 per Cent. which by the third Table will be found to be 392.7256 l.  
Quest. 5. There is a House to be let by Lease for 21 years, for which the Lessor will have 50 l. fine, and 70 l. per Annum, but the Lessee is willing to pay the greater fine, that he may have the Rent but 40 l. per annum, now I demand what fine he aught to pay upon that condition, Compound Interest being allowed at 8 per Cent. per annum?  
Take the Difference between 40 and 70, which is 30, for the abatement in the yearly Rent for 21 years; Than by the fourth Table found the present worth of 30 l. per annum for 21 years at 8 per cent. which is 300.5043 l. = 300 l. − 10 ss, − 01 d. which added to the said 50 l. fine makes 350 l. − 10 s. − 01 d. for the fine to be paid upon the said Condition.  
Quest. 6. There is a Lease to belet of 20 l. per annum, and 250 l. fine for 24 years, and the Lessee is willing to pay the greater Rent, that he may pay but 50 l. fine, now I demand what Rent he aught to pay upon that condition, Compound Interest being computed at 7 per cent. per annum?  
It is manifest, that if the lessor taketh 50 l. fine, he abateth 200 l, therefore found by the fifth Table what Annuity to continued 24 years, 200 l. will purchase at 7 per cent. The Tabular number is .08718, which multiplied by 200 produceth 17.436 = 17 l. − 8 s. − 9 d. and so much must the Lessee raise his Rent if he will have 200 l. abated of his fine, to which if you add 20 l. the proposed Rent, the sum is 37 l. − 08 s. − 09 d. for the yearly Rent to be paid to satisfy the said condition.  
Quest. 7. What annuity to continued 20 years, may I grant presently, for 900 l. to be paid 6 years hence, accounting 6 per cent. per annum, Compound Interest?  
First, found by the Second Table the present worth of 900 l. due six years hence, at 6 per cent. which is 634.464 l. = 634 l. − 09 s − 03½ d.  
Than by the Fifth Table found what Annuity to continued 20 years 634.464 will purchase at 6 per cent. And you will found the Answer to be 55.31257152 l. = 55 l. − 06 s. − 03 d. and so much I aught to grant yearly for 20 years for 900 l. to be paid me at the end of 6 years.  
Quest. 8 I have 6 years of an old Lease, yet to come, and would take a new Lease in reversion for 21 years, after the expiration of the old Lease, the annual Rent whereof is 40 l. But I would pay such a sum of money present as a fine, that for my Lease in Reversion for the said 21 years, I may pay but 15 l. per Annum, Now I demand how much present money I aught to pay the Lessor, to satisfy these conditions, Compound Interest being computed at 8 per cent.  
The difference between 40 and 15 is 25, and so much the Lessee desireth to have abated in his Rent, wherefore by the fourth Table found the present worth of 25 per annum for 21 years at 8 per Cent. which is 250.42025 l. = 250 l. − 08 s. − 05 d. Than by the second Table found the present worth of 250.42025 l. due at the end of 6 years to come, at 8 per Cent. which is 157.807 l. etc. = 157 l. − 16 s. − 01 〈◊〉. And so much aught I to give to satisfy the said conditions.  
Quest. 9 There is a Lease to be let for 12 years, for 20 l per Annum, and 200 l. fine, but the Lessee desireth to take a Lease of the same for 21 years, and to pay the same Rent; the Question is, what fine aught to be paid for the Lease of 21 years, accounting Compound Interest at 6 per Cent? Facit 280 l. − 12 s. − 05 d.  
By the Fifth Table seek what Annuity to continued 12 years, 200 l. will purchase at 6 per Cent. which you will found to be 23.854 l. Than by the Fourth Table found the present worth of 23.854 l. Annuity to continued 21 years at 6 per Cent. which is 280.620 l. etc. = 280 l. − 12 s. − 05 d. and so much aught the Lessee to pay for a fine, to have his Lease for 21 years.  
Quest. 10. A Gentleman hath 1000 l. which he would lay out to purchase an Annuity of 100 l. to be paid by yearly payments; Now the Question is, how many years must the said Annuity continued, Compound Interest being allowed on both sides at 8 per Cent. per Annum?  
First, Divide 1000 by 100, and the Quotient will be 10, which showeth that the Buyer giveth 10 years' purchase for the said Annuity.  
Than in the Fourth Table, and in the Collum of 8 per Cent. look for the number 10, which cannot be exactly found, but the nearest to it and lesle than it, is 9.81814 which is placed against 20 years, and the nearest to it greater than it is, is 10.01681, therefore I conclude that the Annuity must continued above 20 years, but not 21 years, and to found out how much it must continued more than 20 years, I work thus, viz. First, I found the Difference between the said Tabular numbers 10.01681 and 9.81814, which is .19867. Than I found the difference between the lesser of the said Tabular Numbers, viz. 9.81814 and 10, the Number that I would found in the Table, which is .18186, than by the Rule of proportion I say  
 
Which is as much as to say, as the greater Difference .19867 is to one year, so is the lesser Difference to .9153 parts of a year, which is 47 weeks, and 5 days, therefore the number of years sought in the Question is 20 years, 47 weeks, and 5 days.  
Quest. 11. A Gentleman bought a Lease of 100 l. per annum to continued 18 years, for 960 l. now I demand what Rate of Compound Interest was there employed in such a bargain?  
To Answer this, First, I divide 960 by 100, and the Quotient is 9.6 which showeth how many years purchase it was worth; Than because the Lease was to continued 18 years, I look in the fourth Table in the Collum of years for 18, and carry my eye exactly in the line against it, looking for the said Quotient 9.6 which I cannot found exactly, but the next (lesser) number to it, is, 9.37188 in the Collum of 8 per Cent. and the next (bigger) number to it is 10.05908, in the Collum of 7 per Cent. wherefore I conclude that the Rate of Interest employed is between 7 and 8 per Cent. and to know how much it is more than 7, I do thus, Take the Difference between the two said Tabular numbers which you will found to be 68720 also subtract (9.6) the said Quotient, from 10.05908 (the greater Tabular number, and the remainder is .45908, Than by the Rule of Proportion, I say,  
 
That is to say, As the Difference between the two Tabular numbers is to the lesser Remainder, so is 1 l. the Difference between 7 and 8 per Cent. to .668 the proportional part to be added to 7 l. which is 13 s. − 04 d. so that 7 l. 13 s. 04 d. is very near the Interest required.   

How to found out Tabular Numbers for years exceeding 30.  
It may many times fall out, that the number of years proposed in a Question, may exceed the number of years limited in the foregoing first, second, third, fourth and fifth Tables, and in such cases that defec●… may be supplied by the method used in the solution of the following Questions.  
Quest. 12. Suppose 80 l. were put out to Interest at 5 l. per Cent. Compound Interest for 40 years, I demand how much it will than be amounted to?  
This Question is to be solved by the first Table, thus viz. Take any two Numbers in the Collum of years, which together will make up 40, and than take the Tabular numbers in the Collum of 5 per Cent. which stand against those two numbers, and multiply them together, and than multiply that product by 80 l. the given sum, and the last product will be the Answer.  
As suppose you take 30 and 10, or 21 and 19, or 31 and 9, or 25 and 15 etc.  
But we will pitch upon 30 and 10, and the Tabular number against 30 in the Collum of 5 per Cent. is 4.32194, and against 10 is 1.62889 which two numbers being multiplied, produce 7.03996, etc. which is the amount of 1 l. for 40 years at 5 per Cent. than I multiply 7.03996, etc. by 80 l. and the product is 563.197 l. etc. = 563 l. − 03 s. − 11½ d. fere.  
The Answer would have been the same, if we had pitched upon any other two numbers to have made up 40. And for Trial hereof, let us pitch upon 25 and 15, the Tabular number against 25 is 3.38635, and the tabular number against 15 years is 2.07892, and the product of these two tabular numbers is 7.0399, etc. which multiplied by 80, produceth 563.197 l. as before, and so much will 80 l. be increased to in 40 years at 5 per Cent. per an. Compound Interest. The like is to be understood for any other number of years.  
Quest. 13. Suppose 420 l. to be payable at the end of 50 years to come, What is its present worth, Rebate being allowed at 5 per Cent. per Annum, Compound Interest?  
This Question is of the same nature with those belonging to the second Table, and is answered thereby, according to the method used in solving the last Question by the first Table, viz. the given time being 50 years; I pitch upon 30 and 20, and the tabular number against 30 is .231377 and that against 20 is .376889 and the product of these two is. 〈◊〉, etc. which is the present worth of 〈◊〉 l. due 50 years hence at 5 perCent. per an. wherefore I multiply. 〈◊〉, etc. by 420, and the product is 36.62544, etc. = 36 l. 12 s. 6 d. and so much is the present worth of 4●…0l. due 50 years hence at 5 per Cent. per an. Compound Interest.  
Quest. 14, An Heir being beyond the Sea, did not return till 36 years after an Estate of 30 l. per Annum was fallen to him by the Death of the proprietor; the Question is, what was than due to him, Compound Interest being computed at 6 per Cent. per Annum?  
This Question is of the nature of those belonging to the third Table, and the manner of solving it is thus, viz.  
Found out (by the seventh Rule of this Chapter) what principal will in one year gain 30 l. at 6 per Cent. by the following proportion.  
 
Having found 500 l. to be the principal, seek (after the manner of the 12 Question) by the first Table the Amount or Increase of 500 l. for 36 years at 6 per Cent. which you will found to be 4073.5998 l. etc. from which if you subtract the said principal 500 l. the remainder is 3573.599l etc. = 3573 l. − 12 ss, − 00 d. fere. And so much was due to the heir at his return.  
Quest. 15. There is an Annuity of 30 l. to continued 37 years, the Question is, what it is worth in ready money, Compound Interest being computed at 6 per Cent. per Annum?  
By the second way of solving Questions under the fourth Table, found a principal which will gain 30 l. in one year, at 6 per Cent. which is here 500l. than according to the method used in solving the thirteenth Question foregoing, found the present worth of 500 l. for 37 years at 6 per Cent. which will be found to be 57.896537 which subtracted from 500 l. leaves 442.1034 etc. = 442 l. 2ss. − 0¾d. And so much is the present worth of the foresaid Annuity.  
Quest. 16. What Annuity to continued 40 years will 500 l. purchase Compound Interest, being computed at 6 per Cent. per Annum?  
It is evident by the tenth Rule of this Chapter, that if you found out the present worth of 1 l. Annuity for any number of years, and at any rate of Interest, it may easily be found what Annuity to continued the same number of years any other sum will purchase at the same Rate of interest by one single Rule of 3 Direct: Therefore,  
Found out the present worth of 1 l. Annuity to continued 40 years at 6 per cent. by the method used in solving the last Question, which will be found to be 15.04632 l. = 15 l. − 00 s. − 11 d. which sum of Money will purchase an Annuity of 1 l. to continued 40 years at 6 per cent. therefore to know what Annuity 500 l. will purchase for the same Time, say by the Rule of Proportion.  
which will be found to be 33.230 etc. = 33 l. − 04 s. − 07¼d. fere, and such an Annuity to Continued 40 years will 500 l: purchase Interest being Allowed at 6 per cent.   
FINIS,   

Cockers ARTIFICIAL ARITHMETIC, SHOWING The Genesis or Fabric of the Logarithmes and their use in the extraction of Roots, solving of Questions in Anatocisme, or Compound Interest, and in the other Rules of Arithmetic, in a Method not usually practised.  
Composed by EDWARD COCKER, late Practitioner in the Arts of Writing, Arithmetic, and Engraving.  
Perused, Corrected, and Published By JOHN HAWKINS, Schoolmaster at St. George's Church in Southwark.  
Nil tam difficile est quod non solertia vincat.  
LONDON, Printed by john Richardson in the Year 1684.   

The meaning of such Characters as are used in the Ensuing Treatise.  
+ IS the sign of Addition, and is as much as to say plus, signifying that the Numbers or Quantities between which it is placed, are to be added together as 4+7 signifieth that 4 and 7 are to be added together.  
− Is the sign of subtraction, and as much as to say minus, signifying that the Number which followeth it is to be Subtracted out of the Number which precedeth it, as 8 − 5 signifieth that 5 is to be Subtracted from 8.  
× Is the sign of Multiplication, and signifieth that the Numbers between which it is placed, are to be Multiplied together, as 6×8 signifieth that 6 and 8 are to be Multiplied together.  
= Is a sign of Equality, and signifieth that the Numbers or Magnitudes between which it is placed, are equal as 3+6 = 7+2 signifieth that 3 and 6 are equal to 7 and 2: Likewise 18 − 6 = 4+8 = 12 and 4×7 = 28 etc. If this be not a sufficient Explanation, read the 13, 14, 15, and 19 Sections of the First Chapter of my Algebraical Arithmetic.   

THE SECOND BOOK OF ARTIFICIAL ARITHMETIC.  
I. ARtificial Arithmetic is performed by Artificial Numbers, very fitly called Logarithmes.  
II. Logarithmes are borrowed Numbers which differ among themselves by Arithmetical proportion, as the Numbers which they signified differ by Geometrical proportion  
III. Logarithmetical Arithmetic is an Artificial use of numbers, invented for ease in Calculation, wherein each natural Number is so fitted with an Artificial, that what is usually produced by Multiplication of Natural Numbers, is here effected by the Addition of their Artificial Numbers: And what Natural Numbers perform by Division, is here effected by the Subtraction of their Artificial Numbers, and what Natural Numbers do perform by long and tedious operations in the extraction of Square, Cube, Biquadrate, etc. Roots, is here easily effected. by Bipartition, Tripartition, Quadrupartition, etc. of their Artificial Numbers, and so the hardest parts of Calculation is avoidede by an easy prosthaphaeresis, as our Trigonometrical Calculators of late have sufficiently experienced, by avoiding very tedious Multiplications and Divisions in the use of the Tables of Natural Sins, Tangents, Secants to the Everlasting Credit of the honourable 
* The Lord Nepair, Baron of Merchiston in Scotland.  Author of this late and incomparable invention.  
iv The parts of Artificial Arithmetic are the same with Natural Arithmetic, but we shall treat of them in this order, viz. First of the Nature of Logarithmes; Secondly of their Genesis, or the Invention of the Table of Logarithmes And Thirdly, of the use of the logarithmes in Multiplication, Division, the Extraction of Roots, etc.   

CHAP. II. Of the nature of Logarithmes.  
I. LOgarithmes are numbers so fitted to proportional numbers, that themselves Retain equal differences.  
Let there be assigned a series, or Rank of numbers in Geometrical proportion, as those in the Collume A viz. 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, A B C D E 1 0 2 5 0 2 1 4 8 3 4 2 6 11 6 8 3 8 14 9 16 4 10 17 12 32 5 12 20 15 64 6 14 23 18 128 7 16 26 21 256 8 18 29 24 512 9 20 32 27 1024 10 22 35 30 2048 11 24 38 33 4096 12 26 41 36 etc. And let there be as many other numbers placed over against them in Arethmetical progression, that is having equal Differences as those in the Collums B. C. D. E. or any other numbers whatsoever of the like nature. Than,  
Forasmuch as these numbers in the Collums B. C. D. E. are of equal difference among themselves, therefore shall they be the Log●…rithmes of the numbers in the Collume A, each of the Respective number against which it is placed. So in the Collume B. the number 4, is the Logarithme of 16 in the Collume A, and in the Collume C the number 10 is the Logarithme of 16 in the Collume A, and in the Collume D, 29 is the Logarithme of 256 in the Collum A, etc.  
And as the Numbers in the said Collums B, C, D, E, are Logarithmes of the Respective Numbers in the Collum A, so they may be Logarithmes of any other Rank, or series of Numbers in Geometrical proportion.  
II. If four numbers are Arithmetical proportionals, either Continued, or Discontinued, the sum of the means, is equal to the sum of the Extremes.  
Let us choose 8, 10, 12, 14, in the Collume C. I say that the sum of the Extremes, 8 and 14, are equal to the sum of the two means, 10, and 12. For, 8 + 14 = 10 + 12 = 22. Or if they are discontinued as, 10, 12, 22, 24, in the Collum C; for 10 + 24 = 12 + 22 = 34. The like of any other, this being a peculiar property of all Numbers that are Arithmetically proportional.  
III. If four Numbers are in Geometrical proportion, either continued, or discontinued, the product arising from the Multiplication of the two extremes, is equal to the product of the two means.  
So 4, 8, 16, 32, in the Collum of A are Geometrical proportionals continued, and the product of the Extremes 4 and 32, is equal to the product of the means, 8, and 16, for, 4 × 32 = 8 × 16 = 128.  
Also, 4, 8, 64, 128 are Geometrical proportionals discontinued, and the product of 4 and 128, the extremes, is equal to the product of 8 and 64 the two means, for 4×128 = 8 × 64 = 512.  
Hence it follows, that what Geometrical proportionals perform by Multiplication, the same will the Logarithmes (being Arithmetical proportionals) perform by Addition.  
Let there be given four Geometrical proportionals in the Collum A, viz. 8, 16, 128, and 256, and let their Logarithmes be 8, 10, 16, and 18 in the Collum C; I say, that as 8 × 256, the product of the extremes is equal to 16 × 128 the product of the means, so is 8 + 18 the sum of the Logarithmes of the extremes is equal to 10 + 16 the sum of the Logarithmes of the means. Therefore,  
If 3 Numbers are given to found a fourth proportional, it may be found by Addition and Subtraction of their Logarithmes, (for, as in Natural Numbers if you multiply the second and third together, and divide their product by the first, the Quote will be the fourth proportional number so) if you add the Logarithmes of the second and third together, and from their sum subtract the Logarithms of the first, the remainder will be the logarithme of the fourth proportional number.  
Example.  
Let there be given 2, 16. and 64, and let it be required to found a fourth proportional number thereto, which is 512.  
The Logarithmes of the given numbers are 3, 12, and 18, Now if you add 12 and 18 together (which are the Logarithmes of the second and third) their sum is 30, (which is the Logarithme of 1024, the product of the second and third) and if from 30 the said sum of the Logarithmes, you subtract, 3, (the logarithme of the first) there will remain 27, which is the logarithme of the 512 the fourth proportional number sought for.  
 
And  
 
iv By what hath been said, you may perceive that to natural numbers there may be fitted divers kinds of Logarithmes, but we shall pitch only upon that kind which were framed by Mr. Briggs at the request of the Baron of Merchiston, who hath chosen these Geometrical proportionals, vi. 1.10. 100.1000. 10000.100000, etc. To which Numbers he hath assumed the logarithmes following, viz. for the number 1, the logarithme 0.000000, for 10 the logar. 1.000000, for 100, the logar. 2.000000 for 1000 the log. 3.000000, for 10000, the log. 4.000000, etc. as in the following Table.  
A B 1 0.000000 10 1.000000 100 2.000000 1000 3.000000 10000 4.000000 100000 5.000000 1000000 6.000000 10000000 7.000000 100000000 8.000000 1000000000 9.000000 10000000000 10.000000  
The Numbers in the Collum A are a series of Geometrical proportionals, and the Numbers in the Collum B, are the Respective logarithmes of each of those Geometrical proportionals, themselves being Arithmetical proportionals, where note that the Figures 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. which are separated from the rest by a point or prick, are called the Indices, or Characteristics of the logarithme, because they declare how many places the numbers by them signified do consist of; the Characteristic of any logarithme being always an unite lesle than the number of places, which the number by it signified doth consist of: As in the foregoing Table you may perceive that the logarithme of 1, is 0.000000, and the logarithme of 10 is 1.000000, and the logarithme of 100 is 2.000000, etc. so that the Index, or Characteristic of 1, and of all numbersfrom 1 to 10 is 0. & the characteristic of 10, and of all numbers from 10 to 100 is 1: And the charasterick of 100, and of all Numbers from 100, to 1000 is 2. and the Characteristic of each number being an unite lesle than the number of places of which the number by it signified doth consist, as was said before.  
The logarithmes of this kind aught all to consist of an equal number of places, that is to say they aught not to be, one log. of 10 places, another of 8, etc. but all of them to be of 6, of 7, of 8 etc. places.   

CHAP. III. Of the Genesis or Fabric of the Logarithmes.  
I. THE Logarithme of 1 being assumed to be 0.000000, and the logarithme of 10 to be 1.000000, the logarithme of 100 to be 2.000000, etc. In the next place it will be requisite to show the way and manner of Calculating the logarithmes of the intermediate numbers, viz. of the numbers between 1 and 10, which are 2, 3, 4, 5, etc. and between 10 and 100, which are 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, etc. and between 100, and 1000, which are 101, 102, 103, 104, etc. which to do, observe the following Rules.  
II. Found so many continual means between 1 and 10, till that continual mean which cometh nearest 1, may be a mixed number lesle than 2, and so near 1, that it may have as many Ciphers placed before the significant Figures of the Numerator, as you intent your logarithmes to consist of places; But our Directions here shall be for the making a Table of logarithmes to consist of 7 places; wherefore found so many continual means between 1 and 10, till the last may have 7 Ciphers placed before the significant Figures of its Numerator, in order whereunto, annex to the number 10 a competent number of Ciphers, (viz. 28, because the work may be the more exact) and extract the Square Root of that number so enlarged, which being done, you will found its Square Root to be 3.16227 766016837, This being done, annex to the said Root 14 Ciphers more, and extract the Square Root thereof, which you will found to be 1.77827941003892.  
Again annex to the Root last found 14 Ciphers more, and extract the Square Root thereof, which you will found to be 1.33352143216332, and thus proceeding successively by annexing of Ciphers, and a continual extraction of the Square Root, until you have found a Square Root, or Continual mean, having 7 Ciphers placed before the significant Figures of its Numerator, which will be found after 27 several Extractions to be 1.00000001715559.  
So the 3 last continual means between 10 and 1 will be found to be 

1.00000006862238  
1.00000003431119  
1.00000001715559    
All which 3 continual means are lesle than 2, and so near 1, that there are 7 Ciphers placed before the significant Figures of each of their Numerators.  
Having found 27 several means between 10, and 1, place them successively one under the other, as in the Collum A, of the following Table; Than make another Collum (B) to contain the Respective logarithmes of those continual means.  
And because biparting the logarithme of any number produceth the logarithme of the Square Root of that number, therefore take the logarithme of 10, which is 1.000000, and place it in the Collum B over against 10, than bipart it, (that is, divide it by 2) and you will have 0.500000 which is the logarithme of 3. 1622776●… 016837 the Square Root of 10, than take half of that logarithme, viz 0.500000 which is 0.250000, and place it for the logarithme of 1.778279410, etc. the second mean proportional, (or Square Root of 3. 1622776●…0, etc.) And so by continu●… bipartition, you will at length found that 0.000000007450580, will be the logarithme of the last continual mean, viz. the logarithme of 1.000000017 559, as in the following Table.  
A Continual means. B their Logarithmes. 10.00000000000000 1.00000000000000 3.16227766016837 0.50000000000000 1.77827941003892 0.25000000000000 1.33352143216332 0.12500000000000 etc. etc. 1.00000006862238 0.0000000029802322 1.00000003431119 0.0000000014901161 1.00000001715559 0.0000000007405805  
III. Any number whatsoever being given, how to make the Logarithme thereof.  
When it is required to make the Logarithme of any number, extract so many continual means between the given number and 1, until the mean which cometh nearest 1, may be a mixed number lesle than 2, and so near 1, that it may have 7 Ciphers placed before the significant Figures of its Numerator, which being done, you may easily found out the Logarithme of that continual mean, by help of the foregoing Table; and than by doubling, and redoubling the logarithme of the said continual mean, as many times as you found continual means by extraction, so shall you at last have the logarithme of the given number.  
You may make the Logarithme of any number whatsoever by this and the last Rule.  
As for Example.  
Let us pitch upon the number 2, and make its Logarithme.  
To do which, annex to the number 2 a competent number of Ciphers, viz. 28, and extract the Square Root thereof, which you will found to be 1. 41421356237●…09 for the first continual mean, to which said mean annex 14 Ciphers more, and extract the Square Root thereof, and so proceed, by annexing of Ciphers and extracting of Roots, till the nearest mean proportional number to 1, may have seven Ciphers placed before the significant Figures of its Numerator, which after 23 several Extractions you will found to be 1.00000008262958.  
Than to found out the logarithme of this continual mean, say by the Rule of 3 Direct.  
As the significant Figures of the Twenty fifth mean proportional in the foregoing Table, viz. 6862238.  
Is to its respective Logarithme, 29802322.  
So are the significant Figures of the last continual mean found between 1 and 2, viz. 8262958.  
To its Respective Logarithme 35885571.  
Now if you prefix before the Logarithme last found 8 Ciphers, it will be 0000000035885571, which being doubled and redoubled 23 times, (because there were 23 continual means found between 1 and two) there will at last be produced 0.30102998797568, which is the logarithme of the number 2, which was Required, but because we intent the Table of logarithmes to consist but of 7 places, and because 2 nine follow the sixth place therefore make the figure 2 to be 3 and so shall the logarithme of 2 be 0.301030 cancelling the following Figures as superfluous.  
The Logarithme of 2 being found, you may easily found the logarithmes of 4, 5, 8, 16, 20, 25, 32, 40, 50, 64, etc. by Artificial Multiplication and Division, which is by adding and subtracting of logarithmes; for if you take the logarithme of 2 out of the logarithme of 10, there will remain the logarithme of 5 and the logarithme of 2 Doubled gives you the logarithme of 4, than add the logarithme of 4 to the logarithme of 2, and you have the logarithme of 8, and to the logarithme of 8 add the logarithme of 2, and it gives you the logarithme of 16, and the logarithme of 5 added to the logarithme of 4, giveth he logarimthe of 20, and the logarithme of 5 doubled, gives the Logarithme of 25, etc.  
In the next place you are to get the Logarithmes of 3, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 29, 31, 37, 41, ●…3, 47, 53, 59, 61, 67, 7●…, 73, 79, 89, 97, &c by help of which all the rest may be Calculated.  
iv The first figure of every logarithme, which is separated from the rest by a point or prick is very properly called the Index, or Char●…cteristick of the logarithme, which showeth the Nature of the Number by it signified, viz. whether it be positive, or negative, and if positive, of what number of places it doth consist, and if negative, what place of the Decimal Fraction the first figure of the number by it signified, shall possess, as in the following Table,  
So the logarithme of 46768 will be 4.670134 4676.8 3.670134 467.68 2.670134 46.768 1.670134 4.6768 0.670134 . 46768 − 1.670134 . 046768 − 2.670134 . 0046768 − 3.670134 . 00046768 − 4.670134  
Whereby you may perceive that the logarithmes of absolute and defective numbers are the same, only the Characteristic of a defective number is marked with the note of defection, for the logarithme of the Absolute number 46768 is 4.670134, the Characteristic 4, showing the number by it signified to consist of 5 places, as is already said in the fourth Rule of the second Chapter, and the logarithme of the mixed number 46.768 is 1.670134 which is the same with the former, only the Characteristic is 1, which showeth the integral Number by it signified, to consist of 2 places, the ●…est being a decimal Fraction. Likewise the logarithme of the Decimal .46768 is − 1.670134, which is still the same with the f●…rmer, only its Characteristic being marked with a note of defection, showeth it to be the Logarithme of a Decimal Fraction, and because the Characteristic is − 1, it showeth that the first figure of the number by it signified doth possess the first place of the Decimal; or place of primes: Ag●…in, the Logarithme − 4. 670●… is still the same, and if you look for it in the Table of Logarithms, not regarding the Index, you will found it to be the Logarithme of 46768, but because its Index is defective, I conclude it to be the Logarithme of a Decimal, and because the Index or Characteristick is − 4, therefore I conclude that the first Figure of the number signified by it, must possess the fourth place of the Decimal, wherefore place 3 Ciphers before it, and you have .00046768 for the Decimal s●…gnified by the logarithme − 4.670134. This being well understood, the rest will easily be attained by the following Directions.   

CHAP. IU. Of the Use of the Table of Logarithmes.  
THE use of the Table of Logarithmes is twofold, viz. First, To found therein the logarithme of any given number, or to found the number appropriated to any given logarithme.  
Secondly, To resolve divers necessary problems in Arithmetic, Geometry, Trigonometry, Astronomy, etc.  
Concerning the first of these, I shall not meddle, because our Limits will not afford sufficient room to insert a Table of Logarithmes, and the Tables already published by others are sufficiently explained, in that point as Mr. Briggs, Mr. Gunter, Dr. Newton, Mr. Wingate, Mr. Norwood, Mr. Phillips, etc. Every one showing how by their own Tables to found the logarithme of any number, or the number to any logarithme, therefore I shall proceed to show their use in Arithmetic, viz. how to Multiply, Divide, and Extract Roots, etc. thereby. And First,  
To Multiply by the Logarithmes.  
In Multiplication by the logarithmes there are 3 Cases, viz. the Characteristics of the logarithmes of the Factors are either both affirmative, or both negative; or else they are the one affirmative, and the other negative?  
I. When they are both Affirmative.  
When the Characteristics of the logarithmes of the Factors are both Affirmative, than the sum of those logaithmes is the logarithme of the fact or product.  
Examples.  
 
Note that if you carry ten to the Characteristics, it is affirmative, as in the last Example.  
II. When they are both Negative.  
When the logarithmes of the Factors have their Characteristics both Negative, or defective, than the sum of their logarithmes is the logarithme of their product, the sum of their Characteristics being also negative as in the following Examples.  
 
And here note, that when you carry ten to the Characteristics it is affirmative, and must be abated out of their sum as in the two last examples.  
III. When they are heterogeneal, viz. the one Affirmative, and the other Negative.  
When the Characteristics of the Factors are the one Negative, and the other Affirmative, than add their logarithms together, and when you come to the Characteristics, take their difference, and place it for the Characteristic of the Product, making it either Affirmative or Negative, according to the affection of that wherein lay the excess; and here note, that if you carry any thing to the Characteristics, it is Affirmative, and must be added to the affirmative characterist. As in the following Examples.  
  

CHAP. V Division by the Logarithmes.  
I. TO subtract the Logarithme of one number out of the logarithme of another, is the same (and produceth the same effect) with Division in Natural Numbers, the Logarithme remaining being the Logarithme of the Quotient.  
II. In Division by the Logarithmes there are three Cases, viz. First, when the Characteristics of the Dividend, and of the Divisor are both Affirmative: Secondly, when they are both Negative. And Thirdly, when they are heterogeneal, viz. the one Affirmative, and the other Negative. Of which in their order.  
I. When they are both Affirmative.  
III. When the Characteristics of the Dividend, and of the Divisor, are both Affirmative, than if you subtract the Logarithme of the Divisor out of the logarithme the Dividend, the remainder willbe the logarithme of the Quotient. And if you borrow 10 from the Characteristics, it is Affirmative.  
Examples.  
 
These Examples are so plain that they need no Explanation.  
II. When they are both Negative.  
iv When the Characteristics of the Dividend, and of the Divisor, are both Negative, subtract the Logarithme of the Divisor from the Logarithme of the Dividend, and the Remainder is the logarithme of the Quotient, and if you borrow 10, it must be paid to the Index of the Divisor affirmatively.  
Examples.  
 
The first and second of the foregoing Examples are easily understood, and as for the third and fourth, all the difficulty therein is caused by borrowing 10 at the next figure to the Characteristics, as in the third Example, in subtracting 5 out of 1. Now to make good the 10 borrowed, I pay 1 to the Characteristic of the Divisor, and because the said 1 is affirmative, and the said Characteristic negative, therefore subtract it from the Characteristic of the Divisor, and there remains nothing; wherefore I take oh out of the Characteristic of the Dividend, and there remains − 1 for the Characteristic of the Quotient. The same is to be understood in the fourth Example, and in all other of the same Nature.  
A General Observation drawn from the third and fourth Rules foregoing.  
V If when the Characteristics of the Dividend and Divisor be Homogeneal, (that is, both affirmative, or both negative) the Characteristic of the Divisor is greater than the Characteristic of the Dividend, than in this case subtract the characteristic of the Dividend out of that of the Divisor, placing the remainder for the characteristic of the Quotient, changing its sign, viz. if it be affirmative, make it negative, and if it be negative, make it affirmative. Remembering the Directions under the last Rule when you borrow from the Characteristics.  
Observe the following Examples.  
 
III. When they are Heterogeneal, viz. the one Negative, the other Affirmative.  
VI When the Characteristics of the Dividend and the Divisor are Heterogeneal, proceed as in the two First cases, till you come to the characteristics, and than instead of subtracting the one characteristic from the other, add them together, so shall their sum be the characteristic of the Quotient, and it is of the same kind with the Characteristic of the Dividend.  
But here note that when you borrow 10 at the next figure to the characteristic it must be paid to the characteristic of the Divisor affirmatively viz. If the characteristic of the Divisor be affirmative, than add 1 to it for that you borrowed, and if it be negative, subtract 1 from it. As in the following Examples.  
 
In the second of the foregoing Examples I borrow 1 (in the place next the characteristics) by subtracting 9 out of 8, wherefore to make it good, I subtract 1 from − 2 (the characteristic of the Divisor,) because it is Negative, and the remainder which is − 1 I add to 1 (the characteristic of the Dividend) and their sum is 2 for the characteristic of the Quotient which is Affirmative, because the characteristic of the Dividend is Affirmative.  
And in the last Example, I likewise borrow 1 from the characteristic, wherefore to make it good, I add 1 to the characteristic of the Divisor, (because it is affirmative) and that makes it 3, which added to − 1 (the characteristic of the Dividend) makes − 4 for the characteristic of the Quotient, which here is negative, because the characteristic of the Dividend is negative.  
Other Examples for Exercise may be such as follow.  
  

CHAP. VI To raise the Powers of Numbers, viz. to found the Square, Cube, Biquadrate, or Squared Square, etc. of any Number. Also to Extract the Square, Cube, Biquadrate, etc. Roots of any Number by the Logarithmes.  
1. BY the third Section of the Second Chapter of this Book it is evident, that if you add the Logarithmes of two numbers together, the Sum will be the Logarithme of their Product; And by the first and fourth Sections of the 9th Chapter of my Decimal Arithmetic, it appeareth that any number multiplied by itself, produceth its Square, wherefore if you double (or multiply by 2) the logarithme of any number, it will produce the logarithme of its Square, which if duly considered you will found that to Square, Cube, etc. any number, is nothing else but to multiply the Logarithme of the given number by the Index of the Power you would raise it to, viz. If you would found the Square of any number, multiply the logarithme thereof by 2, so shall the product thereof be the Logarithme of its Square; and if you would found the Cube of any number, multiply its logarithme by 3, and the product thereof will be the Logarithme of its Cube; and if you would found the Biquadrate of any number, multiply its Logarithme by 4, and it will produce the Logarithme of its Biquadrate, etc. As in the following Example.  
Let it be required to found the Square of 12  
 
Which being multiplied by 2, produceth 2.158362, which is the Logarithme of 144, viz. the Square of 12.  
Again let it be required to found the Square of 94.  
 
Which being multiplied by 2, produceth 3.9462556, which is the logarithme of 8836, which is the Square of 94.  
II. But if the characteristic of the Logarithme be negative, that is, if the given number, whose Square, Cube, Biquadrate, etc. you would found be a Decimal Fraction, observe, that in multiplying the next figure to the characteristic the ten, or ten to be borne in mind are affirmative, and are to be deducted out of the Product of the negative characteristics.  
Observe the several Examples following  
 
The like is to be observed of all others.  
To Extract the Square, Cube, Biquadrate, etc. Roots of any given numbers by the Logarithmes.  
III. From a due consideration of the first Section of this Chapter, it may easily be perceived, that  
To Extract the Cube Root of any number is to bipart (or divide by 2) its logarithme, so shall that biparted logarithme be the logarithme of the Square Root desired.  
Examples.  
Let it be required to Extract the Square Root of 75832.  
 
Let it be required to found the Square Root of 4489.  
 
In the first of these Examples the logarithme of 75832 is 4.879852 which being biparted (or divided by 2) giveth 1.826074 for the logarithme of (275.37) the Root required.  
And in the second Example 3.652149 (the logarithme of (4489) being biparted gives 1.826074 for the logarithme of (67) its Square Root.  
So will the Square Root of 36783 be found to be 191.789 fere, and the Square Root of 3866 will be 62.17717 fere. And the Square Root of 95 will be found to be 9.7468, etc.  
To Extract the Cube Root of any number is to tripart (or divide by 3) its logarithme, so shall this triparted logarithme be the logarithme of the Cube Root required.  
Examples.  
Let it be required to Extract the Cube Root of 157464.  
 
Let it be required to found the Cube Root of 187237601580329.  
 
In the first of these Examples where it is required to extract the Cube Root of 157464, its logar. is 5.197181 which being divided by 3, hath for its third part ●…393 which is the logarithme of (54) the Cube Root of 157464, which was required. And the same is to be observed in finding the Cube Root of 1872376015 80329 by the Logarithmes; or it any other positive number whatsoever as you may see by the following Examples.  
 
To extract the Biquadrate Root of any given number, do thus, viz. Take its logarithme, and divide 
To extract the Biquadrat Root of any Number.  it by 4, so shall the fourth part thereof be the logarithme of the biquad. Root required, as in the following Example.  
Let it be required to Extract the Biquadrate Root of 256.  
 
Here the log. of the given biquadrat number, viz. 256 is 2.408239 which being divided by 4, giveth 0.602059 for the logarithme of (4) the biquadrat Root required.  
In like manner if you would extract the Root of the fifth Power of any number given, Divide its logarithme by 5, so shall the Quotient be the logarithme of its Root. And if you would found the Root from the sixth power of any Number, divide its logarithme by 6, and the Quote is the logarithme of the Root desired, etc.  
IU. But here you are to observe in Extracting the Square, Cube, Biquadrat, or any other Root 
To extract the Square, Cube, etc. Roots of negative numbers by the Logarithmes.  of a negative number, or decimal by the logarithmes, that if you cannot evenly divide the Index or Characteristick of the logarithme without any remainder, than add to the said Characteristic so many units till it may be divided without any remainder, and place the Quotient for a new Characteristick, (belonging to the Root;) Than look how many units you lent to the Characteristic, and esteem them so many ten to be prefixed to the logarithmetical figure immediately following the Characteristic, than proceed to finish the work, so shall this new logarithme be the logarithme of the Root required, which will also be negative.  
Examples follow.  
What is the Square Root of .144  
 
What is the Square Root of .00324  
 
What is the Cube Root of .000512  
 
In the first of these Examples, where it is required to Extract the Square Root of .144, its logar. is − 1.158362, which (according to the third Rule) I should bipart, (or divide by 2) And because its negative Characteristick (− 1) cannot be evenly divided by 2, I increase it by an unit, and it makes 2, than will the Quote be − 1 for the Index of the log. of the Root, than do I proceed to the next Figure, to the Characteristic which is 1, and because I added 1 to the Characteristic, therefore I increase the next Figure by adding 10 to it. (or prefixing 1 before it) and than is it 11, etc. So I found the logarithme of the Root to be − 1.5755272 viz. .37947  
And in the third Example, where it is required to found the Cube Root of .000512, the Index of its logarithme is − 4, which cannot be evenly divided by 3, therefore I add 2 to it to make it 6, and the Quotient is − 2 for the Index of the loagarithme of the Root, than because I added 2 to the Index − 4, therefore I increase the next Figure to it with 2 ten, making it 27, etc. So is the Cube Root required found to be .05.  
Observe the like in extracting of any other Roots: Otherwise, you may make use of the following Table.  
 

The Use of the foregoing Table.  
In the foregoing Table the Figures 2.3.4.5.6 placed on the left hand, are the Indices of Powers, whose Roots are required to be extracted, or they are Divisors by which to divide the logarithme of any given power, in order to found out its Root: As the number 2 (which is the uppermost) is the Divisor for finding the logarithme of the Square Root of any number: And 3 the Divisor for the Cube; and 4 for the Biquadrat, etc. The Figures placed between the perpendicular line, and the several lines of connection, and under A are the Characteristics of the logarithmes of Negative or Decimal Numbers, whose Roots are required to be extracted; And the Figures placed on the right hand of the perpendicular line under B, are the Characteristics of the Logarithme of the several Roots: And the numbers at the bottom of the Table, viz. 50, 40, 30, etc. are the numbers to be added, or rather prefixed to the first Figure of the logarithme next the Characteristic whose Negative Index is found in the same series or Collum even with the Divisor, etc.  
Example.  
Let it be required to extract the Cube Root of .405224.  
The Logarithme of the given Number is − 1.6076951.  
And the Divisor whereby to extract the Cube Root is 3, which I found in the foregoing Table on the left hand; than on the right hand of its line of connection, I found the Characteristic of the Logarithme − 1.6076951 which is − 1, and just against it on the right hand under B I found − 1 for the Characteristic of the Logarithme of the Root, and in the bottom line under the said − 1, in the same series, I found 20 which is to be prefixed to the Figure in the Logarithme next the Characteristic, etc. and having finished Division, I found the Logarithme of its Root to be − 1.8692317 which is .74.  
So if the Logarithme − 6.418426 were to be divided by 4, First found the Divisor 4 on the left hand of the Table, and found the Characteristic − 6, behind its line of connection just against which on the right hand of the perpendicular line you have − 2 for the Index or Characteristick of the Quotient; and at the bottom, just underneath − 6 you have 20, which being added to (4) the first figure of the Dividend next the Characteristic makes it 24, in which the Divisor 3 is contained 6 times, etc. See the work.  
   

CHAP. VII. Of the Use of Log. in Comparative Arithmetic.  

PROP. I Having three Numbers given, to found a fourth proportional.  
THis is nothing else but the work of the Rule of 3, and it may be thus performed, viz.  
Add the Logarithme of the second and third Numbers together, and from their sum subtract the Logarithme of the first, so shall the remainder be the Logarithme of the fourth, as in the following Example.  
The 3 given numbers are 3, 24, and 108 unto which it is required to found a fourth proportional.  
 
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
 
Which is the Logarithme of 864. the fourth proportional required.  
The former work may be somewhat shortened, if in stead of the Log. of the first you take its Compliment Arithmetical (which is nothing else but to set down what every Figure wants of 9, till you come to that next the right hand, and than set down what it wants of 10) and than add them all 3 together, and cancel the first Figure of the sum on the left hand, and than will the sum be the Log. of the Answer, as will appear by working the foregoing Examples.  
  

PROP. II. Between two Numbers given to found a mean proportional.  
When the Logarithmes of the numbers propounded are homogeneal, viz. both Affirmative, or both Negative, add them together, than bipart that Logarithmetical sum, so have you the Logarithme of the mean proportional required, which logarithme so found is of the same kind with the Logarithmes of the number given.  
Let it be required to found a mean proportional between 18 and 6.  
 
In this Example the Logrithme of 18, and 6 being added together make 2.02342 which is the Logarithme of 108, and that Logarithme being divided by 2 (which is the same with extracting the Square Root of its significant number, as in the third Rule of the Sixth Chapter) the Quotient is 2.02342, the Logarithme of 10.392 which is the mean proportional required.  
Example 2.  
Let it be required to found a mean proportional between .018 and .006.  
 
II. But when the Characteristics of the Logarithmes of the given Numbers be heterogeneal, viz. the one Affirmative, and the other Negative; add the Logarithmes together as before, till you come to the Characteristics, than subtract the lesser Characteristic out of the greater, (according to the third Rule of the fourth Chapter,) which being done, bipart the Logarithmetical production, so shall the Quote be the Logarithme of the mean proportional required, which will always be of the same kind with that Logarithme of the given Numbers, whose Index is greatest, as in the following Examples.  
Example 1.  
What is the mean proportional between 36 and ●…5? Facit 4.2427.  
 
Example 2.  
What is the mean proportional between 12 and .75? Facit 3.  
  

PROP. III. Between 2 Numbers given, to found two mean Proportionals.  
Whether the Numbers given be Homogeneal, or Heterogeneal, subtract the Logarithme of the lesser extreme from the Logarithme of the greater extreme, than take 1/3 of the difference of the said Logarithmes, and add it to the Logarithme of the lesser extreme, so will the sum be the Logarithme of the lesser mean; than add the same Difference to the said Logarithme of the lesser mean, and the sum will be the Logarithme of the greater mean; still observing the Rules delivered in the fourth and sith Chapters of this book, in adding and subtracting of Logarithmes.  
Examples.  
Ex. 1. Let it be required to found 2 mean proportionals between 144 and 12?  
 
Example. 2. Let it be required to found 2 mean proportionals between .75 and .05?  
 
Example. 3. Let it be required to found 2 mean proportionals, between 125 and .05?  
  

PROP. IV. Three Numbers given to found a fourth in a Duplicate Proportion.  
Take the Logarithmes of the two Numbers which have one and the same Denomination, and subtract the lesser Logarithme from the greater, and double the remainder, (that is multiply it by 2.) Than if the first number be lesle than the second, add the said doubled difference to the Logarithme of the other Number, so will the sum be the Logarithme of the fourth number, or number required, as in Example.  
The superficial content of a Circle whose Diameter is 14 Inches is 154 Square inches, I demand the Content of another Circle, whose Diameter is 25 Inches? Facit 491.07 square Inches. See the operation.  
 
But if the first number be greater than the second, than instead of adding the doubled difference to the other number, subtract it therefrom, so shall the remainder be the Logarithme of the number required, as in the following Example.  
There is a Circle whose Diameter is 28 Inches, and its superficial Content is 616 Square Inches, I demand what is the Superficial Content of another Circle, whose Diameter is 25 Inches? Facit 491.07 Square Inches, as in the former Example.  
  

PROP. V Having 3 Numbers given to found a fourth in a Triplicate Proportion.  
Triple the Difference of the Logarithmes of the two given Terms, which have the same Denomination. Than if the first Term be lesle than the second, add the said Triple Difference to the Logarithme of the other Term, so shall the sum be the Logarithme of the fourth Term required, as in the following Example.  
There is a Bullet whose Diameter is 4 Inches, and its weight is 9 l. I demand what weight a Bullet of the same metal will be, whose Diameter is 8 Inches? Facit 72 l. view the following work.  
 
But if the first term be greater than the second, than subtract the said tripled Difference from the logarithme of the other Term, so shall the remainder be the Logarithme of the fourth number required. As in Example.  
There is a Bullet whose Diameter is 8 Inches, and its weight is 72 pounds, I demand the weight of another Bullet of the same Metal, whose Diameter is 4 Inches? Facit 9 l. See the operation, it being the converse of the former.  
   

CHAP. VIII. Of Anatocisme, or Compound Interest, wherein is showed how by the Logarithmes to answer all Questions concerning the Increase, or present worth of any Sum of Money or Annuity, for any Term of Years, or at any Rate of Interest. According to the six Fundamental Theorems invented and laid down by Mr. Oughtred in his Treatise De Anatocismo sive Usura Composita, annexed to his Clavis Mathematicae.  
I. WHen any Question in Compound Interest is proposed, it willfall under one of the six Cases following, viz.  

1. To found the Increase or Amount of any sum of money put out at Compound Interest for any number of years, and at any Rate of Interest propounded.  
2. To found the present worth of any sum of money due at the end of any number of years to come, Rebate being allowed at any Rate of Compound Interest.  
3. To found the Increase, or amount of an Annuity being forborn for any number of years, at any Rate of Compound Interest.  
4. To found what Annuity any Sum of Money due at the end of any Term of years to come, will purchase at any Rate per Cent.  
5. To found the present worth of any Annuity to continued any number of years, allowing Rebate at any Rate per Cent.  
6. To found what Annuity any Sum of Money will purchase for any number of years, and at any Rate of Interest proposed.   
II. When any Question in Compound Interest is propounded, found out the Interest of 1 l. and let 1 l. with its interest be the Rate of Interest employed in the Question, as if any Question were proposed at 8 per Cent. the Int. of 1 l. for a year is .08, and the rate of Interest is 1.08, if at 6 per Cent. the Rate is 1.06, etc. of which found out the Logarithme.  
III. When in any Annuity or Debt the payments be half Yearly, Quarterly, or Monthly, etc. you are to divide the Logarithme of the said Rate by 2, 4, or 12, etc. so shall that Quotient be the Logarithme of the Rate, as suppose any Question were propounded at 8 per Cent. the Rate of Interest here employed is 1.08, for  
Which said Rate is for yearly payments, the Logarithme whereof is 0.0374204, but if the payments are to be half yearly, than if you divide the said Logarithme by 2, it will give you 0.0187102 for the Logarithme of the Rate, and if the payments be Quarterly, divide the said Logarithme of 1.08 by 4, and it will give you 0.0093551 for the Log. of the Rate, and if the payments be monthly, than if you divide the said Log. of 1.08 by 12, it will give you 0.0031183 for the Log. of the Rate, etc. and this is generally the first thing to be observed in every Question, as you will found by the following Examples.  

CASE I  
To found the Increase or Amount of any Sum of Money put out at Compound Interest for any Term of years, and at any Rate of Interest propounded.  
Quest. 1. If 50 l. − 16 s. be put out at 8 per Cent. Compound Interest for 7 years, I demand how much will than be due to the Creditor? Facit 87 l. − 01 s. − 02 ¾ d.  
iv Multiply the Logarithme of the Rate by the number of years, and the product will give you the Logarithme of the Amount of 1 l. for the proposed Time, to which if you add the Log. of the Sum propounded, the sum will be the log. of the Answer.  
The operation by the Logarithmes.  
 
Quest. 2. What is the amount of 76 l. − 04 s. for 3 4 years at 8 per Cent? Facit 97 l. − 17 s. − 01 d.  
The operation by the Logarithmes.  
 
Quest. 3. If 50 l. be put forth at Interest for 20 years at 6 per Cent. I demand how much it will be increased to at the end of the said time. Facit 168 l. − 01 s. − 10 d.  
The rate of Interest here proposed is 6¼ = 6.25 per Cent. therefore to found out the Rate of 1 l. for a year, say by the Rule of proportion.  
 
So that the Rate of Interest employed in the Question fit for Calculation by the Log. is 1.0625 according to the second Rule of this Chapter, behold  
The Operation.  
Which is 168 l. − 01 s. − 10 d. very near, and so much will 50 l. be increased to in 20 years at 6 l. − 5 s. per Cent.   

CASE 2. To found the present worth of any sum of money due at the end of any number of years to come, Rebate being allowed at any Rate of Compound Interest.  
V When it is required to found the present worth of any sum of Money, first found the amount of 1 l. for the proposed time, and at the Rate of Interest propounded, than found the Logarithme of the sum proposed to be Rebated, and from it subtract the Logarithme of the amount of 1 l. (found as before) and the remainder will be the Logarithme of the present worth of the sum proposed. As in the following Example.  
Quest. 4. What is 30 l. that is due 7 years hence worth to be paid presently, allowing Rebate at 8 per Cent? Facit 17 l. − 10 s. − 01 ½ d. as you may perceive by  
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
which is 17 l. − 10 s. − 01½ d. and so much is the present worth of 30 l. due 7 years hence.  
Quest. 5. What is the present worth of 120 l. due 2 years hence, allowing Rebate at 6 per Cent? Facit 106 l. − 15 s. − 11 d.  
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
which is 106 l. − 15 s. − 11 d. and so much is the present worth of 120 l. due 2 years hence.   

CASE 3. To found the Increase, or Amount of an Annuity, being forborn any number of years, at any Rate of Compound Interest.  
VI For Resolving Questions concerning the forbearance of Annuities, you are (by the fourth Rule) first to found out the Amount of 1 l. for the Time, and at the Rate of Interest propounded.  
Secondly, Found out the Logarithme of the said amount made lesle by 1, and also the log. of the Rate made lesle by 1, and subtract the latter from the former, so shall the remainder be the log. of the Amount of 1 l. Annuity for the term of years propounded, to which if you add the Logarithme of the proposed Annuity, the sum will be the Logarithme of the Amount, or Increase of the said Annuity. As in the following Example.  
Quest. 6. What will be the Amount, or Increase of 48 l. − 16 s. per an. for 7 years, Compound Interest being Computed at 8 per Cent. Facit 435 l. − 08 s. − 05 d. fere. See  
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
which is 435 l. − 8 s. − 5½ d. very near, and so much will be the Increase of an Annuity of 48 l. 16 s. in 7 years at 8 per Cent. Compound Interest.  
Quest. 7. There is an Annuity of 50 l. forborn to the end of 10 years, I demand how much is than due, Compound Interest being computed at 6 〈◊〉 per Cent? Facit 666 l. − 16 s. as you will found by  
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
which is 666 l. − 16 s. and so much will be due at the end of the said time.   

CASE 4. To found what Annuity any sum due at any time to come will purchase to continued for any Time, and at any Rate of Interest proposed.  
VII. The Operation in this Case is the same in every respect with that in the former Case, only whereas in the last case you subtracted the log. of the rate lesle 1 from the log. of the increase of 1 l. lesle 1, so in this you must subtract the log. of the increase of 1 l. lesle 1, from the log. of the rate lesle 1, as in the following Example.  
Quest. 8. There is 705 l. due at the end of 7 years to come, I demand what Annuity to continued 7 years, the same will purchase, Compound Interest being allowed at 8 per Cent? Facit 79.015 l. = 79 l. − ●… 00 s. as you may found if you observe  
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
 
Questions of this Nature may be solved at two Operations by the second and sixth Cases; First, by the Rule in the second Case found the present worth of the sum propounded, than by the sixth, found what Annuity such a sum will purchase.   

CASE 5. To found the present worth of an Annuity to continued any Term of years, howsoever payable, viz. either yearly, half, yearly or Quarterly, Rebate being allowed at any rate per Cent.  
VIII. Found out the Logarithme of the Rate, and multiply it by the number of Years or Quarters, according as the Annuity is payable, and that will produce the Logarithme of the increase of 1 l. for the proposed time, to which add the Log. of the Rate made lesle by 1, and subtract that sum from the Log. of the increase of 1 l. made lesle by 1, so shall the remainder be the Log of the presentworth of 1 l annuity for the time proposed to which add the logarithme of the proposed Annuity, and the sum will be the Logarithme of the present worth of the given Annuity. As in Example.  
Quest. 9 What is the present worth of an Annuity of 30 l. payable by yearly payments, and to continued 30 years, allowing Rebate after the Rate of 8 per Cent. per Annum?  
Facit 337 l. − ●… 14 s. − ●… 09 ½ d. as appears in  
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
  

CASE 6. To found out what Annuity to continued any term of years any given sum of Money will purchase at any Rate of Compound Interest.  
IX. When you would know what Annuity any given sum will purchase, first (as in the foregoing Rules) found out the Logarithme of the Rate, which multiply by the proposed time, so will that product be the Logarithme of the increase of 1 l. to which add the Log. of the rate made lesle by 1, and from that sum subtract the Log. of the said increase of 1 l. made lesle by 1, so will the remainder be the Log. of what 1 l. will purchase for the proposed Time, to which if you add the log. of the given purchase money, the sum will be the Log. of the Annuity that the given sum will purchase. As in Example.  
Quest. 10. What Annuity to continued 7 years, and payable by Quarterly payments will 246 l. purchase. Allowing Rebate at 8 per Cent? Facit 12.297 l.  
The Operation by the Logarithmes.  
 
Moore variety of Questions might be stated, but these to the Ingenious are sufficient.   
FINIS.   

Cockers ALGEBRAICAL ARITHMETIC, CONTAINING The Doctrine of Composing, and Resolving an EQUATION, With all other Rules requisite for the understanding of that Mysterious Art, according to the Method used by Mr. JOHN KERSEY, in his incomparable Treatise of ALGEBRA.  
Composed by EDWARD COCKER, late Practitioner in the Arts of Writing, Arithmetic, and Engraving.  
Perused, Corrected, and Published By JOHN HAWKINS, Writing-Master at St. George's Church in Southwark.  
Plato foribus Academiae inscribi jussit; Nemo Arithmetices Ignarus hic Ingrediatur.  
LONDON, Printed in the Year 1684.   

ALGEBRAICAL DEFINITIONS  
CHAP. I. Concerning the construction of Cossick Powers, and the way of expressing them by Letters, together with the signification of all such Characters or Marks as are used in the ensuing Treatise.  
1. THE Analytical Art generally called Algebra, is that by which, when a Problem, or hard Question is propounded, we assume the Quantity or Number sought, as if it were really known; and, with this assumed Quantity, and the Quantity or Quantities given, we proceed by undeniable Consequences, until the Quantity first assumed is found to be equal to some quantity or quantities really known, and is therefore itself also known.  
II. Algebra is either Numeral, or Literal.  
III. Numeral Algebra is so called, because all the given Quantities in any Question are expressed by Natural Numbers, and the number or quantity sought is solely represented by some Letter or Character taken at the pleasure of the Artist.  
IU. Literal Algebra is so called, because when a question is resolved after this method, the known or given quantities as well as the unknown, are all expressed by Letters of the Alphabet, or some other Convenient Marks or Characters, and this is also called Specious Algebra; and when a question is resolved after this manner, at the end of the operation, there is discovered a Canon, directing how the question proposed; or any other of the like nature may be solved, and therefore is Literal Algebra, accounted more excellent than Numeral Algebra, for that produceth not a Canon without extraordinary difficulty, because the numbers first given are by Arithmetical operations so interwoven and confounded, that it may seem a task too tedious for the most ingenious Artist to trace out their footsteps.  
V The Doctrine of Algebra consists in the knowledge of certain quantities called Cossick Powers, which we shall immediately explain.  
VI In a series, or rank of Geometrical proportionals continued, proceeding from Unity, or one, whether they be ascending, or descending, all the Numbers or Terms except the first (which is supposed to be unity) are called Cossick Numbers, or Powers, as for Example, in this Rank of continual proportionals, viz. 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, etc. the second Term (2) is called the Root or first Power, the third term (4) is called the Square or second power, the fourth term (8) is called the Cube, or third Power; the fifth (16) is called the Biquadrate, or fourth Power; 32 is the fifth Power, 64 is the sixth Power, 128 is the seventh Power, etc.  
In like manner if you take a Rank of Geometrical proportionals continued, and descending from unity, viz. 1, ½, ¼, 1/8, 1/16, 1/32, etc. or 1, 1/3, 1/9, 1/27, 1/81, etc. or 1, ¼, 1/16, 1/64, etc. The second term is called the Root or first Power, the third term is called the second power, the fourth term is called the third Power, etc.  
VII. Whence it is evident that the Square or Second Power is generated by the Multiplication of the Root or first Power into itself, and the Cube or third power is generated by multiplying the second Power by the Root, or by multiplying the Root 3 times into itself, and the Biquadrate or fourth power is produced by multiplying of the third power by the Root, or by multiplying the Root 4 times into itself, and the fifth Power is produced by multiplying the fourth Power by the Root, etc. As for Example.  
If you take 2 for a Root, and multiply it by its self, it produceth 4 for the Square or second power of the Root 2: Again, multiply 4 by the Root 2, and it produceth 8 for the third Power, or Cube of the Root 2: Again, if you multiply the Cube 8 by the Root 2, it produceth the fourth Power, or Biquadrate of the Root 2, etc.  
In like manner if 3 were proposed for a Root, it being multiplied by itself, produceth 9 for the Square, or Second Power of 3, and 9 being multiplied by the Root 3, produceth 27 for the Cube, or third Power of the Root 3, etc.  
And also if ½ be proposed for a Root, and it be multiplied by itself, it produceth ¼ for the Square or second power of (the Root) ¼, and ¼ (the Square) being multiplied by (the Root) ½, it produceth 1/8 for the Cube, or third Power of (the Root) ½ etc.  
Whence it is evident that the 4, 6 or 7 powers of any Roots may be found out, without any respect at all had to the intermediate Powers between the Root and the power required; as suppose there were given the Root 3, and it were required to found the fifth power of it. I take 3, and set it down 5 times in order thus, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, and multiply them all into each other, according to the rule of continual multiplication, and the last product (which is 243) is the fifth power of the Root 3, which was required.  
Again, let it be required to found the fourth power of 5, I take 5, and set it down 4 times thus, 5, 5, 5, 5, than do I multiply them continually, and found the last product to be 625, which is the fourth power (of the given Root) as was required. The like may be observed in the finding of any other power of any other given Root.  
VIII. If there be a series of Geometrical proportionals continued, and against each power there be placed numbers orderly representing the number or degree of distance of each power from the Root, such numbers are called the Indices or exponents of the powers, because they show how often the Root is involved into itself for the production of such a power, as in the Rank, or Scale of Algebraical powers placed in the margin, proceeding from the root 2, to the tenth power thereof, which is 1024, under which is written the word powers, and than against each particular power, on the left hand thereof, is expressed Index, or Exponent of that Power, showing how often the Root is involved or multiplied into itself to produce that Power: As for Example, against the number 64, is placed the number 6, which showeth that 64 is the sixth power of its Root, or that its Root is multiplied 6 times into itself to produce the number 64. The like is to be understood of any other. 1 2 2 4 3 8 4 16 5 32 6 64 7 128 8 256 9 512 10 1024 Indices. Powers.  
Likewise if any two or more Indices, or Exponents be added together, their sum will be an exponent showing what power will be produced by the multiplication of those Powers belonging to those Exponents or Indices which you add together; As in the foregoing Table let it be required to found out what power of the Root 2 will be produced by multiplying 128 (its seventh power) by 8 (its third power,) in order to which I take 3 and 7, the respective Indices of the given powers, and add them together, and their sum is 10, which showeth that the third power, and the seventh power of any Number, or Root, being multiplied together, will produce the tenth power of that Root; so in our example 128 being multiplied by 8, produceth 1024, which is the tenth power of the Root 2.  
In like manner, the Indices 3 and 5 being added together, make 8 for a new Exponent, which showeth that 32 and 8 (the powers belonging to those Exponents) being multiplied together, will produce the eighth power, viz. 256, as appears by the said Table, the like of any other.  
So that you see that the addition of Indices answers to the multiplication of their Correspondent powers.  
And in like manner will the subtraction of Indices, or Exponents, answer to the Division of their correspondent powers, observing always to make the power corresponding the subtrahend (or Index to be subtracted) to be the Divisor.  
IX. When a Question is propounded, and its solution is to be searched out by the Algebraick Art, the number or magnitude sought is generally called a Root, and it must be represented or signified by some Character or Symbol, as must be also all the powers proceeding from the said Root according to the tenure of the Question, in order to which there may be taken some letter of the Alphabet at the pleasure and discretion of the Artist, as a, b, c, or d, etc. to express the said Root, but to avoid confusion in the operation, by the commixture of known with unknown Quantities, our Modern Analysts have been accustomed to assume vowels to represent unknown Quantities, and to put Consonants to signify known or given quantities.  
X. If for the number or quantity sought there be put or assumed the Vowel a, than its Square will be aa, that is, a being multiplied by itself, produceth aa, that is a squared, or the square of a, for a time a is aa, and the Cube or third power raised from the Root a, is aaa, that is, a times aa, is aaa, and the fourth power accordingly is aaaa, and after the same manner may any higher power of a be signified:  
In like manner if for the quantity or number sought there be assumed, the letter e, than shall the Square raised therefrom be ee, and the third power eee, and the fourth power eeee, and the fifth power eeeee, etc.  
Also if b, or any other Consonant, be put for a given or known Quantity, than its Square will be bb, its Cube bbb, and its biquadrate bbbb, etc.  
But by some Analysts the powers of a, or any other letter, Vowel, or Consonant, are expressed by placing the Index or Exponent of the power in a small Character, just after the Symbol, even with the head thereof, viz. a, a ², a ³, a, etc. signify the Root a, its Square, its Cube, and its Biquadrate, etc. which may be further exemplified by the following Table.  

A Table showing the Powers of Numbers, and how to express the Simple Powers by Alphabetical Characters.  The Root, or first Power. 1 2 3 4 a a The Square, or second Power. 1 4 9 16 aa a ² The Cube, or third Power. 1 8 27 64 aaa a ³ The Biquadrat or fourth Power, 1 16 81 256 aaaa a ⁴ The fifth Power 1 32 243 1024 aaaaa a ⁵ The sixth Power 1 64 729 4096 aaaaaa a ⁶ The seventh Power. 1 128 2187 16384 aaaaaaa a ⁷ The eighth Power. 1 256 6561 65536 aaaaaaaa a ● The ninth Power 1 512 19683 262144 aaaaaaaaa a ⁹ The tenth Power. 1 1024 59049 1048576 aaaaaaaaaa a ¹⁰  
XI. The numbers made use of in solving of Algebraical Questions, are either absolute Numbers, or Numbers prefixed.  
Absolute numbers are those which are disjunct from any kind of Magnitude or Quantity, either known or (unknown) required, but stand simply of themselves, without having Relation to any thing else, as 5, 10, 20, 100, ¾, and ½ are called absolute Numbers.  
Numbers prefixed are such as are immediately prefixed to some letter or letters, signifying an Algebraical quantity, either known, or required, such as are 2a, 4a, 10a, 100a, ½ a, ¾ a, 3aa, 5bbb, 3a ●, 5b ³; which numbers so prefixed, show how often the quantity to which they are prefixed, is to be taken, as 4a signifieth that a is to be taken 4 times, and 5bbb, or 5b ³, signifieth that the Cube or third power of b is to be taken 5 Times, ½ a is half of a, and 2/3b is two thirds of b; The like is to be understood of any other. And,  
Note, that when you have any Algebraical Quantity, or Letter, or Character, not having any number prefixed to it, then 1, or unity must be imagined to be prefixed, as a, or 1a, b, or 1b, etc.  
XII. As in Vulgar and Decimal Arithmetic, so in Algebraical Arithmetic, the operations are performed either by Absolute Numbers, or by Alphabetical characters, in all the fundamental rules, viz. Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, Division, and the Extraction of Roots: And note that  
Where it is required to perform the work by absolute numbers, that the operation is in every respect the same as in Common Arithmetic. But where it is performed by Alphabetical Letters, there is an absolute necessity of using some Characters, to signify the Operation, an explanation of which Characters take as followeth.  
XIII. This Character (+) is a sign of affirmation or Addition, when it is placed between two quantities, signifying that the 2 numbers or quantities between which it is placed, are to be added together, and is as much as to say plus, as 3+6 signifieth the sum of 3 and 6, and is as much as to say 3 plus 6, or 3 more 6, which is 9, and 4+7+9 signifieth the sum of 4, 7, and 9, which is 20; so a+b+c signifieth the sum of a, b, and c.  
And here note, that when there is no Mark, or Character before any Letter or quantity, than is it Affirmative, and the Mark (+) is supposed to stand before it; as a, is +a, or +1a, and b is +b, or +1b, and bcd is +bcd the like of others.  
XIV. This Character (−) is a negative sign, and always belongeth to the Quantity or Number which followeth it, denying it to be, and signifieth a fictitious Number, or Quantity lesle than nothing.  
So − 7 is a feigned number lesle than nothing by 7, viz. as the height of the Sun above the Horizon may be affirmed to be 7 deg. or +7 deg. so when it is depressed 7 degrees below the Horizon, its height may be said to be − 7 deg. that is, 7 deg. lesle than nothing.  
But when the said sign or Character is placed between two Numbers or Quantities, it signifies that the number or quantity which followeth it, is to be subtracted out of some Number or Quantity going before it, as 12 − 8 signifieth that 8 is to be subtracted out of 12, or it signifieth the excess of 12 above 8, or the Difference between 12 and 8, which is 4, so a − b signifieth the excess of a above b, and it is as much as to say (a lesle b,) so a+b − c signifieth that c is to be subtracted from the sum of a and b.  
XV. This Character (×) is the sign of Multiplication, and signifieth that the Numbers or Quantities between which it is placed, are to be multiplied together, as 4×5 signifieth the product of 4 and 5, which is 20; so 3×5×8 signifieth the product of the continual multiplication of 3, 5, and 8, viz. 120.  
Likewise b×c signifieth the product of the multiplication of b by c, and b×c×d signifieth the product made by the continual multiplication of b, c, and d, into each other.  
But for the most part Analysts signify the multiplication of literal Quantities by setting the letters together like letters in a word, as ab is the same with a×b, and abc is the same with a×b×c and this indeed is to be preferred before the other as most convenient and fittest for operation.  
XVI. This Character () signifieth the Difference btween the two quantities between which it is placed, when it is not known in which of them the excess lieth. So b c signifieth the Difference between b and c, when it is not known whether b be greater or lesser than c.  
XVII. The said 4 Characters defined in the 13, 14, 15, and 16 Sections foregoing, viz. +, −, ×. and , may oftentimes have Relation to such a Compound Quantity following the Character, as hath a line drawn over each part of it, as for example, , by which you are to understand that the Quantity (c,) is to be added to the difference between the Quantities (b and d) in which of them soever the excess lieth.  
Likewise which signifieth that the difference between b and c is to be subtracted from the Quantity expressed by a.  
Also signifieth that the sum of b and c is to be multiplied by the quantity a, where take notice that in regard there is a line drawn over the two quantities b and c, the sign × hath reference to the multiplication of a into the quantity c as well as the quantity b, which immediately followeth it, but if the said line were omitted, and the quantities were thus expressed, a×b+c, it would signify the quantity e to be added to the product of the multiplication of a and b.  
Furthermore signifieth that the quantities c and d are or must be subtracted from the Quantity b, whereas if there were not a line over the quantities c and d, it would signify that the quantity d is to be added to b − c.  
And () signifieth the difference between the quantity c, and the sum of d and e, whereas if the line were not over d and e, it would signify the quantity e to be added to the difference between c and d.  
XVIII. This Character (√) is a radical sign, and signifieth that the Square Root of the quantity or quantities following it, is to be extracted as , signifieth the Square Root of 36, viz. 6.  
So signifieth the Square Root of the product of the quantities a and b, and is the Square Root of the product of the continual multiplication of the Quantities, a, b, and c.  
But when you would represent the Root of a Power that is higher than a Square; than immediately after the said Radical sign, express the index, or exponent of its power in a parenthesis, as followeth, viz. , signifieth the Cube Root of 64, which is 4; and signifieth the biquadrate Root of 81, viz. 3.  
Also , signifieth the Cube Root of the product of the multiplication of the quantities, a, and b, and signifieth the Biquadrate Root of the Product of the multiplication of the quantities, c and d.  
And the said Radical sign doth oftentimes belong to such a Compound Quantity following it, as hath a line over every part of it. As for Example, signifieth the Square Root of the sum of the Quantities b and c. So signifieth the CubeRoot of theremainder, when the quantity c is subtracted from the sum of the quantities, a and b, and () signifieth the Biquadrate Root of the remainder, when the quantity c is subtracted from the Sum of the Square of a added to b.  
Likewise signifieth that to the quantity a is to be added the Square Root of the remainder, when the quantity d is subtracted from the sum of the Square of the quantity b, and the quantity c: And these and such like are by Analysts generally called universal Roots.  
After the same manner may be expressed the universal Square Root of thus, viz. which signifieth the Square Root of the sum when b is added to the Square Root of .  
XIX. This Character (=) signifieth an Equation, or equality of the magnitudes or quantities between which it is placed, and imports as much as these words, viz. (is equal to) as in the following Example, viz. 3+4 = 7, which is as much as to say, the sum of 3 and 4, or 3 plus 4 is equal to 7; so 7+9 = 12+4 = 16 imports that the sum of 7 and 9 is equal to the sum of 12, and 4 which is equal to 16; and 9 = 12 − 3, signifieth that 9 is equal to the excess of 12 above 3.  
Also 4×5 = 2×10 = 16+4 = 20 signifieth that the Rectangle or Product of 4 by 5 is equal to the Rectangle or Product of 10 by 2, which is equal to the sum of 16 and 4, equal to 20.  
Likewise signifieth that the Quotient of 24 divided by 6, is equal to the Quotient of 8 divided by 2.  
Again a+b = c − d signifieth that the sum of a and b is equal to the excess of c above d, and signifieth that the sum c and d is equal to the Quotient of f divided by g; and b×c = r − s signifieth that the Rectangle of b and c is equal to the excess of r above ss, and signifieth that a is equal to the remainder, when ½ c or is subtracted from the universal square Root of this will be made plain and easy to the ingenious practitioner by the ensuing Examples of this Treatise.  
XXI. This Character () stands for the word (greater) signifying the number, or quantity standing on the left hand of the said Character to be greater than that on the right hand thereof; as signifieth that 8 is greater than 3; also signifieth that the sum of a and b is greater than c, etc.  
XXII. This Character () stands for the word (lesle) and it signifieth that the number or quantity standing on the left hand thereof, is lesser than that on the right hand. As signifieth that the sum of 4 and 3 is lesle than the excess of 20 above 8. Likewise is thus read, viz. the remainder of d being subtracted from c is lesser than the sum of b and e.  
XXIII. This Character () is always placed in the middle between 4 Geometrical proportionals, as in the following Examples, viz. is thus to be read, viz. as 2 is to 4, so 9 is to 18; or after the manner of the Rule of 3, if 2 require 4, 9 will require 18. Also is thus read, as b is to c, so is d to e. And is as much as to say, as the Compound Quantity a+e is to the quantity b, so is the Compound Quantity c+b to the Quotient of the Compound Quantity bc+bb being divided by a+e.  
XXIV. This Character () placed after any number of quantities exceeding two, declareth the said numbers or quantities after which it is placed to be continual Geometrical proportionals, so 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64 signifieth the said numbers to be continual proportionals Geometrical, for, as 2 is to 4, so is 4 to 8, and so is 8 to 16, and so is 16 to 32, and so is 32 to 64, etc. Also these quantities, viz. a. b. c. d. e. are continual proportionals Geometrical, for, as a is to b, so is c to d. and so is d to e.   

CHAP. II. Addition of Algebraical Integers.  
I. AS in Common Arithmetic, so in Algebraical, Addition finds out the aggregate, or sum of two or more given quantities however expressed numerally or literally.  
II. When the quantities given to be added are alike, and have like signs, collect the numbers prefixed to each quantity into one sum, and thereto annex the letter, or letters of any one of the given quantities, and than prefix the sign of Affirmation or Negation, viz. + or − so shall the quantity thus found be the sum desired.  
And here note that every quantity which hath no number prefixed to it, is supposed to have the number 1 prefixed, so is a = 1a, and b = 1b.  
Example.  
What is the sum of 3b+b+2b? Facit 6b, for the sum of the numbers prefixed to each quantity, viz. 3, 1, and 2. is 6, to which if I annex the Character b, it will be 6b, which must have the sign + prefixed to it, or else it must be imagined so to be, than will +6b be the sum of the given Quantities. So is 5ab the sum of 3ab+2ab. And − 4cd the sum of − 3cd  
Moore Examples of this Rule.  
 
III. When the quantities given to be added together are alike, but have unlike signs, than subtract the lesser number prefixed from the greater, and to the remainder annex the letter or letters by which any one of the given quantities is expressed, and thereto prefix the sign of + or − according to the sign of that prefixed number wherein lay the excess, so shall this new quantity be the sum of the quantities propounded.  
Example.  
Let it be required to add +5cd to − 2cd, the sum will be found to be +3cd; for, first, I subtract − 2 from +5 and there remains 3 to which I annex cd so will there be 3cd, to which I prefix the sign + because it belongs to the number 5, wherein lay the excess, so have I +3cd for the sum required. See the work.  
 
Again if it were required to add +4aa to − 7aa the sum would be found to be − 3aa, because the sign − belongs too the number 7 wherein lay theexcess, see the work in the margin.  
Moore Examples of this last Rule.  
 
And here note, that if the numbers prefixed to the given quantity beequal, and they have different signs, than their sum will be 0, so i●… it were required to add +8bcd to − 8bcd their sum will be 0, the negative sign destroying the affirmative.  
iv When the quantities given to be added are more than 2, and having different signs, than according to the second Rule of this Chapter, bring the quantities having like signs into one sum, that is the affirmative quantities into one sum, and the negative into another, than by the foregoing third Rule add those two quantities together, so shall their sum be the number sought.  
Example  
Let it be required to and the sum of 3aa+7aa − 2aa − 5aa. First, by the said second Rule I found the sum of 3aa+7aa to be 10aa; and the sum of − 2aa − 5aa to be − 7aa, than by the said third Rule I found the sum of 10aa − 7aa to be 3aa, or +3aa so that I conclude the sum of 3aa+7aa − 2aa − 5aa to be +3aa.  
Moore Examples of this Rule follow.  
 
V When the Simple quantities given to be added together, be unlike, than (how many soever there be) set them one after another in the same line without altering their signs.  
Example.  
What is the sum of 4b added to 3cd? Facit 4b+3cd for the sum.  
Moore Examples of this Rule follow.  
 
Algebraical Addition of Compound Integers.  
VI The Addition of Compound Algebraical Integers is easily performed by the help of the foregoing Rules of this Chapter, whether the Compound quantities to be added are alike, or unlike; as you may easily perceive by the work of the following Examples.  
Let it be required to found the sum of 3a+b, and 5a+3b. their sum will be 8a+4b for 3a+5a = 8a, and 3b+b = 4b, whose sum is 8a+4b by the second Rule of this Chapter.  
Also the sum of 6cd+3bb and 2cd − 5bb will be found to be 8cd − 2bb for (by the second Rule of this Chapt. (6cd+2cd = 8cd, and by the third Rule the sum of 3bb − 5bb = − 2bb which 2 sums added together by the fifth Rule of this Chap. will be 8cd − 2bb.  
Moreover if it were required to found the sum of these Compound Quantities, viz. 15gg+8a − 20 and 3gg − 3a+12 it will be 18gg+5a − 8 for 15gg+3gg = 18gg by the second Rule, and the sum of 8a − 3a = 5a by the third Rule, and by the same 12 − 20 = − 8, the sum of which 3 sums is 18gg+5a − 8 by the fifth Rule of this Chapter.  
And the sum of 8b − 16+2cd and 24 − 5b+3cd is 3b+8+5cd. And here note that in setting down of Compound quantities to be added together, it matters not which of them you set first, so that to every quantity there is prefixed its proper sign; as 3a+b − cc is the same with b+3a − cc and with − cc+b+3a, etc.  
Moore Examples of the Addition of Compound Algebraical Integers.  
  

CHAP. III. Subtraction of Algebraick Integers.  
I Shall not here need to give you a definition of the nature of subtraction, but shall only give you a general Rule for the finding out of the remainder, excess, or difference of any two quantities, and that in all cases whatsoever.  
I. When a Quantity Single or Compound, is given to be subtracted from another, than change the sign, or signs of the quantity to be subtracted, into the contrary signs, that is + into −, and − into +; which being done, add the two given quantities together by the Rules of the foregoing second Chapter, so shall their sum be the difference, or remainder sought.  
Example 1.  
Let it be required to subtract 3a from 8a.  
The quantity here given to be subtracted is 3a, which according to the second rule of the second chap. is +3a, therefore must its sign + be changed into −, so will it be − 3a, which being added to 8a (by the third Rule of the second Chap. their sum will be 5a, for, 8a − 3a = 5a, and 8a and is the difference between the quantities so much 3a.  
Example 2.  
Let it be required to subtract − 3bc from 4bc.  
Here because − 3bc is the quantity to be subtracted, therefore must its sign − be changed into +, so will it be +3bc, which being added to 4bc, by the second Rule of the second Chapter, their sum is 7bc, for, 3bc+4bc = 7bc, and so much is the remainder when − 3bc is subtracted from +4bc.  
Example 3.  
Let it be required to subtract − 3bde from − 9bde.  
Here because − 3bde is the quantity to be subtracted, therefore must its sign − be changed into +, so will it be +3bde which being added to − 9bde according to the third Rule of the second Chapter their sum will be − 6bde for +3bde − 9bde = − 6bde, and so much is the remainder when − 3bde is subtracted from − 9bde.  
Example 4.  
Subtract 3cd from 8de. The sign of 3cd being changed, it will be − 3cd, which being added to 8de by the fifth Rule of the second Chapter, their sum will be 8de − 3cd which is the remainder when 3cd is subtracted from ●… de.  
Example 5.  
What is the remainder when − 3bc is subtracted from 2cd? Facit 3bc+2cd, or 2cd+3bc.  
In all which Examples you see that the sign of the quantity given to be subtracted is changed into the contrary sign.  
Moore Examples of Subtraction of Simple Algebraick Integers.  
Example 6. Example 7.  
 
Example 8. Example 9  
 
And when it is required to subtract a Compound Integer from a Compound Integer, the operation will not in any wise differ from the former, observing always to change + into −, and − into + as will appear by the following Examples.  
Example 10.  
From 3a+4b let it be required to subtract 2a − b. Here 2a − b being the quantity to be subtracted from the other; its signs must be changed into the contrary signs. And than instead of 2a − b you will have − 2a+b, which being added to 3a+4b the sum will be a+5b = 3a+4b − 2a+b, and so much is the remainder, when subtraction is performed according to the tenure of the Question. See the work laid down as followeth.  
 
Example 11.  
From 3aa − 2dc+ab let it be required to subtract aa+3ab − 3dc. The quantity here given to be subtracted is aa+3ab − 3dc, whose signs being changed, it will than be − aa − 3ab+3dc, which being added to 3aa − 2dc+ab, the sum will be 3aa − 2dc+ab − aa − 3ab+3dc, which according to the sixth Rule of the second Chapter is equal to 2aa+dc − 2ab. See the following operation.  
 
But when the given quantities are unlike, than place the quantity to be subtracted immediately after the quantity out of which it is to be subtracted in the same line changing its signs, which new quantity when the said quantity is so annexed, is the remainder required, which will admit of no Contraction, because the quantities are unlike.  
Example 12.  
Let it de required to subtract 3ab+2aa from 7bc+6cd, the quantity given to be subtracted is 3ab+2aa which annexed to the other given quantity, changing its signs, will give 7bc+6cd − 3ab − 2aa, which is the remainder required. See the following work.  
 
Moore Examples of subtraction in Compound Algebraick Integers.  
 
As in Natural Arithmetic, the remainder and the sum subtracted being added together, will be equal to the number from which the subtraction is made, so is it likewise in Algebraical Arithmetic; for if you add the remaining Quantity to the Quantity subtracted, the sum will be equal to the Quantity out of which the subtraction is made. As in the first Example of this Chapter, where it is required to subtract 3a from 8a, and the remainder is 5a; now if to 5a you add 3a, the sum will be 5a+3a = 8a; And in the twelfth Example, where it is required to subtract 3ab+2aa from 7bc+6cd; the remainder is found to be 7bc+6cd − 3ab − 2aa, to which if you add the number subtracted, viz. 3ab+ 2aa, the sum will be 7bc+6cd equal to the given quantity out of which subtraction is made, for 2ab+1aa being added to − 3ab − 2aa they destroy each other, because their signs are unlike, and this may serve for a sufficient (and indeed the only) proof of the work.   

CHAP. iv Multiplication in Algebraick Integers.  
I. IN Multiplication of Algebraical Quantities, there are always two quantities given, to found out a third.  
II. The two quantities given are called the Factors, and the third quantity invented, or found by the said Factors, is called the Product, Fact, or Rectangle.  
III. When the given Factors are single quantities alike, or unlike, if they have not natural numbers prefixed to them, the fact is discovered at first sight, and is performed by joining both the quantities together in one, without any Character between them, like letters in a word.  
But special regard must be had to the signs of the given quantities, in all kinds of Multiplication. whether by Simple or Compound Quantities. and whether with, or without numbers prefixed to them; the nature of the product wholly depending thereupon, viz. If the signs of the quantities to be multiplied together be alike, that is, both + or both −, then the sign of the product or fact will be +, but if they be of different kinds, viz. the one +, and the other −, then the sign of the product will be −, as you will found by the several Examples following.  
Example 1. What is the Product of a multiplied by b? Facit ab.  
Here because both the Factors are signed with +, therefore the sign of the product is +.  
In like manner, if the given Factors had been − a and − b the product would have been (ab or ba) the same as before, because the signs of the Factors are both alike, viz. both −.  
But if the given Factors had been +a and − b, or − a and +b than the product or fact would have been − ba or − ab, because the signs of the Factors are unlike viz. the one + and the other −, observe the like in all cases whatsoever.  
Example. 2. What is the Product of abc multiplied by cd? Facit abccd or +abccd.  
And if you had been to multiply − abc by − cd, the product would have been the same, viz. abccd, or +abccd.  
But if the Factors had been − abc by +cd, or +abc by − cd, than the Fact would have been − abccd, because the signs of the Factors are unlike.  
Moore Examples of the like Nature.  
 
iv When the Quantities given to be subtracted are Single, or Simple Quantities, (whether alike, or unlike) having natural numbers prefixed to them, than in such cases let the natural numbers be multiplied together, and to their product annex the product of the given Algebraical Quantities, they being multiplied together as in the last Rule, so shall this new quantity found be the product required. As in the following Examples.  
Example 1. Let it be required to multiply 3a by 9a.  
First, I multiply the numbers prefixed to both quantities, the one by the other, viz. 9 by 3, and their product is 27, to which I annex the Letters contained in both quantities, viz. aa, and they make 27aa, which is the product, or Fact required.  
Example 2. Let it be required to multiply 3aa by 4b. Here first I multiply the numbers prefixed together, viz. 3 and 4, and they make 12; to which product I annex the Letters of both quantities given, viz. aa and b, and they make 12aab for the product required.  
Example 3. What is the product of − 3abc by − 5cd?  
Here first I multiply the given numbers prefixed, viz. 3 and 5, and they produce 15, to which I annex the Letter in both the quantities, viz. abc and cd, and they make 15abccd, to which I prefix the sign+, because the signs of the given quantities were both alike, viz. −, and than will the product or fact be +15abccd.  
Example 4. What is the product of +6ab multiplied by − 3cd?  
First, multiply the numbers prefixed, viz. 6 and 3, and the product is 18, to which I annex the Letters in both the given quantities, ab and cd, and it makes 18abcd, to which I prefix the sign − (because the signs of the Factors were unlike, viz. the one+, and the other −) and than the product will be − 18abcd.  
Moore Examples of the like Nature.  
 
V When Compound quantities are to be multiplied, the operation (in effect) is the same with multiplication of Simple Quantities delivered in the foregoing Rules, for you are to multiply every particular quantity in the multiplicand by each particular quantity in the multiplyar, (not regarding whether you begin the work at the right hand or the left,) and than let the several products be joined together according to the Rules of Algebraical Addition, and that sum will be the product required. The following Examples will make the Rule plain.  
Example 1.  
In the first place let it be required to multiply (a Compound Quantity by a Simple, viz.) ab+d by a. And in order thereto, First, I multiply a into ab, and the product is aab, and than into d, and it produceth add, so is aab+ad the product required, each member of the product being affirmative, because all parts of the Factors were Affirmative.  
Example 2. Let it be required to multiply aa+ab − c by b. The Product of aa by b is +aab, and the product of ab by b is +abb, and the product of − c by b is − cb, all which particular products being joined, and one Compound quantity composed thereof, it will give aab+abb bc for the product required. See the work in the margin.  
Example 3. Let it be required to multiply the Compound quantity ac+dg by the Compound quantity c+d.  
 
First, Multiply each member of the multiplicand by c, and the product is acc+cdg, than multiply each member of the multiplicand by d, and the product is acd+ddg, which two products being joined together by the Rules of Algebraical Addition, the sum is acc+cdg+acd+ddg, which is the product required, as appears by the operation.  
Example. 4. What is the product of da+bc multiplied by damn − ab?  
 
First, Multiply the Multiplicand da+bc by da (the first member of the multiplyar) and it produceth ddaa+dabc, than multiply the said Multiplicand by − ab (the second member of the multiplyar) and it produceth − aadb − abbc, which two quantities being joined together, give ddaa+dabc − aadb − abbc for the product required. As you may see in the Operation.  
Example 5. What is the Product of a+b − c multiplied by a+b − c?  
 
First, Multiply each member of the Multiplicand by a (the first member of the multiplyar) and it produceth aa+ab − ac, than multiply each said member in the multiplicand by b, (the second member of the multiplyar) and it produceth ab+bb − bc, than multiply each member of the said multiplicand by − c (the third and last member of the multiplyar) and the product is − ac − bc+c●…; which said three products being joined together according to the Rules of Algebraical Addition, will give aa+2ab − 2ac+bb − 2bc +cc which is the Square of a+b − c or product required, as appears by the whole operation.  
And if there are natural numbers prefixed to any of the Compound Quantities, the operation will not be different from the foregoing Examples of this Rule, regard being had to the fourth Rule of this Chapter, as will appear by the following Example.  
Example. 6. What is the Product of 3b+2c multiplied by 4b − 3c?  
 
First, By the fourth Rule multiply each member of (3b+2c) the multiplicand by 4b, and the product is 12bb+8bc; than multiply the said multiplicand by − 3c, and the product is − 9bc − 6cc, which being added to 12bb+8bc, the sum will be 12bb − bc − 6cc which is the product required.  
Example 7. What is the product of 2a+2c − 8 multiplied by 2a − 5?  
 
First, 2a+2c − 8 being multiplied by 2a, produceth 4aa+4ac − 16a, for 2a×2a = 4aa and 2a× 2e = 4ae and 2a× − 8 = − 16a which is marked with −, because the signs of the Factors are unlike, viz. − 8 and +2a. Secondly 2a+2e − 8 being multiplied by − 5, produceth − 10a − 10e +40; for − 5× +2a = − 10a and − 5× +2e = − 10e, and − 5× − 8 = +40, all which quantities being joined together by the Rules of Algebraical addition will give +4aa+4ae − 26a − 10e +40 which is the product required. See the work.  
Moore Examples in Multiplication of Compound Algebraical Integers.  
  

CHAP. V Division in Algebraick Integers.  
I. IN Division Algebraical (as in Division in Common Arithmetic) there are two Quantities given to found out a third; which Quantity sought is called the Quote, or Quotient; and of the Quantities given, that which is to be divided, is called the Dividend, and the Quantity by which it is to be divided, is called the Divisor?  
II. When it is required to divide one number or quantity by another, if you place the Dividend for the Numerator, and the Divisor for the Denominator of a Fraction, that Fraction so composed is equal to the Quotient that would arise by the real Division of the one by the other.  
For if it were required to divide 4 by 5, the quotient would be 4/5, or if it were required to divide 12 by 7, the Quotient would be . The reason of which is the ground of the general part of Division in Algebra; for when one quantity is to be divided by another, set the quantity that is Dividend for the Numerator of a Fraction, and the quantity that is the Divisor set for the Denominator.  
So if it were required to divide the quantity b by the quantity a, I would place them thus, viz. which signifieth the Quotient of b divided by a.  
In like manner if it were required to Divide able by cd, the Quotient would be . And if 5ac were to be divided by 3cd, the Quotient would be . And if bed were to be divided by 7, the Quotient would be .  
The same is to be observed in Division of Compound Algebraick Integers, for if it were required to divide a+b by c, the Quotient would be , and if 5b were to be divided by 3a+bed, the Quotient would be .  
Moore Examples of Division according to the foregoing Rule.  
 
III. When in any Quotient that is expressed according to the foregoing Rule, there are the same Letter or Letters repeated in every part or member of the Numerator and Denominator, you may cancel such Letter or Letters, but be sure that what you cancel in one part, to cancel the very same in all the rest. So shall this new Quantity be a true Quotient, equivalent to what it was before the said Letters were canceled.  
Example. What is the Quotient of bd divided by b? According to the foregoing Rule the Quotient is ; but because the letter b is found both in the Numerator and in the Denominator, therefore cancel b in both of them, and than you will found the Quotient to be d, for .  
Again let it be required to divide ab+ad by acd, the Quotient is , and because the letter a is found in every member of the Numerator and Denominator, cast it out of every one, and than you will have for the Quotient.  
Likewise if you were to divide ab+abc+abe by abd+abf the Quotient you would found to be which being contracted by cancelling ab in each member of the Numerator and Denominator, there will be found for the Quotient.  
And bb+b being to be divided by b, the Quotient will be and by cancelling b in every part, there will be b+1 for the Quotient abbreviated, for and by cancelling b in every part, there will be and .  
The same is to be observed whether the signs be + or −; so if it be required to divide ab●…+ cbe, by bde − be the Quotient will be And because be is found in each Quantity, I cancel it, and than the Quotient contracted, or abbreviated will be found to be .  
Moore Examples of Contractions or Abbreviations in Division of Algebraick Integers according to the foregoing Rule.  
 
iv If when it is required to divide a Simple or Compound Algebraick Quantity by a Simple Quantity, there be prefixed to every member a number, or numbers, that may be divided by any other number without any remainder, than instead of the given prefixed numbers prefix the Quotient of each of the said numbers divided by the said common measurer, not neglecting to cancel any letter that may be found in each part of the Numerator and Denominator, according to the foregoing third Rule. As for Example.  
Divide 16bc by 4bd. Here according to the foregoing Rule, the Quotient is , but because the prefixed numbers 16 and 4 will admit of 4 for a common measure, therefore I divide them both by 4, and the Quotients are 4 and 1, which I prefix to the given Quantities instead of 16 and 4, and than the Quotient will be , or , and because b is contained both in the Numerator, and the Denominator, cancel it, so have you for the Quotient required.  
Moreover 15abc+12bd being given to be divided by 3bg, the Quotient will be found to be .  
For, I first discover that the prefixed numbers 15, 12; and 3, have 3 for their common measure, by which they being severally divided, give 5, 4, and 1, which being prefixed to the said Quantities after b, (which is found in every quantity is canceled) there will be for the true Quotient required.  
Moore Examples of Contraction in Division, according to the two last Rules.  
 
V When in Compound quantities one or more letter or letters is repeated in every member, than will the remaining Letters in each quantity evenly divide the said Compound quantity without any remainder, and the quotient will be the Letter or letters repeated in each member as aforesaid. As for Example.  
1. What is the Quotient of ba+ca divided by b+c? Here it is evident that the Quotient will be a; for proof whereof take the Divisor b+c, and multiply by the Quotient a, according to the fifth Rule of the fourth Chap. and the product will be ba+ca equal to the Dividend.  
2. Likewise if it were required to divide bad+cad by b+c, the Quotient will be found to be ad.  
3. Also by the same reason if you divide 2ab − 2acd − 2adb by b − cd − db, the Quotient will be 2a, and if you divide the same dividend by 2b − 2cd − − 2db, the Quotient will be a.  
Moore Examples of the like nature.  
 
The reason why − 1 is the last member of the last example is, because − c, or − 1c is the last member of the Dividend, for according to the thirteenth Rule of the first Chapter, when a quantity hath no number prefixed to it; it is supposed to have the number 1 before it.  
And here note, that as in Multiplication of Algebraick Integers + by +, and − by − produceth +, and + by − produceth −, so in Division, if you divide + by +, or − by −, the sign of the Quote will be +, but if you divide + by −, or −, by +, the sign of the Quote will be −; so if 3ab be divided by 3a, the Quote will be b, or + b, and if − 3ab be divided by − 3a, the Quote will be +b, for if you multiply − 3a by +b, the product will be − 3ab by the third Rule of the fourth Chapter foregoing. Also if you divide +3ab by − 3a, or − 3ab by +3a, the Quotient will be − b, for +3a being multiplied by − b, produceth − 3ab, and − 3a being multiplied by − b, produceth +3ab.  
VI From a due consideration of the manner of operating the Examples of the last Rule, a way may be discovered to divide a Compound Quantity by a Simple, or Compound Quantity, and to found out the true Quotient when it likewise will be a Compound Quantity, the practice of which will be made plain by the following Examples.  
Example 1. Let it be required to divide ba+ca, by a. Having placed the Dividend and Divisor as is usual in vulgar Arithmetic, and as you see in the following operation.  
 
The do I seek how often a is contained in ba, (the first member of the Dividend) and the answer is b times, therefore I put b in the Quotient, and thereby I multiply (a) the Divisor, and the product is +ba, which must be subtracted from ba in the Dividend, (and therefore I change its sign into − ba by the first Rule of the third Chapter, and there remaineth 0, than do I bring down +ca the next member of the Dividend, and divide it by a, and the Quotient is +c, by which I again multiply (a) the Divisor, and the Product is ca, which subtracted from ca there remaineth 0, and so the work of Division is ended, and I found the Quotient of ba+ca divided by a be b+c; for proof whereof if you multiply b+c by a (the Divisor) the product will be ba+ca equal to the given Dividend.  
Example 2. Let it be required to divide ba+ca+be+ce by b+c.  
Having disposed of the Dividend and Divisor in order to the work with a crooked line behind which to place the Quotient, as in Common Arithmetic; than first I seek how often b (the first member of the Divisor is contained in ba, (the first member of the Dividend) and there ariseth a, which I put in the Quotient, and thereby multiply each member of the Divisor, viz. b+c, and the product is ba+ca, which place under the two first quantities of the dividend towards the left hand, viz, under ba+be, and by the first Rule of the second Chapter subtract it therefrom, so will the remainder be 0; to which I bring down the remaining part of the dividend, viz. be+ce, and divide be by e, and there ariseth in the Quotient e, by which I multiply the whole Divisor b+c, and the Product is be+ce, which subtracted from the Dividend be+ce, the Remainder is 0. See the whole work as followeth.  
 
So that the quotient is a+e, now to prove the work, multiply the Divisor b+c by the Quotient (a+e) according to the fifth Rule of the fourth Chapter, and the Product you will found to be ba+ca+be+ce which is equal to the given Dividend; and therefore I conclude the operation to be truly performed.  
Example 3. In like manner, if you divide ba+bd+ca+cd − ae − de by a+d, the Quotient will be found to be b+c − e according to the following work.  
 
The work of the last Example explained.  
In the foregoing Example, First, I divide ba (the first member of the Dividend) by a the first quantity or member of the Divisor, and there ariseth a in the Quotient, which is +a, (because the signs of the Dividend and Divisor are +) and thereby I multiply the Divisor a+d. and the Product is ba+bd, which I place under the two first members of the Dividend as you see in the work, and subtract it therefrom, and the remainder is 0, to which I bring down the two next quantities, viz. +ca+cd.  
Than do I divide +ca by a, and there ariseth in the Quotient +c, (because the Dividend and Divisor are both signed +,) by which I multiply the said Divisor, and the Product is +ca+cd which I placeunder the dividend, and subtract it therefrom, and there remaineth 0, to which I annex the two next and last members of the Dividend, viz. − ae − de; and divide − ae by +a, and the Quotient is − e, (because the signs of the Dividend and Divisor are different, viz. the one +, and the other −) and thereby I multiply the whole Divisor, and the Product is − ae − de which subtracted from (− ae − de) the Dividend, the remainder is 0, and so the work is finished, and the Quotient arising by this Division is b+c − e, as you may prove at your leisure.  
If the quantities or members of the Dividend of the foregoing Example are not placed in the same order that is there expressed the, effect of the operation will be the same, as you may see by the following work.  
 
First, I divide ba by a, and the Quote is b, by which I multiply the Divisor (a+d) and the product is ba+bd which I subtract from ba+ca and the remainder is (by the Rule of the third Chapter (ba+ca − ba − bd which being contracted by the Rules of Addition is ca − bd, (for +ba and − ba expunge each other,) than to this remainder do I bring down the two next quantities of the Dividend, viz. − ae+bd which being annexed to the said remainder ca − bd it than (makes for a new dividual) ca − bd − ae+bd, but − bd and +bd destroy each other, and therefore the dividual contracted is ca − ce, which I divide by a+d as before, and the Quotient is +c, by which I multiply the Divisor, and the Product is ca+cd, which being subtracted from the said dividual ca − ae, the remainder is ca − ae − ca − cd which being contracted, is − ae●…cd, to which I join the two next quantities in the Dividend, viz. − cd − de, and it makes (− ae − cd+cd − de) = − ae − de (for − cd and +cd destroy each other) for a new dividual, which I divide by the said Divisor a+d, and the Quote is − e, by which I multiply the Divisor, and the Product is − ae − de, which subtracted from − ae − de (the dividual) the remainder is − ae − de+ae+de = 0, and so the work is finished, and I found the Quotient to be b+c − e as before.  
But here note by the way that it doth not always fall out that you are to divide the first member of the dividual by Note the first of the Divisor, but by some other member which you can discover will do the work without making a Fraction. As in the following Example:  
Example. 4. Let it be required to divide aa − ee by a+e?  
First, I divide aa by a, and there ariseth in the Quotient a, by which I multiply the Divisor a+e, and the Product is aa+ae, which subtracted from the Dividend (aa − ee) the remainder is − ee − ae for a dividual, and than I do not seek how often a is contained in ee, for than the answer would be a Fraction, but I divide ee by its correspondent Divisor +e, and there ariseth − e, to be written in the Quotient next after a, but not +e, because − divided by + quotes −. Than I multiply the whole Divisor a+e by − e, and the product is − ae − ee, which subtracted from the said dividual − ee − ae, the remainder is 0, so is the work ended, and I found the Quotient to be a − e. See the operation.  
 
Example 5. If it were required to divide aaa+abd+baa+bbd by aa+bd by the Quotient would be found to be a+b, as appears by the work.  
 
Example 6. If aaa − abb+abd+baa − bbb+bbd be divided by a+b the Quote will be aa − bb+bd, as by the operation.  
 
Example 7, Let it be required to divide 18abbc+9bbcc+24bcc+24abc+16cc by 3bc+4c, the quotient will be found to be 6ab+3bc+4c. See the following operation.  
 
When Algebraical Division according to the Rules before delivered, will not exactly perform the work without any remainder, than you may place the Dividend and Divisor Fraction wise, which is indeed the most general practice amongst Algebrists; or else proceed in Division as far as you can by the preceding method; and than place the remainder for a Numerator over the Divisor, as in the following Example, where aa − bb+ac is divided by a+b, and the quotient is , the remainder being +ac.  
  

CHAP. VI The Doctrine of Algebraical Fractions. And First, Of Reduction.  
1. HE that intends a considerable proficiency in this mysterious Art, must be very well acquainted with the Doctrine of Vulgar Fractions, a mean knowledge therein not being sufficient; for all operations whatsoever in Algebraick Fractions have their dependence thereupon, being wrought in every respect as vulgar Fractions they are by the help of the Rules contained in the several Chapters foregoing, and there are very few questions solved Algebraically, but what have one or more Fractions concerned in its operation.  
To reduce Fractions, having unequal Denominators to Fractions of the same value, having a common Denominator.  
II. When you would reduce Algebraical Fractions to a common Denominator, multiply the Numerator of the first Fraction into the Denominator or denominators of the rest, so shall the ●…ct be a Numerator equal to the Numerator of the first Fraction, likewise multiply the Numerators of the second, third, etc. Fractions into all the Denominators except its own, and the several products shall be so many new Numerators, than multiply all the Denominators continually, so shall the product be a common Denominator to all the Numerators found out as before.  
Example 1. Reduce and to a common Denominator. Multiply the Numerator a (of the first Fraction) into the Denominator (c) of the second Fraction, and the product is ac, for a Numerator = a, than multiply (d) the Numerator of the second Fraction into (b) the Denominator of the first, and the product is db, for a Numerator = d, than multiply the Denominators together, viz. b into c, and the product bc is the Denominator common to both the Numerators, so will the 2 new Fractions be and for = and .  
Example 2. What Fractions are = , and , having an equal or common Denominator? Facit , and , for a× a× d = and, = the Numerator a, and b× c× d = bcd = the Numerator b, and c× c× a = cca = the Numerator c, and c× a× d = cad which is the common Denominator.  
To reduce an Algebraical Fraction to its lowest Terms equivalent.  
III. When in the Numerator and Denominator of an Algebraical Fraction, the same letter or letters is contained, than cancel the same in both, and if there be any numbers prefixed, if you can discover any number that will divide them both without any remainder, than prefix those quotients instead of the numbers prefixed before; so shall this new Fraction be of the same value with the Fraction proposed.  
So will be reduced to , by cancelling cb in the Numerator and Denominator.  
Also being reduced to its lowest terms will be by cancelling bd in every part, and dividing the prefixed numbers by 8. Moore Examples follow.  
 
Or if you can (in a Compound Algebraical Fraction) discover a quantity that will divide the Numerator and Denominator without any remainder, (according to the sixth Rule of the fifth Chapter) than shall the quotients be a new Numerator and a new Denominator equal to the Fraction in its given Terms. As in the following Examples.  
To reduce an Integral quantity to an Algebraical Fraction.  
iv Multiply the given Quantity by the intended Denominator, so shall the Product be the Numerator required. As in the following Examples.  
Let it be required to reduce the quantity b to a Fraction, having ad for its Denominator. To do which I multiply the given quantity b by ad, and the product is the Numerator, viz. bad, so shall be the Fraction required, for .  
Also if it were required to reduce the quantity e to a Fraction, whose Denominator should be b+c, it would be .  
V If it be required to reduce a mixed quantity to a Fraction, multiply the Integral quantity by the Denominator of the Fractional part, and join the product to the Numerator of the Fractional part, so shall the sum be the Numerator. As in Example.  
Reduce to an improper Fraction. Mult. the Integral part a+b by the Denominator d, and the Product da+db which being added to the numerator c, makes da+db+c for the numerator, to which placing d for a Denominator, it gives for the answer.  
VI When you are to express an Algebraick Integer Fraction wise-without an Assigned Denominator, than make the given quantity the Numerator, and 1 the Denominator.  
So will ab be and cd will be and a+b will be , etc.  
These things are so plain that they need no farther explanation by examples.   

CHAP. VII. Of Addition and Subtraction of Algebraical Fractions.  
1. WHen the Fractions given to be added together have an equal or common Denominator, add the Numerators together, and place their sum for a Numerator over the common Denominator, which new Fraction shall be the sum of the given Fractions, but if they have not a common Denominator, reduce them by the second Rule of the sixth Chapter, and than proceed as before.  
Example 1. What is the sum of and ? Facit , the sum of the Numerators, viz. a and ac is a+ac which placed over the Denominator b, giveth for the sum required.  
Example 2. So also the sum of and will be .  
Example 3. And the sum of and will be found to be for the sum of the Numerators is a+b − c+a+b+c+2a − 2b = 4a.  
Example 4. What is the sum of and ? Facit the given Fraction being reduced to a common Denominator by the second Rule of the sixth Chapter, are and whose sum is .  
Example. 5. What is the sum of and ? Facit .  
II. When it is required to gather mixed quantities into one sum, than add the fractional parts together by the foregoing Rule, and likewise bring the Integers into one sum, and the sum of these two sums will be the sum required.  
Example.  
What is the sum of and ?  
The Sum of the Fractions being added by the foregoing Rule is To which sum if you add the Integral parts of the propounded mixed Quantities, the sum required will be  
Subtraction of Algebraical Fractions.  
III. If the 2 given Fractions have not a common Denominator, than reduce them to such by the second Rule of the sixth Chapter, than (by the Rule of the third Chapter) subtract the Numerator of the Fraction to be subtracted from the Numerator of the other Fraction, and place the remainder for a Numerator over the common Denominator, which new Fraction shall be the remainder sought. As in the following Examples.  
If you would subtract from , Take the Numerator ab from the Numerator bc, and the remainder is bc − ab which being placed over the Denominator e, it will give for the remainder, or difference sought.  
Also let it be required to subtract from  
The Difference of the Numerators of the given Fractions is Which remainder or difference being made a Numerator to the common Denominator will give the difference sought which is  
And if it were required to subtract from . The given mixed quantities will (by the fifth Rule of the sixth Chapter) be reduced to and  
Which will be reduced to these Fractions of the same value, having a common Denominator, viz. And if from the Numerator caae+abe you subtract the Numerator cae+ccd − ccb there will be given for the remainder sought, viz.  
In like manner if from a it be required to subtract . First by the fourth Rule of the sixth Chapter, reduce the quantity a to the improper Fractional Quantity and therefrom subtract the given Fraction so will you have the remainder soughtwhich is   

CHAP. VIII. Multiplication and Division of Algebraical Fractions.  
I. When it is required to multiply two Algebraical Fractions the one by the other, the work is the same as in Vulgar Fractions, for if you multiply the Numerators of the given Fractions together, and likewise their Denominators together, and place their Respective Products for a new Numerator, and a new Denominator, that new Fraction shall be the Product required.  
Example 1. What is the Product of multiplied by ? Facit , for 9a ab = 9aab which is the Numerator, and c b = cb the Denominator.  
Example 2. What is the Product of multiplied by ? Facit ; for 4cd●… 3a+2c = 12cda+8ccd which is the Numerator.  
Example 3. What is the Product of multiplied by ? Facit ; for and by the Rule of the sixth Chapter, and which is the Product required.  
Example 4. What is the Product of ab multiplied by ? Facit ; for and which is the Product required.  
II. If it so chance that you have a Fraction to be multiplied by an Integer that is equal to the Denominator of the Fraction, than take the Numerator for the Product  
Example. What is the Product of being multiplied by a − e? Facit aa − 2ae+ee. The reason of which is plain, for the Numerator being multiplied by the Integer, and the same Integer being put as a Denominator to the Product, the Quotient arising by the Division of the Numerator by the said Denominator, will be equal to the Numerator of the given Fraction; so .  
III. When it is required to divide one Algebraical Fraction by another, if they have a common Denominator, cancel the Denominator, and divide the Numerator of the Dividend by that of the Divisor, so shall that Quote be the Quotient sought.  
So if it were required to divide by the Quotient will be found to be , for having cast away the common Denominator d, and divided (abc) the Numerator of the Dividend by (bcc) the Numerator of the Divisor, the Quotient will be which is by cancelling bc in the Nemerator and Denominator.  
iv When the given Algebraical Fractions have not a common denominator, than multiply the denominator of the divisor into the Numerator of the dividend, and the product is a new numerator, also multiply the numerator of the divisor into the denominator of the dividend, and the product is a new denominator; which new Fraction is the quotient sought, and this is a general Rule in all cases whatsoever, and is the same with division in Vulgar Fractions, only keeping to the Algebraick Rules.  
Example. What is the quotient of being divided by ? Facit ▪ for c×a = ca, (the new Numerator,) and a●…b = ba (the new Denominator.  
Likewise, If it were required to divide by the Quotient would be for the numerator of the dividend is 3a+b, and the denominator of the divisor is a+b, and which is the Numerator; and the numerator of the divisor is 2bb, and the denominator of the dividend is c, and 2bb×c = 2bbc, which is the Denominator. The like is to be observed in all cases both in multiplication, and Division of Algebraical Fractions.   

CHAP. IX. The Rule of Three in Algebraick Quantities.  
I. THE Rule of Three in Algebraical quantities represented by Letters, (whether it be Direct or Inverse) differs not from the Rule of Three in Vulgar Arithmetic, Respect being had to the Rules of Algebraical Multiplication and Division, before delivered in this Book, for (in a direct proportion) if you multiply the second term by the third, and divide the Product thereof by the first, the quotient will be the fourth quantity sought in proportion.  
Example 1. If b gives c, what will d give? Facit .  
In this Example the second and third quantities are c and d, which being multiplied together, produce cd by the Third Rule of the fourth Chapter, which being divided by (b) the first quantity, the quotient is which is the fourth proportion sought for.  
 
Which may be proved according to the proof of the Rule of Three Direct laid down in the Tenth Chapter of my Vulgar Arithmetic: For,  
The Product of the second and third Terms is cd. And  
The Product of the first and fourth Terms is  
And by 3d the Rule of the 6th Chap. (the first Term) which was to be proved.  
Example 2. If b+c require d, what will d+e require? Facit . For,  
 
Example 3. If 12 require 36, what will 4ab require? Facit . For,  
 
II. Nor will the operation be different from the former, if any of the 3 given quantities be a Fraction, or if they be all Fractions, observing the Rules of multiplication and Division in Algebraick quantities; or when any of the given Terms is a mixed quantity, let it be reduced to the form of a Fraction, by multiplying the Integral part by the denominator, and joining the product to the numerator of the Fractional part and than multiply and divide as before.  
Example 4. If require d, what will require? Facit ? For if you first reduce to the form of a Fraction, it will be and the second Term d being set Fraction-wise, will be , than if you multiply () the third Term by () the second Term, the Product will be , which being divided by () the first Term, the Quotient will be , which is the fourth proportional sought. For,  
 
I shall not need here to give any Examples in the Inverse Rule of proportion in Algebraick quantities, the manner of the operation being the same with the former, only the proportion flows backward, as in the Rule of Three Inverse in Vulgar Arithmetic.   

CHAP. X. A Collection of some easy Questions wherein the Rules hitherto delivered are Exercised, taken out of Mr. Oughtred's Clavis Mathematicae, Chap. 11. Sir jonas Moor's Arithmetic in Species, Chap. 10, and Mr. Kersy's Elements of Algebra, Cap. 10. of the First Book.  
I. THere are two Quantities or numbers, whereof the greater is a (= 4) and the lesser is e (= 2) What is their sum? What their difference? What the product of their multiplication? What the Quotient of the greater divided by the lesser? What the Quotient of the lesser divided by the greater? What the sum of their Squares? What the difference of their Squares? What is the sum of their sum, and difference? What is the difference of their sum and differences? What is the Product of their sum and difference? What the Square of their sum? What the Square of their difference? What the Square of their Product? 1 The sum of the quantities proposed is 2 Their difference is 3 Their Product by multiplication 4 The quote of the greater divided by the lesser. 5 The quote of the lesser by the greater. 6 The Sum of their Squares. 7 The difference of their Squares. 8 The sum of their sum and difference. 9 The difference of their sum and difference. 10 The Product of their sum and difference. 10 The Square of their sum. 12 The Square of the difference. 13 The Square of their product.  
II. There are two quantities whose sum is b (= 12) and the greater of them is a (= 8.) I demand what is the lesser? What their difference? What is the product of their multiplication? What is the sum of their Squares? What the difference of their Squares? 1 The lesser is 2 Their difference is 3 The Product is 4 The sum of their Squares is 5 The difference of their Squares is  
III. There are two Quantities or Numbers whose difference is d, (= 4) and the greater of them is a (= 8) I demand what is the lesser? What is their sum? What their Rectangle or Product? What the sum of their Squares? What the difference of their Squares? 1 The difference or excess being subtracted from the greater gives the lesser 2 Their sum is 3 Their Product or Rectangle is 4 The sum of their Squares is 5 The difference of their Squares is  
iv There are two Numbers, Magnitudes, or Quantities; whereof the Ratio of the greater to the lesser is as r to ss, (or as 3 to 2) and the greater of them is a (= 12.) I demand what is the lesser? What is their Sum? What their difference? What their Rectangle, or Product? What the sum of their Squares? And what the difference of their Squares? 1 The lesser is by the Rule of 3 2 Their sum is 3 Their difference is 4 Their Rectangle or Product is 5 The sum of their Squares is 6 The difference of their Squares is  
But if the Ratio between the lesser and the greater had been given as ss to r, (or as 2 to 3) and the lesser had been given e (= 8) than,  
1 The greater by the Rule of 3 would be 2 Their sum 3 Their difference 4 Their Rectangle, or Product 5 The sum of their Squares 6 The difference of their Squares,  
V There are two numbers or Quantities whereof the Rectangle or Product is b (= 96) and the greater quantity is a (= 12) What is the lesser? What their sum? What their difference? What the sum of their Squares? And what the differencé of their Squares? 1 The Product given being divided by (a) the lesser quantity is 2 Their sum 3 Their difference 4 The sum of their Squares 5 The difference of their Squares.  
But if the Rectangle had been given b, as before, and the lesser quantity had been given e (= 8) Than  
1 The greater would have been found by Division to be 2 Their Sum 3 Their difference 4 The Sum of their Squares. 5 The difference of their Squares.   

CHAP. XI. Reduction of Equations.  
I. AN Equation is an equality between two quantities of different names, whether the comparison of Equality be between Simple, or Compound Quantities, or both; between which two Quantities there is always this Charactor viz. =.  
So 〈◊〉 ●…his following Equation, viz. a = 3c, a is said to be the first part, and 3c the second part of the Equation, and signifieth that some Number or Quantity represented by a is equal to three times another Number or Quantity represented by c.  
So a = b+c signifieth that some Quantity represented by a is equal to the sum of two other Numbers or quantities represented by b and c.  
The manner of composing an Equation will be understood by solving of the several Questions contained in this and other following Chap. But when known, are mingled with unknown Quantities, in an equation they must be so separated or reduced that the unknown Quantity or Quantities may remain entire on the one side, or part, and the known or given Quantities on the other side or part of the Equation, which to perform is the work of Reduction, and which is contained in the several following Rules of this Chap.  
Here note that the Quantity unknown or sought in every Equation is represented by the Letter a, or some other Vowel, and the Quantity or quantities known or given are represented by Consonants, as b, c, d, f, etc.  
Reduction by Addition.  
II. If equal numbers or quantities be added to equal numbers or quantities, the sums or totals will be equal, and therefore If it be granted that Than by adding +8 to each part of the Equation there ariseth Than because in the first part of the Equation there is +8 and − 8, they destroy each other by the Third Rule of the Second Chap. and it followeth that Again let this Equation be proposed to be reduced, viz. Than by adding b to each part of the Equation, there ariseth And because − b and +b are in the first part of the equation, they destroy each other, and the Equation is Likewise if Than by adding b+c to each part of the equation there ariseth  
Now from a due consideration of the premises it followeth, that if in an Equation there be any Number or Quantity proposed with the sign − before it, than if it be transferred to the other side of the equation, and canceled on the side or part where it now standeth, the effect will be the same as the adding of that Quantity to each part of the Equation, and this by Artists is called Transposition. As in the first of the foregoing Examples, where it is granted That And by transposing − 8 on the other side of the Equation, making it there +8 it giveth And in the second Example where By transposing − b, cancelling it on the first side of the equation, and making it +b on the other, it is And let it be granted that Than by transposing of − bb and − d there ariseth  
Reduction by Subtraction.  
III. If in any Equation there be any number or quantity signed with + (on which side of the equation soever) if it be canceled on that side, and placed on the other side with the sign − prefixed to it, the work of Reduction is truly performed, and this is also called Transposition, and is only the converse of the foregoing Rule. Examples. Let it be granted that Than if +8 be canceled, and placed on the other part of the equation with the sign − it will give Which equation being contracted is Again let be given By the Transposition of +b on the first side the Equation it is And by Transposition of aa on the second side of the equation it is Also if By Transposition of b+c to the second side of the equation it is And by the Transposition of ba to the first side of the equation it is  
Which method (in reducing of the premised Equation) is deduced from this general Axiom, viz.  
If from equal Numbers or Quantities, equal Numbers or Quantities are subtracted, the remainder shall be equal.  
So in the second Example there is given this equation, viz. First by subtracting b from each part of the Equation, there is Than I subtract aa from each part, and there remaineth  
Reduction by Multiplication.  
iv When in an Equation one or both parts are Fractions, than let them be reduced to a common denominator by the, 2d, 4th, and 5th Rules of the sixth Chapter, and than casting away the Denominator, use only the Numerators, so shall Equations expressed by Algebraical Fractions be reduced to other Equations, consisting altogether of Integers. As in the following Examples. If Than by reducing 9 in the second part of the equation to a Fraction, having 8 for its denominator, it is And by casting away the denominator which is common to both it is Again if Than by reducing a, on the first side of the equation to to a Fraction having a+b for its denominator it is And by casting away the common denominator a+b the equation is Likewise if The quantities being reduced to a common denominator are And the common denominator cb being cast away the equation is  
V When either part of an Equation is Composed of a mixed Quantity or Quantities, let the Integral part, or parts be reduced to a Fraction or Fractions, and than proceed as in the last Example. It is granted that First it is reduced to Which Fractional equation being reduced according to the foregoing Rule is  
VI When some power or degree of the number or quantity sought, is multiplied into each part, and each member of an Equation, than let that degree or power be canceled in each part and member so will it quite vanish, and the Equation will be reduced to more Simple Terms. As for Example. Let it be granted that Forasmuch as a is a Factor in each part, and member of the equation, therefore it being expunged in each, there ariseth this equation.  
VII. When (according to the second, third, fourth, and fifth Rules,) an Equation is reduced, and that some known Number or Quantity is multiplied into the quantity sought; than divide each part of the Equation by that known Quantity, to the end that the Quantity sought may have no quantity multiplied into it but 1 (or unity.) As in Example. If it be granted that Than because the Quantity sought is (a) multiplied by b, I divide each part of the equation by b, and there ariseth  
VIII. When any one part of an Equation is composed of a furred Quantity, (viz. such as hath the radical sign √ prefixed to it,) and the other part is a rational Quantity; than let that rational quantity be raised to the power signified by the Radical sign, and than cast away the said Radical sign, so shall both parts of the Equation be a rational quantity. As, If it be proposed that Square 8, and place its Square in the room of itself, casting away the radical sign from the first part of the equation, and than it will be Likewise if Than by raising the second part of the equation, to its Square, and casting away the radical sign from the first part there ariseth this equation, viz. Again, if The second part of the equation being squared, and the radical sign canceled in the first, there ariseth  
Reduction by Division.  
IX. If equal Quantities be divided by equal Quantities, the Quotients thence arising will be equal. For, If Than by dividing each part of the equation by a, there ariseth this equation. And if Than by dividing each part of the equation by a there ariseth And da in the second part of the equation being transposed by the third Rule of this Chapter there ari seth this equation, viz. And if Than by dividing each part of the equation by b − c, it is   

CHAP. XII. To Convert Analogies into Equations, and Equations into Analogies.  
I. THis is deduced from this universal Theorem, viz. That if four quantities are proportionals, the product of the two means is equal to the product of the two Extremes, and if three numbers are proportionals, the product of the two extremes is equal to the Square of the means. 1. Let there be proposed these four proportionals. Than by the said Theorem this equation will follow, viz. 2 Let there be proposed these 3 continual proportionals, viz. That is to say whence there followeth this equation, viz.  
II. From a due consideration of the premises it is evident that Equations may oftentimes be resolved into proportionals, viz. when the Product of two Quantities is found equal to the product of two other quantities: Than as any one of the Factors in the first side of the equation is to any one of the Factors in the second part of the Equation, so is the remaining Factor of the second part, to the remaining Factor in the first part: And the Converse, Suppose that From thence may be drawn this Analogy.  
The truth of which may be proved by the first Rule of this Chapter, for thereby the said Analogy may be reduced to the given equation, viz. bc = ad.  
Again if Than from thence may be deduced this Analogy, viz. or or Likewise if Than may that equation be resolved into these proportionals. And if Than it will be found that  
III. When it happens that there is an Equation between an Algebraical Fraction, and an Integer, if the Numerator of the said Fraction can be resolved into two such Quantities, as being multiplied the one by the other, will produce the said Numerator, than will the said equation produce this proportion, viz.  
As the Denominator of the Fraction is to one of the Factors of which the Numerator is produced, so is the other Factor to the Integer, unto which the said Fraction is equal. Examples.  
If it be granted that Than may that equation be resolved into this Analogy. For, Again if Than may that equation be resolved into this Analogy. And also if. Than may the said equation be resolved into this Analogy, viz.  
The Practice of the two last Rules will be plainly discovered in the next Chapter (in the resolution of Questions producing simple equations) to be of most excellent use in discovering or laying down of Theorems for the ready solution of the Question proposed, or any other of the same nature, which Theorems are to be reserved in store for the finding out of new, and the confirmation of old Truths.   

CHAP. XIII. The Resolution of Arithmetical Questions (Algebraically) which produce Simple Equations  
I. AN Equation is twofold, viz. First, Simple, and secondly, Adfected, or Compounded.  
II. A Simple Equation is when the Quantity sought (solely possessing one part of the Equation) is either expressed by a Single or Simple Root, as a, or by a Single or Simple Power as aa, or aaa, etc. as in these Equations, viz. a = 32, and aa = 64, or 4aaa = 256, and such like.  
III. When a Question is propounded, and to be resolved Algebraically, Than for the Answer put a, and for each of the given Numbers put Consonants, than proceed according to the Tenure of the Question, by Addition, Subtraction, Multiplication, or Division, until an Equation is Composed; and when the Equation is composed, than proceed to reduce it, (according to the Rules contained in the 11th Chapter) until the Quantity unknown (being a or some power of a) do solely possess one part of the Equation, and the known or given Quantities the other part, and than will the Quantity sought be also known.  
iv I shall in the Resolution of every Question proceed (gradatim) step by step, according to the method used by Mr. Kersey, each step being numbered orderly in the Margin, from the beginning to the end by 1, 2, 3, 4, etc. And I shall only proceed in the operation literally, because otherwise this Treatise would swell to a bigger Volume than is at present intended; but I shall give the Learner a taste of Numeral Algebra, in the solution of two or three of the first Questions thereby.  
Quest. 1. There are two numbers whose sum is 48 (or b) and the excess of the greater above the lesser is 14 (or c) I demand what are the Numbers.  
The Solution literally.  
1 For the greater number put 2 From which if you subtract the difference (c) you will have the lesser, which is 3 The greater and lesser being added together, will be equal to (b) the sum whence this equation 4 And by the Transposition of − c the equation is 5 Than dividing each part of the equation by 2, it is And if from you subtract (c) the excess of the greater above the lesser, the lesser will be  
So that the numbers sought are 31 and 17, for by the fifth step (a) the greater is found to be = to and b is given 48, and c is given 14, the sum of which is 62, which divided by 2, giveth 3●…, for the greater, and by the sixth step, if from the greater you subtract the difference (c) the remainder will give the lesser, which is 17, for .  
Now if the fifth and sixth steps are duly considered, they will present you with this  
Theorem.  
The sum of the sum and difference of any two Numbers being divided by 2, will give the greater Number, and the difference of any two Numbers being subtracted from half the sum of the sum and difference, the remainder will give the lesser number.  
The Solution Numerally.  
1 For the greater number put 2 From which if you subtract the difference (14) the lesser is 3 Which added together, will be the sum, whence this Equation. 4 And by transposition of of 14 it will be 5 And both parts of the Equation being divided by 2, will give the value of (a) the greater. 6 From which if you subtract (14) the Difference, the remainder will give the lesser by the 2 step.  
So that the Numbers sought are 31 and 17, which will satisfy the conditions of the Question.  
Quest. 2.  
There are two Numbers whose Sum is 56 (or b) and the lesser hath such proportion to the greater, as 2 to 5, (or c to d) I demand what are the Numbers?  
1 For the lesser number put 2 Than by the Rule of Three found the greater, viz. 3 Wherhfore the sum of the 2 numbers sought is 4 Which sum must be equal to the given sum, whence this equation. 5 Which equation being reduced by the fourth and fifth Rules of the eleventh Chap. the value of a will be found to be 6 And by the first, second, and fifth steps the greater number will be discovered to be  
So that the numbers sought are 40 and 16 for (a) the lesser is found to be by the fifth step viz. the Product of (cb) 56 by 2 divided by (c+d) the sum of 2 and 5, viz. 7, which is 16, etc.  
And if (according to the third Rule of the twelfth Chap.) the two last steps be turned into proportionals, it will give this  
Theorem.  
As the sum of the Terms which represent the ratio of two Numbers, is to the sum of the numbers themselves, so is the lesser term to the lesser number; and so is the greater Term to the greater Number.  
Therefore if the sum of two Numbers is given, and also their Ratio, the Numbers themselves are also given by this Theorem.  
The same Question solved Numerally.  
1 For the lesser number put 2 Than by the Rule of Three the greater number is found 3 Than will their sum be 4 And according to the tenure of the Question, their sum must be equal to the given sum whence this Equation 5 And that Equation being reduced by the fifth and sixth Rules of the eleventh Chap. the value of a will be found to be 6 Which being subtracted from the given sum, the greater number is  
Quest. 3.  
A Gentleman asked his Friend (that had 4 purses in his hand) what money he had in each Purse? To whom he answered that he knew not but (quoth he) this I know, that in the second purse there are 8 (or b) Crowns more than in the first or lest purse, and in the third 8 Crowns more than the second, and in the fourth or biggest purse there are 8 Crowns more than in the third, and twice as many as in the first or lest, I demand what number of Crowns he had in each purse?  
1 For the number of Crowns in the first purse put 2 Than in the second there is 3 And in the third there is 4 And in the fourth 5 Which according to the Tenure of the Question is double to that in the first, whence this Equation 6 Than by the Transposition of a from the first side of the equation, it is which discovereth the value of a to be 3b, or 3 times 8, which is 24, etc. which is the number of Crowns in the first purse, and consequently the number of Crowns in each purse is 24, 32, 40, and 48, which will satisfy the conditions of the Question.  
The same Question solved Numerally.  
1 For the Crowns in the first purse put 2 Than in the second there is 3 And in the third 4 And in the fourth 5 Which is double to the number of Crowns in the first, whence this equation 6 Which equation being reduced by the transposition of a discovers the value of a, viz.  
Quest. 4.  
Three men build a Ship which cost them 2700l. (or b) Pounds, of which B must pay double to what A must pay, and C must pay three times as much as B, I demand the share that each must pay?  
1 For the sum to be paid by A, put 2 Then B must pay 3 And C must pay 4 The sum of these 3 quantities are equal to the total charge, whence this Equation 5 Which being reduced, discovers the value of a, viz. which is the sum that A must pay, viz. 300l. Therefore B must pay . which is twice as much as A, and C must pay . which is three times as much as B.  
Quest. 5.  
There is a Fish whose head is supposed to be 9 (or b) Inches, and his Tail is as long as his Head and half his Body, and his Body is as long as his Head and his Tail, I demand the length of such a Fish?  
1 For the length of the body put 2 Than will the Tail be 3 Than if to the Tail you add the length of the head, viz. b, the sum is 4 Which according to the tenure of the Question is equal to the length of the body, whence this equation 5 And the second part of the equation being cleared of the unknown quantity a by Reduction, gives the value of a the length of the body, viz. 6 Than according to the Tenure of the question, if therefrom you subtract (b) the length of the head, the remainder will be the length of the Tail, which is  
By the fifth step the length of the Body is found to be 4b = 36, And by the sixth step the length of the Tail is discovered to be 3b = 3×9 = 27. So that the length of the head is (given) 9 inches, the length of the Tail 27 Inches, and the length of the Body 36 Inches, which numbers will satisfy the conditions of the question, So that the whole length of the Fish is 9+27+36 = 72 Inches.  
Quest. 6.  
A Father lying at the point of Death, left to his 3 Sons A, B, and C all his Estate in Money, and divided it thus, viz. to A he gave ½, wanting 44 (or b) pounds, and to B he gave 1/3 and 14, (or c) pounds over, and to C he gave the rest, which was 82 (or d) pounds lesle than the share of B, Now I demand what was the Father's Estate?  
1 For the Father's Estate put 2 Than will the share left to A be 3 And the share of B 4 And by the third step the share of C is 5 The Quantities in the 3 last steps being added together, give 6 Which must be equal to the Father's Estate, whence this Equation. Which equation after due reduction and Transposition of quantities the value of a is discovered to be And 6b = 6×44 = 264, and 6ds = 6×82 = 492, and 12c = 12×14 = 168, now 264+492 − 168 = 588, so that the Father's estate was 588 pounds, of which A had 250 l. B 210 l, and C 128, which Numbers do answer the conditions of the Question.  
Quest. 7.  
Two persons thus discoursed together concerning their Money, quoth A to B, give me 3 (or b) of your Crowns, and I shall have as many as you; nay quoth B to A, but if you will give me 3 of your Crowns, I shall have 5 times as many as you. Now I demand how many Crowns had each person?  
1 For the number of Crowns which A had put 2 Than forasmuch as adding 3 (or b) Crowns to A will be equal to the Crowns remaining to B after he had given 3 Crowns to A, therefore B will than have left 3 And consequently if you add thereto the 3 (or b) Crowns which he gave to A the sum will be the number of Crowns which B had at first, which is 4 Than if from the number of Crowns A had at first (a) you subtract 3 (or b) crowns, there will remain to A a − b crowns, and giving the same to B, he will than have 5 Which according to the tenure of the Question is five times as much as what A had left, whence there ariseth this Equation. 6 Which equation being reduced by the second and seventh Rules of the eleventh Chapter, the value of a is discovered to be 7 And by the sixth and third steps the number of Crowns which B had at first are found to be  
So that it is found that A had 6 Crowns, and B had 12 Crowns, which numbers will satisfy the conditions of the Question. For,  
 
Quest. 8.  
A Labourer had 576 (or b) pence for threshing 60 (or c) Quarters of Corn, viz. Wheat and Barley; for the wheat he had 12 (or d) penny per Quarter, and for the Barley he had 6 (or f) penny per Quarter, I demand how many Quarters of each he threshed?  
1 For the quarters of wheat which he threshed put 2 Than the quarters of Barley will be 3 The quantity of Wheat in the first step being multiplied by its price produceth 4 The quantity of Barley in the second step being multiplied by its price, produceth 5 The sum of the quantities in the two last steps must be equal to the given price of the 60 quarters, whence this equation 6 Which being reduced by the second, third, and fifth Rules of the eleventh Chap. the quantity of Wheat will be discovered to be 7 And by the second and fifth steps the quantity of Barley is discovered to be  
So that the quarters of Wheat which he threshed were 36, and the quarter of Barley 24.  
The Proof.  
 
Quest. 9  
A Gentleman bought a Cloak of a Salesman, which cost him 3 l. − 10 s. or 70 (or b) shillings, and desiring the Salesman to tell him what he gained thereby, he said he gained ¼ (or c) of what it cost him, the question is what the Cloak cost the first penny?  
1 Suppose the Cloak cost 2 Than he gained 3 The first and Second steps being added together, their sum will be equal to the sum which the Gentleman gave for it, whence this equation 4 Which Equation being reduced by the ninth Rule of the eleventh Chap. the value of a will be discovered to be  
So that it cost 56 shillings, ¼ of which is 14 shillings, and 56+14 = 70.  
And if the quantity in the fourth step be duly considered, you will found that if the gain had been any other part or parts of the first cost, if the price it was sold for had been divided by the Fraction representing the part of gain, increased by 1, the quote would have been the answer.  
Quest. 10.  
A Gentleman hired a Labourer to work for him for 40 (or b) days, and made this agreement with him that for every day he wrought he should have 20 (or c) pence, and for every day that he played he should forfeit 8 (or d) pence, and at the end of the said 40 days he received 184 (or f) pence, which was his full due. Now I demand how many days he wrought, and how many days he played?  
1 For the number of days he wrought, put 2 Than the number of days he played will be 3 And if the time he wrought (in the first step) be multiplied by 20 (c) it will produce the total he gained by work, viz. 4 And if the time he played (in the 2d step) be drawn into 8 (d) the product will be what he lost by play 5 And if the total loss (in the fourth step) be subtracted from the gain (in the third step) the remainder will be what he received, whence this Equation 6 Which being reduced by the second and ninth Rules of the eleventh Chapter, it will discover the value of a to be eighteen which is the days that he wrought. 7 And from the sixth and second steps the number of days he played are discovered to be 22 days, viz.  
So that by the sixth step it appears he wrought 18 days, and by the seventh step it appears that he played 22 days.  
The proof.  
 
Quest. 11.  
A person (in the Afternoon) being asked what a Clock it was, answered that 3/5 (or b) parts of the time from Noon was equal to 5/8 (or c) parts of the time remaining to midnight, now, (supposing the time from Noon to Midnight to be divided in 12 (or d) equal parts or hours) I demand what was the present hour of the day?  
1 For the hour sought put 2 Than the time to midnight will be 3 Than will 3/5 (or b) parts of the hour from Noon be 4 And 5/8 (or c) parts of the time remaining till midnight will be 5 Therefore from the third and fourth steps there ariseth this equation. 6 Which equation being reduced according to the second and ninth Rules of the eleventh Chap. gives the value of a (to be the hour sought) viz.  
So that the hour sought was , and consequently the time remaining till midnight was hours', which two numbers will answer the conditions of the question, for, 3/5 parts of , which is is equal to 5/8 parts of , as you may prove at your leisure.  
Moreover, If the last step be converted into proportionals by the third Rule of the twelfth Chap. it will give this  
Theorem.  
As the sum of the parts of any two Numbers (wherein there is an equality) is to the sum of those Numbers, so is the given parts of any one of those Numbers, to the other Number.  
As suppose it were required to found out two Numbers, whose sum is 27, and such, that ¾ of the one may be equal to 3/5 of the other, the same may be found out by the said Theorem. For, which number so found is the number sought, whereof 3/5 is to be taken; and the other is 27 − 15 = 12, or it may be found by the following proportion, viz.  
 
Quest. 12.  
One asked a Shepherd what was the price of his hundred Sheep, quoth he, I have not an hundred, but if I had as many more, and half as many more, and 7½ (or b) sheep, than I should have just 100 (or c) I demand how many sheep he had?  
1 For the number of sheep he had, put 2 Which being doubled is 3 And if to the second step you add half the first, it is 4 And if to the third step there be added 7½ (or b) the sum is 5 Which quantity in the fourth step is equal to 100 (or c) whence this equation 6 Which equation being reduced by the 5th and 7th Rules of the 11th. Chap. the value of a will be discovered to be 37, viz.  
So that the number of sheep he had were 37 for 37+37+37/2+7½ = 100   

CHAP. XIV. How to Extract the Root of a Square form from a Binomial, and how by having any two of the Members of such a Square given to found out the third.  
I. A Binomial is a quantity consisting of two names or parts, as a+b, or a − b, aa+ee, b+d, etc. And when a Square is form from such a Root, it will consist of three members or parts, viz. two Affirmative Squares of the parts of which the Binomial is composed, and the double Rectangle of those parts, which double Rectangle is sometimes affirmative, and sometimes negative, viz. Affirmative, when the parts of the Binomial are both affirmative, or both negative, that is, when they are both signed with +, or both with −; and negative, when one of the parts of the Binomial Root is signed with +, and the other with −.  
So if a+b were given for a Root, its Square would be aa+2ab+bb which is composed of (aa and bb) the Squares of the parts of which the Root is composed, and of (2ab) the double Product, or Rectangle made by the multiplication of the said parts (a and b) one by the other. See the work.  
 
So if it were required to found the Square of the Binomial a − b, or b − a it (being multiplied by itself) would be aa − 2ab+bb, which is composed of (aa and bb) the sum of the Squares of the parts, and their double Rectangle, as before, but (2ab) the Double Rectangle of the parts is signed with −, so that the Squares of the difference of any two numbers or quantities is equal to the sum of the Squares of the said quantities or numbers made lesle by their double Rectangle. As by the work.  
 
So if the Number 10 were divided into 8 and 2, viz. 8+2, its Square would be 64+32+4 = 10×10 = 100 And the Square of 8 − 2 is 64 − 32+4 = 6×6 = 36 for 8 − 2 = 6 and 6×6 = 36.  
Note, That a Binomial Root having one of its parts signed with −, is by some Authors called a Residual Root, as a − b, and c − d etc. are Residuals.  
II. From what hath been said concerning the Square of a Binomial, m●… be inferred this  
Theorem.  
If a Compound quantity consisting of 3 members, whereof two are Squares of different names, with the sign+prefixed to them, and the third is the double Rectangle of the Roots of those Squares, having also the sign+prefixed to it, than shall the Square Root of such a compound quantity be the sum of the Square Roots of the said two simple Squares; but if the said double Rectangle hath the sign − prefixed to it, the Square Root of the said Compound quantity, shall be the difference of the said Roots.  
So the Square Root of aa+2ab+bb will be found to be a+b, for the Square Root of aa is a, and the Square Root of bb is b, which two Roots added together, give a+b.  
Also the Square Root of aa+8a+16 will be found to be a+4, the 2 Squares in the given quantity are aa and 16, and 8a is the double product of (a and 4) the said Roots being multiplied the one by the other.  
Likewise the Square Root of aa − 2ab+bb is a − b, or b − a, not a+b, because the double Rectangle (2ab) is signed with −.  
Furthermore the Square Root of 9aa+12ba+4bb is 3a+2b: The two Square quantities in the said Compound Square are 9aa, and 4bb, whose Roots are 3a and 2b, and 12bb is the double Product of 3a and 2b being multiplied together.  
And the Square Root of aa − 20a+100 is a − 10, for the two Squares in this Compound Square Quantity are aa and 100, whose Square Roots are a and 10, and 20a is the double rectangle of 10 and a they being multiplied together.  
The foregoing Theorem being well understood will be of excellent use in the Resolution of Questions, producing Quadratick Equations, as you will found by the Questions contained in the next Chapter.  
III. When it is required to extract the square Root of a quantity whose Root cannot be exactly extracted, than prefix the radical sign to it, which shall represent its Square Root. So the Square Root of bc is , or , and the Square Root of is thus represented, viz. , or , etc.  
iv From a due consideration of the foregoing Theorem, a way is discovered how by having any two of the members of a Square form from a binomial Root, the third member may be found out. For,  
When two Affirmative Square Quantities are given for two of the members of a Square form from a binomial Root, than take the Roots of those two Squares and multiply them the one by the other, and double the Product, so shall that Product doubled be the third member, which being annexed to the two given Squares, either by +, or −, it will make an exact Compound Square, whose Root shall be a Binomial.  
So if aa+bb were given for two of the members of a Square, first, I found their Roots to be a and b, which being multiplied the one by the other, produce ab, and that Product being doubled gives 2ab, for the middle Term of the Compound Square Quantity to make it a complete square, the Root whereof is a Binomial, viz. aa+2ab+bb, if the said double product be joined to the said sum of the Squares by the sign −, it will give the Compound Square Quantity aa − 2ab+bb whose Root is a − b.  
Also if 25aa+16bb were given for two of the members of a Square, whose Root is a Binomial. The said Square being completed, will be 25aa+40ab+16bb, or 25aa − 40ab+16bb, whose Root is either 5a+4b, or 5a − 4b.  
V When the two given members of a Compound Square Quantity, whose Root is a Binomial, are the double product or rectangle, and one of the two affirmative squares, divide half the said double product by the Root of the given square, and square the Quotient, so shall that square be the third member sought, which being joined to the two given Quantities with the sign +, it will give you a complete square having for its root a Binomial.  
As for Example. Let aa+2ba be proposed for 2 of the members of a square, whose Root is a Binomial: First, I take half of (2ba) the said double product and it is ba, which being divided by (a) the Root of (aa) the given Square, the Quotient is b, whose square is bb for the third member sought.  
Again, Let 25aa+40a be the two proposed terms of such a square, whose Root is a Binomial, and let it be required to found the other square which shall make it a complete square, raised from a Binomial Root; in order to which, first, I take half (40a) the double Product, viz. 20a, and divide it by the Root of (25aa) the given square, which is 5a, and the Quotient is 4, which being squared, gives 16 for the third member required, which being joined to the rest, giveth 25aa+40a+16 for the square completed.  
VI When the two given members of a square raised from a Binomial Root, are such that one of them is a square affirmative without any Number or Quantity prefixed to it, and the other is the Root of the said square multiplied by some other Quantity, than is that other Quantity by Artists called the Coefficient, and if you square half the said coefficient, or, (which is all one) take ¼ of the square of the coefficient, that shall be the third member required, which being joined to the two given quantities by the sign +, it will give you a complete square raised from a Binomial Root.  
Example. Let the two given members of a square be aa+2ba, and let it be required to found out the third member. Here the coefficient is 2b, half of which is b, which being squared, gives bb for the third member which was sought, so is the square completed aa+2ab+bb.  
In like manner, if the two given members of a square were aa+ba, and it were required to found out the third member.  
Here the coefficient is b, half of which is ½ b, or , whose square is ¼ bb, or for the member sought. Also let the two given members of a square be aa+8a, and let it be required to found out the third member. Here the coefficient is 8, half of which is 4, whose square is 16, for the third member required, so is aa+8a+16, a complete square, whose Root is a+4.  
Again, if the two given members of a square be aa − ca, and the third is required; First, I take half the coefficient c, viz. ½c, and than square it, and it gives ¼ cc, or for the member sought, and so is the square completed aa − ca+¼cc, whose Root is a − ½c.  
In like manner, if it were required to make aa+3ba a complete square, take half the coefficient (3b) which is 3/2b, or , whose square is 9/4bb, or , which being joined to the two given Terms with the sign +, it gives aa+3ba+ 9/4bb, whose Root is a+3/2b.  
The same Rule is to be observed for the squaring of half the coefficient when it is a Fraction.  
As for Example. Let the two members of a square raised from a Binomial given be aa+ , and let. it be required to found the third member. Here half the coefficient is which being squared, gives for the member sought, and so the square being completed, is , whose Root is .  
VII. When the Root of the given square hath no coefficient than the number 1 is supposed to be the co-efficient, half whereof, (viz. ½) being squared, gives () the third member sought to make it a complete square.  
So aa+a being given for 2 of the members of a square raised from a Binomial, its third member to make the square complete will be ¼, for aa+a = aa+●…a, where the Coefficient is 1, whose half is ½, which being squared, gives ¼ for the third member sought, so the Square being completed, is aa+a+¼, whose Root is a+½.  
This Chapter aught to be well understood before any further progress be made, for the manner how to resolve Questions which produce Quadratick (or square) Equations doth principally depend thereupon.   

CHAP. XV. Concerning the Resolution of Questions producing Quadratick Equations.  
1. QUadratick (or square) Equations, are such adfected or▪ Compounded Equations as consist of three terms, the highest of which is a square, and is called the highest term in the Equation, of which 3 Terms, 2 are always unknown, and the third is always known; the first of the three is the square of the Quantity, or Number sought, and the second Term is the Product of the Quantity sought, being multiplied by some known Number or Quantity, and is called the middle Term of an Equation, and the third Term is a Number, or Quantity purely known.  
So in this Equation, viz. aa+ba = d, the first and highest Term or member is aa, which is the square of the Quantity or Number sought, and ba is the middle term of the Equation which is the Product of the Quantity sought, it being drawn into b (which is known,) and the third term or member of this Equation is b, which is really known, and is usually called the Absolute Number or Quantity given.  
II. The Equations of this kind are of 3 Forms, which are laid down by Mr. Kersey in the 15th Chapter of the first Book of his Elements of Algebra, as followeth, viz.  
Equations of the first Form.  
 
Equations of the second Form.  
 
Equations of the third Form.  
 
III. The Resolution of Equations which fall under the first Form.  
When an Equation is composed after any of the three foregoing Forms, and any known Quantities are mixed with unknown, let it be so reduced by transposition (according to the Rules of the Eleventh Chapter) as that the known quantities may possess one side, and the unknown Quantities the other side of the Equation.  
Example. Let this Equation be given, viz. aa+b = − ba+bdc.  
By the transposition of B on the first part of the Equation, and − ba on the second part, it will be reduced to this Equation, viz. aa+ba = bdc − b, which is an Equation of the first Form: And when your Equation is so reduced, add to each part of the Equation the square of half the coefficient, and so will the first part of the Equation be an Exact and complete square, than according to the 2d and 3d Rule of the Fourteenth Chapter extract the square Root of both parts of the Equation, and from the Square Roots of both parts of the Equation subtract half the coefficient, and than you will discover the value of a. As in the following Examples.  
Quest. 1.  
What number is that which being squared, and multiplied by 8 (or b) the sum of the said Square and Product is equal to 384 (or c)?  
Resolution.  
1 For the number sought put 2 Whose Square is 3 It's Product by 8 (or b) is 4 The sum of the second and third steps must be equal to 384 (or c) whence this Equation. 5 To each part of the equation add the square of (●… b) half the coefficient, than will it be 6 Than by extracting the square root of both parts of the equation by the second and third Rules of the 14 Chap. it will be reduced to 7 By the transposition of ½ b to the second part of the Equation the value of a is discovered to be  
Which Equation is thus expressed in words, viz. the number sought is equal to the remainder, when (½ b) 4 is subtracted from the square root of the sum of (c) 384 and ¼ of the Square of (b) 8 (added together) which is 16, so that the value of a is 16. For c+¼bb = 400 and . and 20 − 4 = 16.  
Quest. 2.  
What Number is that whose Square being multiplied by 4 (or b) and its Biquadrate (or fourth Power) multiplied by 6 (or c) and the Products added together, the sum is 3850, (or d)  
Resolution.  
1 For the number sought put 2 It's Square multiplied by b is 3 It's Biquadrat multiplied by c is 4 The sum of the second and third steps must be equal to 3850 (or d) whence this Equation, viz. 5 And because the highest power of the equation is multiplied by c, therefore each part being divided by c the equation is 6 To each part of the equation add half the square of the coefficient () and the equation will be 7 Than the square Root of each part of the equation in the sixth step, being extracted by the second and third Rules of the 14 Chapter, the equation than will be 8 And by the transposition of to the second part of the equation the value of aa is found to be 9 And because the equation in the 8 step is the value of aa, therefore if the square Root of each part of that equation be extracted, the value of a itself will be discovered to be which in words is as much as to say the Number sought (or a) is equal to the square Root of the remainder when () 1/3 is subtracted from the square Root of the sum of 3850/6 (or ) and 16/144 (or ) being added together, so that the value of a, (or the Number sought) is 5. For, and 76/3 − 1/3 (and , which is the number sought.  
The Proof.  
 
You must remember always to reduce a Fraction to its lowest Terms before you extract its Root.  
III. The Resolution of Equations which fall under the second of the three Forms before mentioned.  
Quest. 1.  
What number is that which having 8 (or b) times its self subtracted from its square, the remainder▪ is 48 (or c)?  
Resolution.  
1 For the number sought put 2 Than will its square be 3 The first step multiplied by b is 4 If the third step be subtracted from the second, the remainder will be 48 (or c) whence this equation 5 To each part of that equation add the square of (½ b) half the coefficient, and than it will be 6 Extract the square Root of each part of the last equation by the second and third Rules of the 14th Chapter, and it is 7 And by the transposition of ½ b to the second part of the equation, the value of a is discovered to be 12. which in words is as much as to say, the Number sought (or a) is equal to the sum of the universal Square Root of the sum of 48 (or c) and a fourth part of the square of b (or ¼ bb) being added to 4 (or ½) which is 12 for c = 48 and ¼ bb = 16, and 48+16 = 64 and , and 8+4 (½ b) = 12.  
The Proof.  
 
Quest. 2.  
What number is that which having 12 (or b) times its square subtracted from its Biquadrate, or fourth power, the remainder is 3328 (or c)?  
Resolution.  
1 For the number sought put 2 Than its biquadrat is 2 And its square multiplied by 12 (or b) is 4 The difference of the second and third steps must be equal to 3328 (or c,) whence this equation, viz. 5 Square half the coefficient, and add it to each part of the equation, and than it will be 6 Extract the square Root of both parts of the equation by the second and third Rules of the 14 Chap. and than the equation will be 7 By the transposition of − ½ b to the contrary Coast the value of (a) the number sought will be discovered to be 8 By extracting the square root of both parts of the equation in the 7th step the value of a is found to be 8. which is as much as to say, that the Number sought, (or a) is equal to the universal square root of the sum of 6 (or ½ b) being added to the universal square Root of the sum of 3328, (or c) and 36 (or ¼ bb) which upon trial you will found to be 8.  
For, c = 3328, and b = 12, and ¼ bb = 36, wherefore 3328+36 = 3364, and , and 58+ (½ b) 6 = 64, and , which is the Number sought.  
iv The manner of resolving Equations, which fall under the last of the three forms beforementioned.  
Let the equation proposed (if it falls under the third and last form) be reduced to an equation of the second form, by the transposition of its terms, as in the following questions, viz.  
What Number is that whose square being subtracted from 12 (or b) times itself the remainder is 32 (or c)?  
Resolution.  
1 For the number sought put 2 It's product by 12 (or b) is 3 If from the second step you subtract (aa) the square of the first step, the remainder is 4 The remainder in the third step is equal to 32 (or c) whence this equation  
Now by transposition I reduce to an equation of the second of the foresaid forms. And First,  
5 By transposition of aa to the contrary part, the equation is 6 Than by transposition of c in the fifth step, the equation is 7 And by transposition of ba in the sixth step, the equation will be  
So that from a due consideration of the method used in reducing Equations of the third form to Equations of the second form you may easily perceive that the work of transposition in the fifth, sixth, and seventh steps is performed only by changing the signs of all the Terms of the Equation in the fourth step, viz. by changing + into −, and − into +.  
So the Equation in the fourth step is ba − aa = c.  
And by changing the signs of ba − aa on the first part of the Equation, and of c in the second part into − ba+aa, and − c, the Equation will than be − ba+aa = − c, or aa − ba = − c, which is the same with that in the seventh step, and it is now an Equation of the second of the three foregoing forms, so that I now proceed to the solution of the Equation  
8 The square of half the coefficient (●… b) in the seventh step to each part of the equation, it will than be 9 The square root of each part of the last equation being extracted by the second and third Rules of the 14 Chapter the equation will than be 10 And by the transposition of ●… b in the ninth step to the contrary part, the value of a will than be found to be (8) which is as much as to say that the number sought (or a) is equal to the sum of 6 (or ●… b) being added to the Square Root of the remainder, when 32 (or c) is subtracted from 36 (or ¼ bb) which is 8: For, ¼ bb − c = 4 whose square Root is 2, and 2+6 (or ●… b) = 8 which is the number sought.  
The proof.  
 
And 96 − 64 (aa) = 32 (or c) which was propounded.  
V The Resolution of various Questions producing Quadratick Equations.  
Quest. 1.  
There are two Numbers whose sum is 12 (or b) and the sum of their squares is 80 (or c) I demand what are those numbers?  
Resolution.  
1 For one of the numbers sought put 2 Than the other will be 3 Than the sum of their Squares will be 4 Which quantity in the third step is equal to 80 (or c) whence this equation. 5 Which equation being duly reduced by the Rules of the eleventh Chap. giveth this equation. 6 Which equation being solved according to the third Rule of this Chapter, the value of a is discovered to be  
7 Wherhfore I conclude the numbers sought are 8 and 4, for their sum is 12, and the sum of their squares is 80.  
8 Moreover the Equation in the sixth step will give this  
Canon,  
If from half the given sum of the squares you subtract half the square of the given sum, and to the remainder you add half the given sum, the square root thereof being added to the said half sum of the numbers, the sum of this addition will give you the greater number sought, and the greater number being subtracted from the given sum of the numbers, will give the lesser number sought.  
Quest. 2.  
There are two numbers, the product of whose multiplication is 96 (or b) and the sum of their squares is 208 (or c) I demand what are those numbers?  
Resolution.  
1 For one of the numbers sought put 2 Than by dividing 96 (or b) by a, the Quotient will give the other which is 3 The square of the number in the first step is 4 The square of the other number in the second step is 5 And the sum of their squares in the third and fourth steps is 6 Which sum in the fifth step must be equal to the given sum of the Squares 208 (or c) whence followeth this equation, viz.  
7 Which Equation in the last step beingduly reduced by the Rules of theeleventh Chapter the value of a will be discovered to be  
8 So that I conclude the numbers sought to be 12 and 8, for their product is 96, and the sum of their squares is 208.  
9 Moreover the Equation in the seventh step giveth this  
CANON,  
From ¼ of the Square of the given sum of the Squares subtract the Square of the given Product of the Multiplication of the numbers sought, and extract the square Root of the remainder, and to the said Square Root add half the given sum of the said squares, and than extract the square Root of the sum of that Addition, so shall that square Root be one of the Numbers sought, by which if you divide the given Product, the Quotient will be the other Number sought.  
QUEST. 3.  
There are two Numbers whose sum is 12 (or b) and the Product of their Multiplication is 20 (or c) what are the Numbers?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For one of the Numbers sought put 2 Which if you subtract from (12) b the given sum, the remainder will be the other number, viz. 3 And if the first and second steps be multiplied the one by the other, the Product will be 4 Which Product the Question requires to be equal to 20 (or c) from whence this equation  
5 Which equation is of the third and last form, mentioned in the beginning of this Chapter, which being duly reduced by the Rules of the eleventh Chapter, it will be  
6 Which Equation being solved according to the method used in the fourth Rule of this Chapter, the value of a will be discovered to be  
7 So that I conclude the Numbers sought to be 10 and 2, whose sum is 12, and their product 20, according to the conditions of the Question, moreover the Equation in the sixth step, will present you with this  
CANON,  
From the Square of half the given sum of the Numbers sought, subtract their given product, and extract the square Root of the remainder, and to its square Root add half the given sum of the numbers sought, so shall the sum of that Addition be the greater Number sought, which being subtracted from the said given sum will leave the lesser.  
QUEST. 4.  
There are three Numbers which are Geometrical proportionals continued, the mean whereof is 12 (or b) and the two extremes are such, that their difference is 18 (or c) I demand what are those three Numbers?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For the lesser extreme put 2 Than the greater will be 3 Than will the product made by the multiplication of the extremes in the first and second steps be 4 Which Product (or Rectangle) in the third step must be equal to the square (of (12 or b) the mean whence this Equation. 5 Which Equation being solved by the second Rule of this Chapter, the value of a will be found to be  
6 I say the extreme proportionals sought are 6 and 24, whose difference is 18: For,  
7 The Equation in the fifth step being well considered, will present you with this  
CANON,  
If to the Square of the given mean you add the square of half the difference of the extremes, or (which is all one) ¼ part of the square of the given difference of the extremes, and extract the square root of the sum of that Addition, and than from that square root subtract half the said difference, the remainder will be the lesser extreme, and if thereto you add the given difference, that sum will be the greater extreme.  
QUEST. 5.  
A Draper sold a piece of Cloth for 24 l. (or b) and gained as much per Cent. (or c) as the cloth cost him, I demand how much it cost him?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For the price which the cloth cost put 2 Than will the gain by its sale be 3 Than by the Rule of three found how much is gained per Cent. saying, , so that his gain per cent. was 4 Which quantity in the 3d step according to the tenure of the Question must be equal to what the cloth cost in the first step whence this Equation, viz. 5 Which being reduced by the Rules of the eleventh Chapter, it will be 6 Which (being an Equation of the first of the 3 forms delivered in the beginning in the fifteenth Chap.) being solved by the 2d and 3d rule the 14 Chapter, the value of a is discovered to be  
I say the cloth cost 20 l. which is the value of a, for and , so that he gained 4 l. in laying out 20: For, and so the conditions of the Question are satisfied.  
QUEST. 7.  
A Merchant bought a certain number of pieces of cloth, and paid 30 pounds (or b) per Cloth, and sold them again at such a rate per Cloth, that if the pounds he sold a Cloth for be multiplied by the pounds he gained per Cloth, the product will be equal to the Cube of the number of pounds gained per Cloth, I demand what he gained per Cloth, and what he sold each Cloth for?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For the number of pounds gained per piece, put 2 To which if you add 30 (or b) the sum will be the number of pounds it was sold for per piece, viz. 3 And if (according to the tenure of the Question) the second step be multiplied by the first, the product will be 4 Which Product in the third step, must (according to the nature of the Question) be equal to the Cube of the pounds gained per Cloth in the first step whence this equation, viz. 5 Which equation being reduced by the third and sixth Rules of the eleventh Chap. it will than be 6 Which equation in the 5th step being solved by the 7th Rule of the 14th Chap. and the sixth Rule of this Chap. the value of a will be discovered to be which is as much as to say in words, a (or the gain per Cloth) is equal to the sum when ½ is added the Square Root of the sum of 30, and ½ added together, (viz. the Square Root of 30¼) which is .  
I say he gained 6 pounds per Cloth, and he sold it for 36 pounds per Cloth, which two numbers will satisfy the conditions of the Question.  
The proof.  
 
QUEST. 8.  
A Bricklayer, and a Labourer wrought together at the building of a certain house 42 days, (or b) and the labourer he wrought 4 (or c) days more than the Bricklayer did to gain one pound, and at the end of the 42 days the Bricklayer received for his work 1¾ pounds (or d) more than the Labourer, I demand how many days each of them wrought for 1l.  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For the number of days which the Bricklayer wrought for 1l. put 2 Than according to the conditions of the question, the number of days that the labourer wrought for 1l. will be 3 By the Rule of proportion found how many pounds the Brick layer received for the work of 42 days, as followeth, which is 4 Than found out by the Rule of 3 howmany pounds the Labourer received for his work in 42 days thus which is 5 But the Bricklayer received 11/3 (or b) pounds more than the Labourer for 42 days work, wherefore if to the 4th step you add d (or 11/3) it will be equal to what the Bricklayer received in the third step, whence this equation, viz. 6 Which Equation being reduced by the fourth, second, and seventh Rules of the eleventh Chapter, it will than be 7 The Equation in the fifth step being solved by the Rule of this Chapter, the value of a will be discovered, viz. which is as much as to say a (or the number of days which the Bricklayer wrought) is equal to the difference when (〈◊〉) 2 is subtracted from the square root of the sum of or 96 & which is 100 = 10 − 2 = 8.  
I say the Bricklayer wrought 8 days for twenty shillings, and the Labourer wrought 8+4 = 12 days, which two numbers will satisfy the conditions of the Question as will appear by the  
Proof.  
First by the Rule of Three found what the Bricklayer received for the 42 days, saying,  
 
Than found how much the Labourer received for his 42 days work by the Rule of Three, saying,  
 
So that I found the Bricklayer for his 42 days work received 5l. − 5ss. and the Labourer 3l. − 10s. which is 1l. − 15, or 1¾ l. lesle than the Bricklayer received.  
QUEST. 9  
A Gentleman bought a House, and sold it again for 280 pounds (or b) and by its sale he gained so many pounds, that their Square being added to the square of the number of pounds it cost him, the sum will amount to 52000 (or c) pounds, now I demand how much the house cost him?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For the number of pounds which the house cost, put 2 Than will the gain by its sale be 3 The Square of (a) its first cost is 4 The Square of the gain by Sale is 5 The sum of the two quantities in the third and fourth steps is 6 Which quantity in the fifth step is equal to 52000 (or c) whence this Equation 7 Which equation being reduced by the third and seventh Rules of the eleventh Chapter it will be 8 Which Equation being solved by the third Rule of this Chapter, the value of a will be discovered, viz. which is as much as to say in words, (a) the price which the house cost is equal to the sum when half what he sold it for is added to the Square Root of the sum of half the given sum of the Squares added to a fourth part of the Square of what it was sold for, that sum being made lesle by half the Square of what it was sold for; which was 220 l. and he gained by the sale 60 l. For,  
, and , and , now 26000+19600 = 45600, and 45600 − 39200 = 6400, and , and 80+ (●… b) 140 = 220, which is the number of pounds the house cost, and 280 − 220 = 60, which is the number of pounds he gained by the Sale of the house, as you will found by  
The proof.  
whereby the conditions of the Question are answered.  
QUEST. 10.  
A Draper sold 2 pieces of Cloth (whereof one containeth 6 (or b) yards more than the other) for two equal numbers of shillings, the lesser piece he selleth for 2 (or c) shillings per yard more than the other, and the number of shillings which one piece was sold for, did exceed the number of yards in both pieces by 186 (or d) the Question is what was the Number of yards in each piece, and what each piece was sold for per yard?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For the number of yards in the lest piece put 2 Than will the yards in the greater piece be 3 Than will the sum of the yards in both pieces be 4 Than if (according to the nature of the Question) to the sum of the yards in the third step, you add 186 (or d) the sum will be the number of shillings which each piece was sold for, viz. 5 And if the quantity in the fourth step be divided by (a) the quantity in the first step, the Quotient will give the number of shillings that 1 yard of the lest piece was sold for 6 And if the said Quantity in in the fourth step be divided by the number of yards in the biggest piece, (which is the Quantity in the second step) the Quotient will give the number of shillings that a yard of the biggest piece was sold for, which is 7 If to the Quantity in the sixth step you add 2 (or c) shillings, it will than be  
8 Which Quantity in the seventh step (as the Question requires) is equal to the Quantity in the fifth step, whence this Equation, viz.  
9 Which equation in the eighth step being reduced by the Rules of the Eleventh Chapter, it will than be  
10 The Equation in the last step being solved by the third Rule of this Chapter, the value of a will be discovered to be  
11 But if you consider well the Equation in the ninth step, you will found the coefficient to be 0, for , and therefore , whence the middle term in that Equation is 0, and therefore the middle term being removed, the Equation will be which is a simple Equation, and if the Square root of both parts of that equation be extracted, the value of a will be discovered to be , which is the same with the value of a in the tenth step, as you may easily found upon Trial, wherefore I say,  
The number of yards in the lest piece is 24.  
And the number of yards in the biggest piece is 24+6 = 30, which two numbers will satisfy the conditions of the Questions as will appear by  
The Proof.  
The number of yards in both pieces is 24+30 = 54, which if added to 186 (as the Question requires) will give the number of shillings which one piece was sold for, which is 54+186 = 240, and the lest piece was sold at 10 shillings per yard.  
And the price of a yard of the biggest piece was 8 s. For, which is two shillings per yard lesle than the lesser piece was sold for per yard, and therefore the answer is true, and the conditions of the Question are satisfied.   

CHAP. XVI. The Doctrine of Surd Quantities.  
I. ALL Quantities or Numbers whatsoever, whether Integral, or Fractional, are called Rational, but when the Root of any power cannot be exactly extracted, such Root is called Irrati) nal or Surd, and is expressed by putting the Radical sign before the number out of which the Root proposed aught to be extracted; as √ or placed before any Number or Quantity signifieth the Square Root of the Quantity or Number, and the Cube Root, and the Biquadrate Root, &c, So , or or signifieth the Square Root of 12, and its Cube Root, etc.  
II. Surd Numbers are twofold, viz. Simple, and Compound; A Simple Surd Quantity is when the Radical sign is prefixed to a Simple Quantity, as or .  
A Compound Surd Quantity consists of several Simple Surds, which are connected together by + or −, as , and , and which last Compound Surd is usually called an universal Root.  
III. To Reduce Simple Surd Quantities that have different radical signs to a common radical sign.  
Let the Indices of the given Powers be reduced to their lowest Terms by their common measurer, and set the Quotients under their respective Dividends, and multiply crosswise, so shall the product be the Index required, before which placing √, it shall than be the common radical sign required; Than raise the Powers of the given Roots to the powers signified by the said altern Quotients, before which said Powers place the common radical sign found as before, so will you have new furred Quantities equal to the given Quantities, and having equal Radical signs.  
Example. Let it be required to reduce , and to two other Roots equivalent to the former, having a common radical sign.  
 
First, the exponents 6 and 8 are reduced to 3 and 4, which being placed under the given exponents 6 and 8 as you see, and having multiplied crosswise. viz. 3×8, or 4×6, you have 24 for a new index, to which prefix √, and it is for the common radical sign, and than raising 12 to the third power thereof, and 8 to the fourth, you have and equal to , and .  
So if it were required to reduce , and to Surd Roots equivalent thereto, having a common Radical sign, it will be as followeth.  
 
iv Multiplication in Simple Surd Quantities.  
1. If the Quantities given to be multiplied have a common radical sign, than multiply them together without any regard to the sign, and to the product prefix the given Radical sign, which new quantity shall be the Product sought.  
So if be to be multiplied by , the Product will be , and by produceth . and by , produceth and by produceth . etc.  
2. But if the Quantities given to be multiplied have not a common Radical sign, let them be reduced to such by the third Rule foregoing, and than proceed as before.  
Example. What is the Product of by ? The said Quantities being reduced to a common radical sign, will be and which being multiplied together, produce which is the product sought.  
So the being multiplied by they being Reduced to a common radical sign, are , and which being multiplied produce .  
3. When a furred Quantity is to be multiplied by a rational quantity, than first raise the given rational quantity to the power of the given quantity, whose Roo●… is irrational or furred; and than proceed as before.  
So if it were required to multiply by 5, the rational number 5 being raised to the second power is 25, and than you will have to multiply by , whose Product is .  
Likewise being to be multiplied by a, the Product will be , for a being raised to the third power is aaa, and by produceth as before.  
V Division in Simple Surd Quantities.  
1. Reduce the Surd Quantities given to be divided to a common Radical sign by the third Rule of this Chapter, and than divide the Quantity following the Radical sign of the Dividend by the quantity following the radical sign of the Divisor, and to the Quotient prefix the said common Radical sign, so shall that Surd Quantity be the Quo-tient sought.  
Example. There being given to be divided by , the quotient will be . And being to be divided by , the quotient will be and being given to be divided by , the Quotient will be , for the given quantities being reduced to a common radical sign, are and .  
VI Addition and Subtraction of simple Surd quantities.  
1. When the Surd Roots to be added together, are equal, multiply any one of them by the given number of Surd quantities, so shall that product be the sum required, before which prefix the radical sign given, so the sum of and is , for the given number of roots is 2, whose square is 4, and , so being to be added to , their sum is and being to be added to , and their sum will be for the given Number of Surds is 3, and being multiplied by 3, viz. (by the third part of the fourth Rule) the Product is which is the sum of , , and , which was required.  
2. When two unequal Surd Roots which have the same Radical sign prefixed to each of them, be to be added together, or when the lesser of them is to be subtracted from the greater, Than you must first try whether they be commensurable, or not; that is, if after they have been divided by their greatest common measurer, the Quotients be rational Quantities, than multiply the sum of those rational quantities by the said common Divisor, and the Product shall be the sum of the Surd Quantities propounded; and i●… the difference of those Rational Quotients be multiplied by the said common measurer, than will the Product be the difference of the Surd Quantities propounded.  
Example. Let it be required to found the sum and difference of , and , their greatest common measurer is , by which they being divided, the Quotients are 5 and , viz. 5 and 1, whose sum is 7, which being multiplied by , the Product is 7 or , which is the desired sum of the Surd Quantities propounded. And if the difference of the said Rational Quotients, viz. 5 − 2 (or 3) be multiplied by the said common Divisor () the Product will be , which is the difference of the Surd Quantities given, the lesser being subtracted from the greater.  
But if the simple Surd quantities given to be added, or subtracted, be incommensurable, neither their sum nor difference can be expressed by any simple Term, or Root, but their sum and difference must be expressed by + and −; as suppose you were to add and together, their sum would be , and their difference . The like of other quantities expressed by letters.   

CHAP. XVII. The Parts of Numeration in Compound Surd Quantities.  
I. Addition and Subtraction in Compound Surd Quantities.  
THE Addition and Subtraction of Compound Surd quantities is the same with the simple Surds, having respect to the signs of Affirmation and Negation, viz. + and −.  
So if to you add the sum will be and if from you subtract the difference will be .  
Likewise if to you are to add the sum is and if you subtract the latter from the former, the remainder will be  
These two examples are of Compound Surd quantities which are commensurable, and the next is of Compound Surd quantities, partly commensurable, and partly incommensurable. As  
Let it be required to add , to the sum will be , and if the former be subtracted from the latter, the remainder will be .  
The same is to be observed in Addition and Subtraction of Compound Surd quantities altogether incommensurable. As in the following Examples.  
 
II. Multiplication in Compound Surd Quantities.  
 
III. Division in Compound Surd Quantities.  
 
These Examples will not seem difficult to the ingenious, if what is before delivered concerning Surd quantities be duly considered.   

CHAP. XVII. The parts of Numeration in Universal Surd Roots.  
WHen it is required to extract the Root of any Compound quantity, whether Square, Cube, Biquadrat, etc. if they cannot be exactly extracted without any remainder; than if to such given compound quantity you prefix the Radical sign, such Roots are called Universal Surd Roots, and first, concerning  
I. Multiplication in Universal Surds.  
1. When any Universal Root is to be multiplied by a Rational quantity, or by any Surd, multiply the Square of the Multiplicand by the Square of the Multiplyar, when the Universal Radical sign is quadratick, or the Cube of the Multiplicand by the Cube of the Multiplyar, when the Universal Radical sign is Cubical, and before that Product prefix the given universal Radical sign, so shall that new universal Root be the Product sought.  
Example. Let it be required to multiply by 2 this universal Square Root, viz. I take the square of 2, which is 4, and the square of , which is , and multiply it by 4, and the Product is , whose universal square Root is the Product sought, viz.  
Also if were to be multiplied by 2, or doubled, take the Cube of the universal Root given, which is , and multiply the same by the Cube of 2, which is 8, and the Product is , the Cube Root of which is the Product sought, viz. , and it is double to the Surd Root given.  
In like manner, if it were required to multiply into its self, or to found. it's square; the squares of the parts are and the sum of which is 24, and the Product made by the Multiplication of the parts one into the other, viz. into is , (for the difference of the Squares of 12 and is 138 whose square Root is , and the double of the said product is , which added to 24 (the sum of the squares of the parts) makes , which is the square of .  
Likewise if is to be multiplied by , the Product will be found to be 20, for if (which is the square of ) be subtracted from 36 (the square of 6) there will remain which is 20, the Product sought. Also , and and 2×10 = 20 as before.  
Again, if it be required to multiply by a, the squares of the given quantities are aa+bb and aa, which being multiplied the one into the other, the Product will be aaaa+bbaa, the universal Square Root of which is the Product aught, viz. which may be more sompendiously expressed thus, .  
II. Division in Universal Surds.  
As in Multiplication you multiplied the Square of the Multiplicand by the square of the Multiplyar, the given Radical sign being Quadratick, etc. So in Division of Universal Surd Roots you are to divide the square of the Dividend by the square of the Divisor, when the universal Radical sign is Quadratick, and Divide the Cube of the Dividend by the Cube of the Divisor, when the universal Radical sign is Cubical, etc. so shall the Quotient, when the universal radical sign given is prefixed thereto, be the Quotient required.  
Example. What is the Quotient when is divided by 2? Here I divide (which is the square of the dividend) by 4 (the square of the given Divisor) and there ariseth the universal square Root of which, viz. is the Quotient required.  
Also if it were required to divide by 2, the Quotient would be found to be here the Cube of the given Dividend is which being divided by 8 (the Cube of 2) there will arise , to which if you prefix the universal radical sign of its Cube Root, it will be which is the Quotient sought.  
Likewise ifit be required to divide by a, the Quotient will be found to be for, the square of the Dividend is aaaa+bbaa, and the square of the Divisor is aa, and when Division is ended, there will arise aa+bb the universal square Root of which is which is the quotient sought.  
But when the work of Division in universal Surd Quantities happens to be intricate, and its operation canno be finished without a remainder, you may set the power of the Dividend for a Numerator, and the power of the Divisor for a Denominator, and against the line of Separation, place, or prefix the universal radical sign, which universal Root so signified shall be the Quotient sought.  
As if it were required to divide by the quotient will be .  
III. Addition and Subtraction in Universal Surd Quantities.  
1. If two Universal Surd quantities that are commensurable are proposed to be added together, or subtracted, the operation may be performed like simple Surds. As for Example. If the sum and difference of and were required.  
Here each of the said quantities being divided by their greatest common measurer, the Quotients are and , viz. 2 and 1, which are rational Numbers expressing the proportion of the Surds propounded, therefore if their common Divisor be multiplied 2+1S (viz. 3) it giveth for the sum required, and the said common Divisor being multiplied by (2 − 1) the difference of the said 2 and 1, it will produce for the difference of the Roots proposed.  
Likewise if it were required to found the sum and difference of and .  
The said Quantities being reduced, are and  
Therefore is their sum and their difference is .  
2. When the Root of a residual is to be added to, or subtracted, from the Root of its correspondent Binomial, than may those Roots be connected together by the signs + and −; and than the whole being multiplied by itself, the universal Root of the Product shall be the sum or difference of the Roots propounded.  
As suppose were propounded to be added to the given Roots being connected together by +, make which composed Quantity being multiplied by itself, produceth , whose universal Square Root () shall be the sum of the Quantities proposed to be added.  
But if be multiplied into itself, the product will be , whose universal square Root is the difference of the two given Roots.  
3. But if the universal roots to be added or subtracted are not commensurable, &c, than they are to be added by +, and subtracted by −.  
So if it were required to add to their sum would be  
And the latter being subtracted from the former, the remainder would be  
And the sum of being added to will be and the latter being subtracted from the former, the remainder will be  
iv The Extraction of the Square Root out of Binomials, and Reseduals.  
Subtract the Square of the lesser part of the given Binomial, from the Square of the greater part, and add the Square root of the remainder to the greater part, and also subtract it therefrom, and than extract the square roots of the Sum and remainder, and join them together by + if the quantity proposed be a Binomial, but by − if it be a Residual, which roots so joined, are the square root of the given Binomial, or Residual.  
Example 1.  
Extract the Square root of this Binomial, viz. 1 From the square of the greater, part 38, viz. from 2 Subtract the square of the lesser part, viz. which is 3 The remainder is 4 The square root of the remainder is 5 To which root if you add the greater part 38, the sum is 6 The half of which sum is 7 The square root of the said half sum is the greater part of the root sought, which is 8 From the greater part of the given Binomial, viz. 38, subtract the square root in the fourth step, viz. 12, the remainder is 9 The half of which is 10 The square root of the said half remainder is the lesser part of the root sought. 11 To which if you add the quantity in the seventh step, the sum will be the square root sought, viz. which is the square root of the given Binomial, but if the given furred quantity had been a Residual, viz. if it had been required to extract the square root of , than the root would have been .  
Example 2.  
Extract the square root of this Binomial, viz. 1 The square of the greater part 7, is 2 From which subtract the square of the lesser part, (viz. 0,) which is 3 The remainder is 4 The square root of that remainder is 5 To which square root add the greater part of the given Binomial, viz. 7, and the sum is 6 The half of which sum is 7 The square root of the said sum is the greater part of the root sought, which is 8 From the greater part of the given Binomial, viz. from 7) subtract in the fourth step, and the remainder is 9 The half of which remainder is 10 The square root of the said half remainder is the lesser part of the root sought, which is  
11 Which being joined to the greater part of the root sought in the seventh step by the sign +, the sum will be the square root sought, which is  
But if the lesser part of the said root found in the tenth step be joined to the greater part found in the seventh step by interposing the sign − instead of +, it will than be the square root of the residual .  
Example 3.  
Let it be required to extract the square root of this Binomial, viz. aa+d added to , supposing the greater part of the given Binomial, to be aa+d. Than,  
1 The square of the greater part is 2 From which subtract the square of the lesser part () viz. 4daa, and the remainder is 3 The square root of that remainder is 4 To which square root add the greater part of the given Binomial, viz. aa+d, and the sum is 5 The half of which sum is 6 The square root of which half sum is the greater part of the root sought, which is 7 From (aa+d) the greater part of the given binomial subtract the square root found in the third step (aa − d) and the remainder is 8 The half of which remainder is 9 The square root of which half remainder, is the lesser part of the root sought, viz. 10 Which said root being joined to the greater part found in the sixth step by the sign +, it will be the root sought, viz. but if the quantity in the ninth step be joined to the quantity in the sixth step, by interposing the sign −, it will than be the square root of the residual, aa+d lesle .  
Example 4.  
Let it be required to extract the square root of supposing the greater part to be 1 The square of the greater part is 2 From which subtract the square of the lesser part, which is 3 And the remainder is 4 The square root of that remainder is 5 To which if you add the greater part of the given binomial, the sum is 6 The half of which sum is 7 The square root of the said half sum is the greater part of the root sought, which is 8 From the greater part of the given binomial subtract the square root found in the fourth step, and the remainder is 9 The half of which remainder is 10 The square root of the said half remainder is the lesser part of the root sought, which is  
11 If to the greater part of the root sought in the seventh step, you join the lesser part in the eleventh step, by interposing the sign +, it will than be the root sought, which is  
But if the two said quantities are joined together by the interposition of the sign −, it will than be the square root of the residual lesle 2ed.  
V Some Questions to exercise the Rules of this and the foregoing Chapters.  
QUEST. 1.  
Let it be required to divide 100 (or c) into two such unequal parts, that 100 multiplied by the lesser part may be equal to the square of the greater.  
RESOLUTION.  
1 For the greater number put 2 Than will the lesser be 3 By which if you multiply 100 (or c) the product will be 4 Which quantity in the 3d step must be equal to the square of the Quantity in the first step, whence this equation. 5 Which Equation being reduced by the rules of the 11 Chap. and solved the value of a will be discovered to be which Equation in the last step being duly considered, will present you with this  
Theorem.  
To the Square of the given line or number add a fourth part of its Square, and extract the Square root of that sum, than from the said square root subtract half the given line, so shall the remainder be the greater segment, or number sought.  
QUEST. 2.  
What Number is that whose square being made lesle by the Rectangle of itself drawn into 12 (or b) the remainder is equal to f?  
1 For the number sought put 2 The square of which is 3 The Rectangle of a in b is 4 If the quantity in the third step be subtracted from the quantity in the second step, the remainder is equal to f, whence this Equation. 5 Which Equation being solved by the rules of the 11th Chapter the value of a will be found to be  
The Proof.  
6 If 7 Than by subtracting ½ b from each part of the equation there remaineth 8 Than by squaring each part of the equation you have 9 And by subtracting ¼ bb from both sides of the equation there remaineth which was to be proved  
QUEST. 3.  
1. Let c and d be put for two such known Quantities that d not , and let a be put for a quantity unknown, and let it be granted that ca − aa = d what is the value of a?  
2 The given equation in the first step is one of the third form mentioned in the beginning of the fifteenth Chapter, and it will be found that the 2 values of a are By either of which values of a the Equation propounded in the first step may be expounded, as will appear by the  
DEMONSTRATION,  
1 If 2 Than by the transposition of ½ c to the contrary coast, it is 3 And by squaring each part of the last equation, it is 4 And by subtracting ¼ cc from each part of the equation, it is 5 And by changing the signs on the quantities on each side of the equation it is which was to be demonstrated. 6 Again if 7 Than by transposition of to the other side it is 8 And by transposition of a it is 9 And by squaring each part of the equation it will than be 10 And by subtracting ¼ cc from both parts of the equation, it is 11 And the quantities on both sides of the equation being transposed to the contrary coast, and the signs of each thereby changed, the equation will than be which was likewise to be proved.  
QUEST. 4.  
Let it be required to divide 100 into two such parts that if each part be divided by the other, the sum of the Quotients may be 3. This is Quest. 1. of the ninth Chapter of the second Book of Kersey's Elements of Algebra, and it is thus wrought, viz.  
1 For one of the parts sought put 2 Than will the other be 3 Each of which quantities in the first and second steps being mutually divided by each other (according to the import of the question) this equation ariseth 4 Which equation being duly reduced, gives 5 Which is an equation of the third form mentioned in Chap. 15. and being solved according to the method there given the two values of a will be found to be which you may easily prove at your leisure.   

CHAP. XVIII. Algebraical Questions Resolved by various Positions.  
MR. Kersey in the Twelfth Chapter of the second Book of his Elements of Algebra, hath laid down Rules for the solution of Questions Algebraically by various Positions; assuming a peculiar letter to represent every one of the Quantities sought, viz. a for one unknown Quantity, e for another, and y for a third, etc. and for the performance of the work he hath laid down 3 Rules which are as followeth, viz.  
RULE 1.  
When many Quantities are sought in a Question, let them be represented by various letters, and let the tenor of the Question be represented by Equations, which done by Transposition found what any single letter in the first equation is equal to; Than wheresoever that Letter is found in the other equations, instead thereof, take what it is found equal to, so will that letter quite vanish out of the following Equations; Than by Transposition set a second letter alone in one of those equations out of which the first letter was canceled and poceed as before, so at length one of the letters will be made known ' by help of which the rest will be easily discovered.  
RULE 2.  
When the same Quantity, (suppose a) is found in two several Equations, and equal numbers are prefixed to those Quantities, than if their signs be both + or both −, subtract the lesser Equation from the greater, but if the signs be one +, and the other −, than add those two Equations together, so will the said Quantity a quite vanish.  
RULE 3.  
When the same Quantity, (suppose a) is found in two several Equations, but the numbers prefixed to those equal Quantities are unequal, those two Equations may be reduced to two others which shall have equal numbers prefixed to the said Quantity a thus, viz. Multiply all the Quantities in the first Equation by the number prefixed to a in the second equation; and also multiply all the quantities in the second Equation by the number prefixed to the same quantity a in the first Equation, so by such alternate multiplication two new equations will be produced, wherein the numbers prefixed to the said quantity a will be equal to one another, and than proceed according to the second Rule, and expel the same quantity out of the Rest of the Equations; proceed in like manner with a second Quantity, until at length some one Quantity, be made known; by which all the rest may be found out. The three foregoing Rules will be exercised in the Resolution of the following Questions.  
QUEST. 1.  
Divide 100 (or c) into two such numbers, (viz. a and e) that may be equal to 30 (or d) I demand the numbers a and e?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 If 2 And 3 Than by transposition of e in the first step, you will have 4 By reducing the Equation in the second step, so as a may solely possess one side thereof, you will have 5 If instead of a in the 4th step you take what a is equal to in the third step, you will have this Equation, viz. 6 The first part of the Equation in the fifth step being multiplied by 5, will give 7 By the transposition of − 5e it is 8 And by the transposition of 15d in the last step, you have 9 Each part of the Equation in the last step being divided by 2, will give the value of e, viz.  
I say the value of e is 25, and the value of a is 100 − 25 = 75 which will answer the conditions of the Question. As appears by  
The Proof.  
 
QUEST. 2.  
There are two Numbers (a the greater, and e the lesser) whose difference is 4 (or b) and the difference of their Squares is 64 (or c) what are the Numbers?  
RESOLUTION.  
1 If 2 Than by the transposition of e you have 3 And if 4 Than by transposition of ee it is 5 If both parts of the equation in the second step be squared, it will be 6 And if instead of aa in the fifth Equation, you place what it is equal to in the fourth step, the equation will than be 7 By subtracting ee from both parts of the last equation you will have 8 By dividing both parts of the last equation by b, you will than have 9 By transposition of b in the last step, the Equation will than be 10 And if both parts of the equation in the last step be divided by 2, the value of e will than be discovered to be  
I say the value of e (the lesser number) is 6, and by the second step (a) the greater number is e+b = 6+4 = 10, which two numbers, (viz. 10 and 6) will satisfy the Conditions of the Question, as will appear by  
The Proof.  
 
QUEST. 3.  
A Maid being at Market sold 10 dozen of eggs, and twelve Pounds of Butter for thirteen shilling, and at another time, and at the same rate, she selleth Eight dozen of Eggs, and 18 pounds of Butter for 16 shillings, I demand how she sold her Eggs per dozen, and her Butter per pound?  
Let a represent the desired value of a dozen of Eggs, and for the price of a pound of Butter put e, and than may the Question being abstracted from words be stated thus, viz.  
1 If 2 And  
What are the values of a and e?  
RESOLUTION.  
3 By transposition of 12e in the first step, that equation will be 4 And both parts of the last equation being divided by 10 it is 5 By transposition of ●…8e in the second step that equation will be 6 Each part of the last equation being divided by 8 will give 7 If instead of a in the sixth step, you place what it is equal to in the fourth step the equation will than be 8 Both parts of the last equation being reduced to integers will give 9 By transposition of 180e and 104 in the last equation each to the contrary coast the equation will than be 10 If each part of the last equation be divided by 84 the value of e will be discovered to be which is 8ds for the price of 1 pound of butter.  11 By the 10th step the value of e is discovered to be 2/3s. by which means the value of a (by the quantities in the fourth and sixth steps) is found to be 6ds. for the 4th step is  
And it hath been found before that so that and so the maid sold her Eggs at 6ds. per dozen, and her Butter at 8ds. per pound, which will answer the conditions of the Question.  
QUEST. 4.  
Three Men, viz. A, B, and C discourse thus together concerning their Age, quoth B to A, your age added to mine is 54, (or b years) quoth C to B, and my age added to yours makes 78 (or c) years, and quoth A to C my age added to yours is 72 (or d) years, I demand the age of each person?  
Let the Age of each person be represented by the letters a e y, viz. for the age of A put a, for the age of B put e, and for the age of C put y; and the Question being abstracted from words, will be as followeth, viz.  
1 If 2 And 3 And  
What are the values of a e and y?  
RESOLUTION.  
4 By transposition of e in the first step there will arise 5 Ifinstead of a in the third step you put what a is equal to in the fourth step, there will arise 6 By the transposition of d and e in the last step, there ariseth 7 And if instead of e in the second step you take the latter part of the sixth step, there will than arise 8 In which last equation there is no unknown quantity but y, and therefore the equation being duly reduced, will discover the value of y to be 9 If in the sixth step in stead of y you take the latter part of the equation in the eighth step, the value of e will be found to be 10 And if instead of e in the fourth step, you take the latter part of the Equation in the ninth step, the value of a will be discovered, viz.  
And thus the work is finished, and the equations in the Eighth, ninth, and tenth steps present you with this  
CANON,  
From the sum of every two of the three given Numbers subtract the third number remaining, so shall the three remaining numbers being divided by 2 be the numbers sought. So the numbers sought in the Question, viz. a, e, and y, are found to be 24, 30, and 48, viz. the age of A is 24, the age of B is 30, and the age of C is 48, which three numbers will satisfy the conditions of the Question for 24+30 = 54, and 30+48 = 78, and 48+24 = 72:  
QUEST. 5.  
What two numbers are those whose sum is 20, (or b) and their difference 4 (or c)?  
Let a be put for the greater number sought, and e for the lesser, and than the Question being extracted from words may be stated thus, viz.  
1 If 2 And  
What are a and e?  
RESOLUTION.  
3 Forasmuch as+1●… is found in each of the equations in the first and second steps, therefore (by the second Rule) they being subtracted, do give this Equation, viz. 4 And by dividing both parts of the equation in the third step by 2, the value of e will 〈…〉 5 And if instead of 〈◊〉 the second step you put what▪ is equal to in the fourth step, you will have this equation, viz. 6 By the transposition of − ●…b and+ c to the contrary coast, the value of a will be discovered, viz.  
From the fourth and sixth steps is raised this  
CANON,  
If from half the sum of two numbers you subtract half their difference, the remainder will be the lesser number, and if to half their sum you add half their Difference that sum will be the greater number, whereby the two numbers sought in this Question are found to be 12 and 8; for, 12+8 = 20 and 12 − 8 = 4.  
QUEST. 6.  
What 3 Numbers are those that if to the first there be added 121 (or b) the sum will be equal to the sum of the first and second, and if to the second there be added 121, the sum will be equal to double the sum of the first and third, and if to the third there be added 121, their sum will be triple the sum of the first and second?  
If for the number sought you put a, e, and y, viz. for the first number a, for the second e, and for the third y, than the Question being abstracted from words may be stated thus, viz.  
1 If 2 And 3 And  
What are the numbers a e y?  
RESOLUTION.  
4 By the transposition of y in the first equation, there ariseth 5 And if instead of e in the second equation you take what is equal thereto in the fourth equation there ariseth. 6 The last equation after due reduction will be 7 And if instead of 3e in the third equation you take the triple of what e is found equal to, in the fourth step, you will found the following Equation to arise, viz. 8 Which equation after due reduction by transposition the quantities will be found to be 9 And both parts of the last equation being divided by 4 there ariseth. 10 Than if instead of 3y in the sixth equation there be taken the triple of the latter part of the ninth equation there ariseth 11 After due Reduction of the equation in the tenth step, the value of a will be discovered, viz. 12 Again, if instead of a the sixth Equation you put the latter part of the Eleventh Equation, there ariseth 13 After due reduction of the equation in the twelfth step, the value of y will be discovered to be 14 And if for a and y in the fourth step there be put their equals in the 11th and 13th steps there will arise 15 The Equation in the last step being duly reduced, will discover the value of e, viz.  
From the Eleventh, thirteenth, and fifteenth steps is gathered this  
CANON.  
If the number given to be added to the three numbers required be divided by 11, the Quotient will give the first number, and its Quintuple (or Product by 5) being divided by 11, will give the second number, and its septuple (or product by 7) being divided by 11, will give the third number.  
By which Canon the numbers required in the Question are 11, 55, and 77, (the second being 5 times as much as the first, and the third is 7 times as much as the first) which said numbers will satisfy the conditions of the Question, as will appear by  
The Proof.  
 
which was to be done.  
QUEST. 7.  
What two numbers are those that if to 10 times the greater there be added six times the lesser, the sum will be 228 (or b) and if from 4 times the greater you subtract 2 times the lesser, the remainder will be 56 (or c)? for the two numbers put a and e, and than the foregoing question being abstracted from words, may be stated thus. viz.  
1 If 2 And  
What are the numbers a and e?  
RESOLUTION.  
3 The first equation (accordding to the third Rule) being multiplied by 4, which is prefixed to a in the second equation, produceth 4 And the second Equation being multiplied by 10, which is prefixed to a in the first, it produceth 5 And if from the equation in the third step you subtract the equation in the fourth step, because 40a is found in both (according to the second Rule) there ariseth this equation, viz. 6 Both parts of the equation in the fifth step, being divided by 44, the value of e will be discovered to be 7 If in stead of − 2e in the second step, you put double the latter part of the equation in the sixth step you will have this equation. 8 The seventh equation being duly reduced, the value of a will be discovered to be  
By the sixth and eighth steps the numbers sought are ●…8 and 8, which will answer the conditions of the Question as you may perceive by  
The Proof.  
 
Soli Deo Gloria.  
FINIS.